MichaelAgarkov/CodeBlocksPortable
MichaelAgarkov/CodeBlocksPortable
Archived
1
1
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
This repository has been archived on 2024-12-16. You can view files and clone it, but cannot push or open issues or pull requests.
CodeBlocksPortable/Borland/BCC55/Include/wincrypt.h

14161 lines
549 KiB
C
Raw Permalink Normal View History

My portable distribution of Code::Blocks
2024-07-04 16:52:56 +00:00
//+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Microsoft Windows
// Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation, 1992-1999.
//
// File: wincrypt.h
//
// Contents: Cryptographic API Prototypes and Definitions
//
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef __WINCRYPT_H__
#pragma option push -b -a8 -pc -A- /*P_O_Push*/
#define __WINCRYPT_H__
#if defined (_MSC_VER)
#if ( _MSC_VER >= 800 )
#if _MSC_VER >= 1200
#pragma warning(push)
#endif
#pragma warning(disable:4201) /* Nameless struct/union */
#endif
#if (_MSC_VER > 1020)
#pragma once
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef _HRESULT_DEFINED
#define _HRESULT_DEFINED
typedef LONG HRESULT;
#endif // !_HRESULT_DEFINED
#ifndef WINADVAPI
#define WINADVAPI
#endif
#ifndef WINAPI
#define WINAPI __stdcall
#endif
#ifndef CALLBACK
#define CALLBACK __stdcall
#endif
#ifndef DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#define DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#endif
#ifndef CONST
#define CONST const
#endif
#ifndef IN
#define IN
#endif
#ifndef OUT
#define OUT
#endif
#ifndef OPTIONAL
#define OPTIONAL
#endif
#if !defined(_CRYPT32_)
#define WINCRYPT32API DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#else
#define WINCRYPT32API
#endif
//
// Algorithm IDs and Flags
//
// ALG_ID crackers
#define GET_ALG_CLASS(x) (x & (7 << 13))
#define GET_ALG_TYPE(x) (x & (15 << 9))
#define GET_ALG_SID(x) (x & (511))
// Algorithm classes
#define ALG_CLASS_ANY (0)
#define ALG_CLASS_SIGNATURE (1 << 13)
#define ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT (2 << 13)
#define ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT (3 << 13)
#define ALG_CLASS_HASH (4 << 13)
#define ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE (5 << 13)
#define ALG_CLASS_ALL (7 << 13)
// Algorithm types
#define ALG_TYPE_ANY (0)
#define ALG_TYPE_DSS (1 << 9)
#define ALG_TYPE_RSA (2 << 9)
#define ALG_TYPE_BLOCK (3 << 9)
#define ALG_TYPE_STREAM (4 << 9)
#define ALG_TYPE_DH (5 << 9)
#define ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL (6 << 9)
// Generic sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_ANY (0)
// Some RSA sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_RSA_ANY 0
#define ALG_SID_RSA_PKCS 1
#define ALG_SID_RSA_MSATWORK 2
#define ALG_SID_RSA_ENTRUST 3
#define ALG_SID_RSA_PGP 4
// Some DSS sub-ids
//
#define ALG_SID_DSS_ANY 0
#define ALG_SID_DSS_PKCS 1
#define ALG_SID_DSS_DMS 2
// Block cipher sub ids
// DES sub_ids
#define ALG_SID_DES 1
#define ALG_SID_3DES 3
#define ALG_SID_DESX 4
#define ALG_SID_IDEA 5
#define ALG_SID_CAST 6
#define ALG_SID_SAFERSK64 7
#define ALG_SID_SAFERSK128 8
#define ALG_SID_3DES_112 9
#define ALG_SID_CYLINK_MEK 12
#define ALG_SID_RC5 13
// Fortezza sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_SKIPJACK 10
#define ALG_SID_TEK 11
// KP_MODE
#define CRYPT_MODE_CBCI 6 // ANSI CBC Interleaved
#define CRYPT_MODE_CFBP 7 // ANSI CFB Pipelined
#define CRYPT_MODE_OFBP 8 // ANSI OFB Pipelined
#define CRYPT_MODE_CBCOFM 9 // ANSI CBC + OF Masking
#define CRYPT_MODE_CBCOFMI 10 // ANSI CBC + OFM Interleaved
// RC2 sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_RC2 2
// Stream cipher sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_RC4 1
#define ALG_SID_SEAL 2
// Diffie-Hellman sub-ids
#define ALG_SID_DH_SANDF 1
#define ALG_SID_DH_EPHEM 2
#define ALG_SID_AGREED_KEY_ANY 3
#define ALG_SID_KEA 4
// Hash sub ids
#define ALG_SID_MD2 1
#define ALG_SID_MD4 2
#define ALG_SID_MD5 3
#define ALG_SID_SHA 4
#define ALG_SID_SHA1 4
#define ALG_SID_MAC 5
#define ALG_SID_RIPEMD 6
#define ALG_SID_RIPEMD160 7
#define ALG_SID_SSL3SHAMD5 8
#define ALG_SID_HMAC 9
#define ALG_SID_TLS1PRF 10
// secure channel sub ids
#define ALG_SID_SSL3_MASTER 1
#define ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH 2
#define ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY 3
#define ALG_SID_PCT1_MASTER 4
#define ALG_SID_SSL2_MASTER 5
#define ALG_SID_TLS1_MASTER 6
#define ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY 7
// Our silly example sub-id
#define ALG_SID_EXAMPLE 80
#ifndef ALGIDDEF
#define ALGIDDEF
typedef unsigned int ALG_ID;
#endif
// algorithm identifier definitions
#define CALG_MD2 (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_MD2)
#define CALG_MD4 (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_MD4)
#define CALG_MD5 (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_MD5)
#define CALG_SHA (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_SHA)
#define CALG_SHA1 (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_SHA1)
#define CALG_MAC (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_MAC)
#define CALG_RSA_SIGN (ALG_CLASS_SIGNATURE | ALG_TYPE_RSA | ALG_SID_RSA_ANY)
#define CALG_DSS_SIGN (ALG_CLASS_SIGNATURE | ALG_TYPE_DSS | ALG_SID_DSS_ANY)
#define CALG_RSA_KEYX (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_RSA|ALG_SID_RSA_ANY)
#define CALG_DES (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_DES)
#define CALG_3DES_112 (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_3DES_112)
#define CALG_3DES (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_3DES)
#define CALG_DESX (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_DESX)
#define CALG_RC2 (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_RC2)
#define CALG_RC4 (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_STREAM|ALG_SID_RC4)
#define CALG_SEAL (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_STREAM|ALG_SID_SEAL)
#define CALG_DH_SF (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_DH|ALG_SID_DH_SANDF)
#define CALG_DH_EPHEM (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_DH|ALG_SID_DH_EPHEM)
#define CALG_AGREEDKEY_ANY (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_DH|ALG_SID_AGREED_KEY_ANY)
#define CALG_KEA_KEYX (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_DH|ALG_SID_KEA)
#define CALG_HUGHES_MD5 (ALG_CLASS_KEY_EXCHANGE|ALG_TYPE_ANY|ALG_SID_MD5)
#define CALG_SKIPJACK (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_SKIPJACK)
#define CALG_TEK (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_TEK)
#define CALG_CYLINK_MEK (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_CYLINK_MEK)
#define CALG_SSL3_SHAMD5 (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_SSL3SHAMD5)
#define CALG_SSL3_MASTER (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_SSL3_MASTER)
#define CALG_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_MASTER_HASH)
#define CALG_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY)
#define CALG_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY)
#define CALG_PCT1_MASTER (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_PCT1_MASTER)
#define CALG_SSL2_MASTER (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_SSL2_MASTER)
#define CALG_TLS1_MASTER (ALG_CLASS_MSG_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_SECURECHANNEL|ALG_SID_TLS1_MASTER)
#define CALG_RC5 (ALG_CLASS_DATA_ENCRYPT|ALG_TYPE_BLOCK|ALG_SID_RC5)
#define CALG_HMAC (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_HMAC)
#define CALG_TLS1PRF (ALG_CLASS_HASH | ALG_TYPE_ANY | ALG_SID_TLS1PRF)
// resource number for signatures in the CSP
#define SIGNATURE_RESOURCE_NUMBER 0x29A
typedef struct _VTableProvStruc {
DWORD Version;
FARPROC FuncVerifyImage;
FARPROC FuncReturnhWnd;
DWORD dwProvType;
BYTE *pbContextInfo;
DWORD cbContextInfo;
LPSTR pszProvName;
} VTableProvStruc, *PVTableProvStruc;
typedef ULONG_PTR HCRYPTPROV;
typedef ULONG_PTR HCRYPTKEY;
typedef ULONG_PTR HCRYPTHASH;
// dwFlags definitions for CryptAcquireContext
#define CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT 0xF0000000
#define CRYPT_NEWKEYSET 0x00000008
#define CRYPT_DELETEKEYSET 0x00000010
#define CRYPT_MACHINE_KEYSET 0x00000020
#define CRYPT_SILENT 0x00000040
// dwFlag definitions for CryptGenKey
#define CRYPT_EXPORTABLE 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_USER_PROTECTED 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_CREATE_SALT 0x00000004
#define CRYPT_UPDATE_KEY 0x00000008
#define CRYPT_NO_SALT 0x00000010
#define CRYPT_PREGEN 0x00000040
#define CRYPT_RECIPIENT 0x00000010
#define CRYPT_INITIATOR 0x00000040
#define CRYPT_ONLINE 0x00000080
#define CRYPT_SF 0x00000100
#define CRYPT_CREATE_IV 0x00000200
#define CRYPT_KEK 0x00000400
#define CRYPT_DATA_KEY 0x00000800
#define CRYPT_VOLATILE 0x00001000
#define CRYPT_SGCKEY 0x00002000
#define RSA1024BIT_KEY 0x04000000
// dwFlags definitions for CryptDeriveKey
#define CRYPT_SERVER 0x00000400
#define KEY_LENGTH_MASK 0xFFFF0000
// dwFlag definitions for CryptExportKey
#define CRYPT_Y_ONLY 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_SSL2_FALLBACK 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_DESTROYKEY 0x00000004
#define CRYPT_OAEP 0x00000040 // used with RSA encryptions/decryptions
// CryptExportKey, CryptImportKey,
// CryptEncrypt and CryptDecrypt
#define CRYPT_BLOB_VER3 0x00000080 // export version 3 of a blob type
// dwFlags definitions for CryptCreateHash
#define CRYPT_SECRETDIGEST 0x00000001
// dwFlags definitions for CryptHashSessionKey
#define CRYPT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0x00000001
// dwFlags definitions for CryptSignHash and CryptVerifySignature
#define CRYPT_NOHASHOID 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_TYPE2_FORMAT 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_X931_FORMAT 0x00000004
// dwFlag definitions for CryptSetProviderEx and CryptGetDefaultProvider
#define CRYPT_MACHINE_DEFAULT 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_USER_DEFAULT 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_DELETE_DEFAULT 0x00000004
// exported key blob definitions
#define SIMPLEBLOB 0x1
#define PUBLICKEYBLOB 0x6
#define PRIVATEKEYBLOB 0x7
#define PLAINTEXTKEYBLOB 0x8
#define OPAQUEKEYBLOB 0x9
#define PUBLICKEYBLOBEX 0xA
#define SYMMETRICWRAPKEYBLOB 0xB
#define AT_KEYEXCHANGE 1
#define AT_SIGNATURE 2
#define CRYPT_USERDATA 1
// dwParam
#define KP_IV 1 // Initialization vector
#define KP_SALT 2 // Salt value
#define KP_PADDING 3 // Padding values
#define KP_MODE 4 // Mode of the cipher
#define KP_MODE_BITS 5 // Number of bits to feedback
#define KP_PERMISSIONS 6 // Key permissions DWORD
#define KP_ALGID 7 // Key algorithm
#define KP_BLOCKLEN 8 // Block size of the cipher
#define KP_KEYLEN 9 // Length of key in bits
#define KP_SALT_EX 10 // Length of salt in bytes
#define KP_P 11 // DSS/Diffie-Hellman P value
#define KP_G 12 // DSS/Diffie-Hellman G value
#define KP_Q 13 // DSS Q value
#define KP_X 14 // Diffie-Hellman X value
#define KP_Y 15 // Y value
#define KP_RA 16 // Fortezza RA value
#define KP_RB 17 // Fortezza RB value
#define KP_INFO 18 // for putting information into an RSA envelope
#define KP_EFFECTIVE_KEYLEN 19 // setting and getting RC2 effective key length
#define KP_SCHANNEL_ALG 20 // for setting the Secure Channel algorithms
#define KP_CLIENT_RANDOM 21 // for setting the Secure Channel client random data
#define KP_SERVER_RANDOM 22 // for setting the Secure Channel server random data
#define KP_RP 23
#define KP_PRECOMP_MD5 24
#define KP_PRECOMP_SHA 25
#define KP_CERTIFICATE 26 // for setting Secure Channel certificate data (PCT1)
#define KP_CLEAR_KEY 27 // for setting Secure Channel clear key data (PCT1)
#define KP_PUB_EX_LEN 28
#define KP_PUB_EX_VAL 29
#define KP_KEYVAL 30
#define KP_ADMIN_PIN 31
#define KP_KEYEXCHANGE_PIN 32
#define KP_SIGNATURE_PIN 33
#define KP_PREHASH 34
#define KP_OAEP_PARAMS 36 // for setting OAEP params on RSA keys
#define KP_CMS_KEY_INFO 37
#define KP_CMS_DH_KEY_INFO 38
#define KP_PUB_PARAMS 39 // for setting public parameters
#define KP_VERIFY_PARAMS 40 // for verifying DSA and DH parameters
#define KP_HIGHEST_VERSION 41 // for TLS protocol version setting
// KP_PADDING
#define PKCS5_PADDING 1 // PKCS 5 (sec 6.2) padding method
#define RANDOM_PADDING 2
#define ZERO_PADDING 3
// KP_MODE
#define CRYPT_MODE_CBC 1 // Cipher block chaining
#define CRYPT_MODE_ECB 2 // Electronic code book
#define CRYPT_MODE_OFB 3 // Output feedback mode
#define CRYPT_MODE_CFB 4 // Cipher feedback mode
#define CRYPT_MODE_CTS 5 // Ciphertext stealing mode
// KP_PERMISSIONS
#define CRYPT_ENCRYPT 0x0001 // Allow encryption
#define CRYPT_DECRYPT 0x0002 // Allow decryption
#define CRYPT_EXPORT 0x0004 // Allow key to be exported
#define CRYPT_READ 0x0008 // Allow parameters to be read
#define CRYPT_WRITE 0x0010 // Allow parameters to be set
#define CRYPT_MAC 0x0020 // Allow MACs to be used with key
#define CRYPT_EXPORT_KEY 0x0040 // Allow key to be used for exporting keys
#define CRYPT_IMPORT_KEY 0x0080 // Allow key to be used for importing keys
#define HP_ALGID 0x0001 // Hash algorithm
#define HP_HASHVAL 0x0002 // Hash value
#define HP_HASHSIZE 0x0004 // Hash value size
#define HP_HMAC_INFO 0x0005 // information for creating an HMAC
#define HP_TLS1PRF_LABEL 0x0006 // label for TLS1 PRF
#define HP_TLS1PRF_SEED 0x0007 // seed for TLS1 PRF
#define CRYPT_FAILED FALSE
#define CRYPT_SUCCEED TRUE
#define RCRYPT_SUCCEEDED(rt) ((rt) == CRYPT_SUCCEED)
#define RCRYPT_FAILED(rt) ((rt) == CRYPT_FAILED)
//
// CryptGetProvParam
//
#define PP_ENUMALGS 1
#define PP_ENUMCONTAINERS 2
#define PP_IMPTYPE 3
#define PP_NAME 4
#define PP_VERSION 5
#define PP_CONTAINER 6
#define PP_CHANGE_PASSWORD 7
#define PP_KEYSET_SEC_DESCR 8 // get/set security descriptor of keyset
#define PP_CERTCHAIN 9 // for retrieving certificates from tokens
#define PP_KEY_TYPE_SUBTYPE 10
#define PP_PROVTYPE 16
#define PP_KEYSTORAGE 17
#define PP_APPLI_CERT 18
#define PP_SYM_KEYSIZE 19
#define PP_SESSION_KEYSIZE 20
#define PP_UI_PROMPT 21
#define PP_ENUMALGS_EX 22
#define PP_ENUMMANDROOTS 25
#define PP_ENUMELECTROOTS 26
#define PP_KEYSET_TYPE 27
#define PP_ADMIN_PIN 31
#define PP_KEYEXCHANGE_PIN 32
#define PP_SIGNATURE_PIN 33
#define PP_SIG_KEYSIZE_INC 34
#define PP_KEYX_KEYSIZE_INC 35
#define PP_UNIQUE_CONTAINER 36
#define PP_SGC_INFO 37
#define PP_USE_HARDWARE_RNG 38
#define PP_KEYSPEC 39
#define PP_ENUMEX_SIGNING_PROT 40
#define CRYPT_FIRST 1
#define CRYPT_NEXT 2
#define CRYPT_SGC_ENUM 4
#define CRYPT_IMPL_HARDWARE 1
#define CRYPT_IMPL_SOFTWARE 2
#define CRYPT_IMPL_MIXED 3
#define CRYPT_IMPL_UNKNOWN 4
#define CRYPT_IMPL_REMOVABLE 8
// key storage flags
#define CRYPT_SEC_DESCR 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_PSTORE 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_UI_PROMPT 0x00000004
// protocol flags
#define CRYPT_FLAG_PCT1 0x0001
#define CRYPT_FLAG_SSL2 0x0002
#define CRYPT_FLAG_SSL3 0x0004
#define CRYPT_FLAG_TLS1 0x0008
#define CRYPT_FLAG_IPSEC 0x0010
#define CRYPT_FLAG_SIGNING 0x0020
// SGC flags
#define CRYPT_SGC 0x0001
#define CRYPT_FASTSGC 0x0002
//
// CryptSetProvParam
//
#define PP_CLIENT_HWND 1
#define PP_CONTEXT_INFO 11
#define PP_KEYEXCHANGE_KEYSIZE 12
#define PP_SIGNATURE_KEYSIZE 13
#define PP_KEYEXCHANGE_ALG 14
#define PP_SIGNATURE_ALG 15
#define PP_DELETEKEY 24
#define PROV_RSA_FULL 1
#define PROV_RSA_SIG 2
#define PROV_DSS 3
#define PROV_FORTEZZA 4
#define PROV_MS_EXCHANGE 5
#define PROV_SSL 6
#define PROV_RSA_SCHANNEL 12
#define PROV_DSS_DH 13
#define PROV_EC_ECDSA_SIG 14
#define PROV_EC_ECNRA_SIG 15
#define PROV_EC_ECDSA_FULL 16
#define PROV_EC_ECNRA_FULL 17
#define PROV_DH_SCHANNEL 18
#define PROV_SPYRUS_LYNKS 20
#define PROV_RNG 21
#define PROV_INTEL_SEC 22
//
// STT defined Providers
//
#define PROV_STT_MER 7
#define PROV_STT_ACQ 8
#define PROV_STT_BRND 9
#define PROV_STT_ROOT 10
#define PROV_STT_ISS 11
//
// Provider friendly names
//
#define MS_DEF_PROV_A "Microsoft Base Cryptographic Provider v1.0"
#define MS_DEF_PROV_W L"Microsoft Base Cryptographic Provider v1.0"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_PROV MS_DEF_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_PROV MS_DEF_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_ENHANCED_PROV_A "Microsoft Enhanced Cryptographic Provider v1.0"
#define MS_ENHANCED_PROV_W L"Microsoft Enhanced Cryptographic Provider v1.0"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_ENHANCED_PROV MS_ENHANCED_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_ENHANCED_PROV MS_ENHANCED_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_STRONG_PROV_A "Microsoft Strong Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_STRONG_PROV_W L"Microsoft Strong Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_STRONG_PROV MS_STRONG_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_STRONG_PROV MS_STRONG_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV_A "Microsoft RSA Signature Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV_W L"Microsoft RSA Signature Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV MS_DEF_RSA_SIG_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV_A "Microsoft RSA SChannel Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV_W L"Microsoft RSA SChannel Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV MS_DEF_RSA_SCHANNEL_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_DEF_DSS_PROV_A "Microsoft Base DSS Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_DEF_DSS_PROV_W L"Microsoft Base DSS Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_DSS_PROV MS_DEF_DSS_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_DSS_PROV MS_DEF_DSS_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV_A "Microsoft Base DSS and Diffie-Hellman Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV_W L"Microsoft Base DSS and Diffie-Hellman Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV MS_DEF_DSS_DH_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV_A "Microsoft Enhanced DSS and Diffie-Hellman Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV_W L"Microsoft Enhanced DSS and Diffie-Hellman Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV MS_ENH_DSS_DH_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV_A "Microsoft DH SChannel Cryptographic Provider"
#define MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV_W L"Microsoft DH SChannel Cryptographic Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV MS_DEF_DH_SCHANNEL_PROV_A
#endif
#define MS_SCARD_PROV_A "Microsoft Base Smart Card Crypto Provider"
#define MS_SCARD_PROV_W L"Microsoft Base Smart Card Crypto Provider"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MS_SCARD_PROV MS_SCARD_PROV_W
#else
#define MS_SCARD_PROV MS_SCARD_PROV_A
#endif
#define MAXUIDLEN 64
// Exponentiation Offload Reg Location
#define EXPO_OFFLOAD_REG_VALUE "ExpoOffload"
#define EXPO_OFFLOAD_FUNC_NAME "OffloadModExpo"
#define CUR_BLOB_VERSION 2
// structure for use with CryptSetKeyParam for CMS keys
// DO NOT USE THIS STRUCTURE!!!!!
typedef struct _CMS_KEY_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion; // sizeof(CMS_KEY_INFO)
ALG_ID Algid; // algorithmm id for the key to be converted
BYTE *pbOID; // pointer to OID to hash in with Z
DWORD cbOID; // length of OID to hash in with Z
} CMS_KEY_INFO, *PCMS_KEY_INFO;
// structure for use with CryptSetHashParam with CALG_HMAC
typedef struct _HMAC_Info {
ALG_ID HashAlgid;
BYTE *pbInnerString;
DWORD cbInnerString;
BYTE *pbOuterString;
DWORD cbOuterString;
} HMAC_INFO, *PHMAC_INFO;
// structure for use with CryptSetKeyParam with KP_SCHANNEL_ALG
typedef struct _SCHANNEL_ALG {
DWORD dwUse;
ALG_ID Algid;
DWORD cBits;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwReserved;
} SCHANNEL_ALG, *PSCHANNEL_ALG;
// uses of algortihms for SCHANNEL_ALG structure
#define SCHANNEL_MAC_KEY 0x00000000
#define SCHANNEL_ENC_KEY 0x00000001
// uses of dwFlags SCHANNEL_ALG structure
#define INTERNATIONAL_USAGE 0x00000001
typedef struct _PROV_ENUMALGS {
ALG_ID aiAlgid;
DWORD dwBitLen;
DWORD dwNameLen;
CHAR szName[20];
} PROV_ENUMALGS;
typedef struct _PROV_ENUMALGS_EX {
ALG_ID aiAlgid;
DWORD dwDefaultLen;
DWORD dwMinLen;
DWORD dwMaxLen;
DWORD dwProtocols;
DWORD dwNameLen;
CHAR szName[20];
DWORD dwLongNameLen;
CHAR szLongName[40];
} PROV_ENUMALGS_EX;
typedef struct _PUBLICKEYSTRUC {
BYTE bType;
BYTE bVersion;
WORD reserved;
ALG_ID aiKeyAlg;
} BLOBHEADER, PUBLICKEYSTRUC;
typedef struct _RSAPUBKEY {
DWORD magic; // Has to be RSA1
DWORD bitlen; // # of bits in modulus
DWORD pubexp; // public exponent
// Modulus data follows
} RSAPUBKEY;
typedef struct _PUBKEY {
DWORD magic;
DWORD bitlen; // # of bits in modulus
} DHPUBKEY, DSSPUBKEY, KEAPUBKEY, TEKPUBKEY;
typedef struct _DSSSEED {
DWORD counter;
BYTE seed[20];
} DSSSEED;
typedef struct _PUBKEYVER3 {
DWORD magic;
DWORD bitlenP; // # of bits in prime modulus
DWORD bitlenQ; // # of bits in prime q, 0 if not available
DWORD bitlenJ; // # of bits in (p-1)/q, 0 if not available
DSSSEED DSSSeed;
} DHPUBKEY_VER3, DSSPUBKEY_VER3;
typedef struct _PRIVKEYVER3 {
DWORD magic;
DWORD bitlenP; // # of bits in prime modulus
DWORD bitlenQ; // # of bits in prime q, 0 if not available
DWORD bitlenJ; // # of bits in (p-1)/q, 0 if not available
DWORD bitlenX; // # of bits in X
DSSSEED DSSSeed;
} DHPRIVKEY_VER3, DSSPRIVKEY_VER3;
typedef struct _KEY_TYPE_SUBTYPE {
DWORD dwKeySpec;
GUID Type;
GUID Subtype;
} KEY_TYPE_SUBTYPE, *PKEY_TYPE_SUBTYPE;
typedef struct _CERT_FORTEZZA_DATA_PROP {
unsigned char SerialNumber[8];
int CertIndex;
unsigned char CertLabel[36];
} CERT_FORTEZZA_DATA_PROP;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRYPTOAPI BLOB definitions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPTOAPI_BLOB {
DWORD cbData;
BYTE *pbData;
} CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB, *PCRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB,
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB, *PCRYPT_UINT_BLOB,
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB, *PCRYPT_OBJID_BLOB,
CERT_NAME_BLOB, *PCERT_NAME_BLOB,
CERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB, *PCERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB,
CERT_BLOB, *PCERT_BLOB,
CRL_BLOB, *PCRL_BLOB,
DATA_BLOB, *PDATA_BLOB,
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB, *PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB,
CRYPT_HASH_BLOB, *PCRYPT_HASH_BLOB,
CRYPT_DIGEST_BLOB, *PCRYPT_DIGEST_BLOB,
CRYPT_DER_BLOB, *PCRYPT_DER_BLOB,
CRYPT_ATTR_BLOB, *PCRYPT_ATTR_BLOB;
// structure for use with CryptSetKeyParam for CMS keys
typedef struct _CMS_DH_KEY_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion; // sizeof(CMS_DH_KEY_INFO)
ALG_ID Algid; // algorithmm id for the key to be converted
LPSTR pszContentEncObjId; // pointer to OID to hash in with Z
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB PubInfo; // OPTIONAL - public information
void *pReserved; // reserved - should be NULL
} CMS_DH_KEY_INFO, *PCMS_DH_KEY_INFO;
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptAcquireContextA(
HCRYPTPROV *phProv,
LPCSTR pszContainer,
LPCSTR pszProvider,
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptAcquireContextW(
HCRYPTPROV *phProv,
LPCWSTR pszContainer,
LPCWSTR pszProvider,
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD dwFlags
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptAcquireContext CryptAcquireContextW
#else
#define CryptAcquireContext CryptAcquireContextA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptReleaseContext(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
ULONG_PTR dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGenKey(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
ALG_ID Algid,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTKEY *phKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDeriveKey(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
ALG_ID Algid,
HCRYPTHASH hBaseData,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTKEY *phKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDestroyKey(
HCRYPTKEY hKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetKeyParam(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE *pbData,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetKeyParam(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE *pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetHashParam(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE*pbData,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetHashParam(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE*pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetProvParam(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE*pbData,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetProvParam(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
DWORD dwParam,
BYTE*pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGenRandom(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
DWORD dwLen,
BYTE *pbBuffer
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetUserKey(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
DWORD dwKeySpec,
HCRYPTKEY *phUserKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptExportKey(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
HCRYPTKEY hExpKey,
DWORD dwBlobType,
DWORD dwFlags,
BYTE *pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptImportKey(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
CONST BYTE *pbData,
DWORD dwDataLen,
HCRYPTKEY hPubKey,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTKEY *phKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEncrypt(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
BOOL Final,
DWORD dwFlags,
BYTE *pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen,
DWORD dwBufLen
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecrypt(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
BOOL Final,
DWORD dwFlags,
BYTE *pbData,
DWORD *pdwDataLen
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptCreateHash(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
ALG_ID Algid,
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTHASH *phHash
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashData(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
CONST BYTE *pbData,
DWORD dwDataLen,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashSessionKey(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDestroyHash(
HCRYPTHASH hHash
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignHashA(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
DWORD dwKeySpec,
LPCSTR sDescription,
DWORD dwFlags,
BYTE *pbSignature,
DWORD *pdwSigLen
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignHashW(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
DWORD dwKeySpec,
LPCWSTR sDescription,
DWORD dwFlags,
BYTE *pbSignature,
DWORD *pdwSigLen
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptSignHash CryptSignHashW
#else
#define CryptSignHash CryptSignHashA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifySignatureA(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
CONST BYTE *pbSignature,
DWORD dwSigLen,
HCRYPTKEY hPubKey,
LPCSTR sDescription,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifySignatureW(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
CONST BYTE *pbSignature,
DWORD dwSigLen,
HCRYPTKEY hPubKey,
LPCWSTR sDescription,
DWORD dwFlags
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptVerifySignature CryptVerifySignatureW
#else
#define CryptVerifySignature CryptVerifySignatureA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetProviderA(
LPCSTR pszProvName,
DWORD dwProvType
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetProviderW(
LPCWSTR pszProvName,
DWORD dwProvType
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptSetProvider CryptSetProviderW
#else
#define CryptSetProvider CryptSetProviderA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetProviderExA(
LPCSTR pszProvName,
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetProviderExW(
LPCWSTR pszProvName,
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptSetProviderEx CryptSetProviderExW
#else
#define CryptSetProviderEx CryptSetProviderExA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetDefaultProviderA(
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD *pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
LPSTR pszProvName,
DWORD *pcbProvName
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetDefaultProviderW(
DWORD dwProvType,
DWORD *pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
LPWSTR pszProvName,
DWORD *pcbProvName
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptGetDefaultProvider CryptGetDefaultProviderW
#else
#define CryptGetDefaultProvider CryptGetDefaultProviderA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumProviderTypesA(
DWORD dwIndex,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
DWORD * pdwProvType,
LPSTR pszTypeName,
DWORD * pcbTypeName
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumProviderTypesW(
DWORD dwIndex,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
DWORD * pdwProvType,
LPWSTR pszTypeName,
DWORD * pcbTypeName
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptEnumProviderTypes CryptEnumProviderTypesW
#else
#define CryptEnumProviderTypes CryptEnumProviderTypesA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumProvidersA(
DWORD dwIndex,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
DWORD * pdwProvType,
LPSTR pszProvName,
DWORD * pcbProvName
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumProvidersW(
DWORD dwIndex,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
DWORD * pdwProvType,
LPWSTR pszProvName,
DWORD * pcbProvName
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptEnumProviders CryptEnumProvidersW
#else
#define CryptEnumProviders CryptEnumProvidersA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptContextAddRef(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDuplicateKey(
HCRYPTKEY hKey,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTKEY * phKey
);
WINADVAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDuplicateHash(
HCRYPTHASH hHash,
DWORD * pdwReserved,
DWORD dwFlags,
HCRYPTHASH * phHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// In a CRYPT_BIT_BLOB the last byte may contain 0-7 unused bits. Therefore, the
// overall bit length is cbData * 8 - cUnusedBits.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_BIT_BLOB {
DWORD cbData;
BYTE *pbData;
DWORD cUnusedBits;
} CRYPT_BIT_BLOB, *PCRYPT_BIT_BLOB;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Type used for any algorithm
//
// Where the Parameters CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB is in its encoded representation. For most
// algorithm types, the Parameters CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB is NULL (Parameters.cbData = 0).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER {
LPSTR pszObjId;
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Parameters;
} CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER, *PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER;
// Following are the definitions of various algorithm object identifiers
// RSA
#define szOID_RSA "1.2.840.113549"
#define szOID_PKCS "1.2.840.113549.1"
#define szOID_RSA_HASH "1.2.840.113549.2"
#define szOID_RSA_ENCRYPT "1.2.840.113549.3"
#define szOID_PKCS_1 "1.2.840.113549.1.1"
#define szOID_PKCS_2 "1.2.840.113549.1.2"
#define szOID_PKCS_3 "1.2.840.113549.1.3"
#define szOID_PKCS_4 "1.2.840.113549.1.4"
#define szOID_PKCS_5 "1.2.840.113549.1.5"
#define szOID_PKCS_6 "1.2.840.113549.1.6"
#define szOID_PKCS_7 "1.2.840.113549.1.7"
#define szOID_PKCS_8 "1.2.840.113549.1.8"
#define szOID_PKCS_9 "1.2.840.113549.1.9"
#define szOID_PKCS_10 "1.2.840.113549.1.10"
#define szOID_PKCS_12 "1.2.840.113549.1.12"
#define szOID_RSA_RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.1"
#define szOID_RSA_MD2RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.2"
#define szOID_RSA_MD4RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.3"
#define szOID_RSA_MD5RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.4"
#define szOID_RSA_SHA1RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.5"
#define szOID_RSA_SETOAEP_RSA "1.2.840.113549.1.1.6"
#define szOID_RSA_DH "1.2.840.113549.1.3.1"
#define szOID_RSA_data "1.2.840.113549.1.7.1"
#define szOID_RSA_signedData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.2"
#define szOID_RSA_envelopedData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.3"
#define szOID_RSA_signEnvData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.4"
#define szOID_RSA_digestedData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.5"
#define szOID_RSA_hashedData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.5"
#define szOID_RSA_encryptedData "1.2.840.113549.1.7.6"
#define szOID_RSA_emailAddr "1.2.840.113549.1.9.1"
#define szOID_RSA_unstructName "1.2.840.113549.1.9.2"
#define szOID_RSA_contentType "1.2.840.113549.1.9.3"
#define szOID_RSA_messageDigest "1.2.840.113549.1.9.4"
#define szOID_RSA_signingTime "1.2.840.113549.1.9.5"
#define szOID_RSA_counterSign "1.2.840.113549.1.9.6"
#define szOID_RSA_challengePwd "1.2.840.113549.1.9.7"
#define szOID_RSA_unstructAddr "1.2.840.113549.1.9.8"
#define szOID_RSA_extCertAttrs "1.2.840.113549.1.9.9"
#define szOID_RSA_certExtensions "1.2.840.113549.1.9.14"
#define szOID_RSA_SMIMECapabilities "1.2.840.113549.1.9.15"
#define szOID_RSA_preferSignedData "1.2.840.113549.1.9.15.1"
#define szOID_RSA_SMIMEalg "1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.3"
#define szOID_RSA_SMIMEalgESDH "1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.3.5"
#define szOID_RSA_SMIMEalgCMS3DESwrap "1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.3.6"
#define szOID_RSA_SMIMEalgCMSRC2wrap "1.2.840.113549.1.9.16.3.7"
#define szOID_RSA_MD2 "1.2.840.113549.2.2"
#define szOID_RSA_MD4 "1.2.840.113549.2.4"
#define szOID_RSA_MD5 "1.2.840.113549.2.5"
#define szOID_RSA_RC2CBC "1.2.840.113549.3.2"
#define szOID_RSA_RC4 "1.2.840.113549.3.4"
#define szOID_RSA_DES_EDE3_CBC "1.2.840.113549.3.7"
#define szOID_RSA_RC5_CBCPad "1.2.840.113549.3.9"
#define szOID_ANSI_X942 "1.2.840.10046"
#define szOID_ANSI_X942_DH "1.2.840.10046.2.1"
#define szOID_X957 "1.2.840.10040"
#define szOID_X957_DSA "1.2.840.10040.4.1"
#define szOID_X957_SHA1DSA "1.2.840.10040.4.3"
// ITU-T UsefulDefinitions
#define szOID_DS "2.5"
#define szOID_DSALG "2.5.8"
#define szOID_DSALG_CRPT "2.5.8.1"
#define szOID_DSALG_HASH "2.5.8.2"
#define szOID_DSALG_SIGN "2.5.8.3"
#define szOID_DSALG_RSA "2.5.8.1.1"
// NIST OSE Implementors' Workshop (OIW)
// http://nemo.ncsl.nist.gov/oiw/agreements/stable/OSI/12s_9506.w51
// http://nemo.ncsl.nist.gov/oiw/agreements/working/OSI/12w_9503.w51
#define szOID_OIW "1.3.14"
// NIST OSE Implementors' Workshop (OIW) Security SIG algorithm identifiers
#define szOID_OIWSEC "1.3.14.3.2"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_md4RSA "1.3.14.3.2.2"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_md5RSA "1.3.14.3.2.3"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_md4RSA2 "1.3.14.3.2.4"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desECB "1.3.14.3.2.6"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desCBC "1.3.14.3.2.7"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desOFB "1.3.14.3.2.8"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desCFB "1.3.14.3.2.9"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desMAC "1.3.14.3.2.10"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_rsaSign "1.3.14.3.2.11"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dsa "1.3.14.3.2.12"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_shaDSA "1.3.14.3.2.13"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_mdc2RSA "1.3.14.3.2.14"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_shaRSA "1.3.14.3.2.15"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dhCommMod "1.3.14.3.2.16"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_desEDE "1.3.14.3.2.17"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_sha "1.3.14.3.2.18"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_mdc2 "1.3.14.3.2.19"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dsaComm "1.3.14.3.2.20"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dsaCommSHA "1.3.14.3.2.21"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_rsaXchg "1.3.14.3.2.22"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_keyHashSeal "1.3.14.3.2.23"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_md2RSASign "1.3.14.3.2.24"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_md5RSASign "1.3.14.3.2.25"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_sha1 "1.3.14.3.2.26"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dsaSHA1 "1.3.14.3.2.27"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_dsaCommSHA1 "1.3.14.3.2.28"
#define szOID_OIWSEC_sha1RSASign "1.3.14.3.2.29"
// NIST OSE Implementors' Workshop (OIW) Directory SIG algorithm identifiers
#define szOID_OIWDIR "1.3.14.7.2"
#define szOID_OIWDIR_CRPT "1.3.14.7.2.1"
#define szOID_OIWDIR_HASH "1.3.14.7.2.2"
#define szOID_OIWDIR_SIGN "1.3.14.7.2.3"
#define szOID_OIWDIR_md2 "1.3.14.7.2.2.1"
#define szOID_OIWDIR_md2RSA "1.3.14.7.2.3.1"
// INFOSEC Algorithms
// joint-iso-ccitt(2) country(16) us(840) organization(1) us-government(101) dod(2) id-infosec(1)
#define szOID_INFOSEC "2.16.840.1.101.2.1"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsSignature "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.1"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicSignature "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.2"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsConfidentiality "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.3"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicConfidentiality "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.4"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsIntegrity "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.5"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicIntegrity "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.6"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsTokenProtection "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.7"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicTokenProtection "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.8"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsKeyManagement "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.9"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicKeyManagement "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.10"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_sdnsKMandSig "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.11"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicKMandSig "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.12"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteASignature "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.13"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteAConfidentiality "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.14"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteAIntegrity "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.15"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteATokenProtection "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.16"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteAKeyManagement "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.17"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_SuiteAKMandSig "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.18"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicUpdatedSig "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.19"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicKMandUpdSig "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.20"
#define szOID_INFOSEC_mosaicUpdatedInteg "2.16.840.1.101.2.1.1.21"
typedef struct _CRYPT_OBJID_TABLE {
DWORD dwAlgId;
LPCSTR pszObjId;
} CRYPT_OBJID_TABLE, *PCRYPT_OBJID_TABLE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS #1 HashInfo (DigestInfo)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_HASH_INFO {
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
CRYPT_HASH_BLOB Hash;
} CRYPT_HASH_INFO, *PCRYPT_HASH_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Type used for an extension to an encoded content
//
// Where the Value's CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB is in its encoded representation.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_EXTENSION {
LPSTR pszObjId;
BOOL fCritical;
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Value;
} CERT_EXTENSION, *PCERT_EXTENSION;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// AttributeTypeValue
//
// Where the Value's CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB is in its encoded representation.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE {
LPSTR pszObjId;
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Value;
} CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE, *PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Attributes
//
// Where the Value's PATTR_BLOBs are in their encoded representation.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE {
LPSTR pszObjId;
DWORD cValue;
PCRYPT_ATTR_BLOB rgValue;
} CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE, *PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE;
typedef struct _CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES {
IN DWORD cAttr;
IN PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAttr;
} CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES, *PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTES;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Attributes making up a Relative Distinguished Name (CERT_RDN)
//
// The interpretation of the Value depends on the dwValueType.
// See below for a list of the types.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_RDN_ATTR {
LPSTR pszObjId;
DWORD dwValueType;
CERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB Value;
} CERT_RDN_ATTR, *PCERT_RDN_ATTR;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_RDN attribute Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Labeling attribute types:
#define szOID_COMMON_NAME "2.5.4.3" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_SUR_NAME "2.5.4.4" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_DEVICE_SERIAL_NUMBER "2.5.4.5" // printable string
// Geographic attribute types:
#define szOID_COUNTRY_NAME "2.5.4.6" // printable 2char string
#define szOID_LOCALITY_NAME "2.5.4.7" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_NAME "2.5.4.8" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_STREET_ADDRESS "2.5.4.9" // case-ignore string
// Organizational attribute types:
#define szOID_ORGANIZATION_NAME "2.5.4.10" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_ORGANIZATIONAL_UNIT_NAME "2.5.4.11" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_TITLE "2.5.4.12" // case-ignore string
// Explanatory attribute types:
#define szOID_DESCRIPTION "2.5.4.13" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_SEARCH_GUIDE "2.5.4.14"
#define szOID_BUSINESS_CATEGORY "2.5.4.15" // case-ignore string
// Postal addressing attribute types:
#define szOID_POSTAL_ADDRESS "2.5.4.16"
#define szOID_POSTAL_CODE "2.5.4.17" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_POST_OFFICE_BOX "2.5.4.18" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_PHYSICAL_DELIVERY_OFFICE_NAME "2.5.4.19" // case-ignore string
// Telecommunications addressing attribute types:
#define szOID_TELEPHONE_NUMBER "2.5.4.20" // telephone number
#define szOID_TELEX_NUMBER "2.5.4.21"
#define szOID_TELETEXT_TERMINAL_IDENTIFIER "2.5.4.22"
#define szOID_FACSIMILE_TELEPHONE_NUMBER "2.5.4.23"
#define szOID_X21_ADDRESS "2.5.4.24" // numeric string
#define szOID_INTERNATIONAL_ISDN_NUMBER "2.5.4.25" // numeric string
#define szOID_REGISTERED_ADDRESS "2.5.4.26"
#define szOID_DESTINATION_INDICATOR "2.5.4.27" // printable string
// Preference attribute types:
#define szOID_PREFERRED_DELIVERY_METHOD "2.5.4.28"
// OSI application attribute types:
#define szOID_PRESENTATION_ADDRESS "2.5.4.29"
#define szOID_SUPPORTED_APPLICATION_CONTEXT "2.5.4.30"
// Relational application attribute types:
#define szOID_MEMBER "2.5.4.31"
#define szOID_OWNER "2.5.4.32"
#define szOID_ROLE_OCCUPANT "2.5.4.33"
#define szOID_SEE_ALSO "2.5.4.34"
// Security attribute types:
#define szOID_USER_PASSWORD "2.5.4.35"
#define szOID_USER_CERTIFICATE "2.5.4.36"
#define szOID_CA_CERTIFICATE "2.5.4.37"
#define szOID_AUTHORITY_REVOCATION_LIST "2.5.4.38"
#define szOID_CERTIFICATE_REVOCATION_LIST "2.5.4.39"
#define szOID_CROSS_CERTIFICATE_PAIR "2.5.4.40"
// Undocumented attribute types???
//#define szOID_??? "2.5.4.41"
#define szOID_GIVEN_NAME "2.5.4.42" // case-ignore string
#define szOID_INITIALS "2.5.4.43" // case-ignore string
// The DN Qualifier attribute type specifies disambiguating information to add
// to the relative distinguished name of an entry. It is intended to be used
// for entries held in multiple DSAs which would otherwise have the same name,
// and that its value be the same in a given DSA for all entries to which
// the information has been added.
#define szOID_DN_QUALIFIER "2.5.4.46"
// Pilot user attribute types:
#define szOID_DOMAIN_COMPONENT "0.9.2342.19200300.100.1.25" // IA5, UTF8 string
// used for PKCS 12 attributes
#define szOID_PKCS_12_FRIENDLY_NAME_ATTR "1.2.840.113549.1.9.20"
#define szOID_PKCS_12_LOCAL_KEY_ID "1.2.840.113549.1.9.21"
#define szOID_PKCS_12_KEY_PROVIDER_NAME_ATTR "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.17.1"
#define szOID_LOCAL_MACHINE_KEYSET "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.17.2"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Microsoft CERT_RDN attribute Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Special RDN containing the KEY_ID. Its value type is CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING.
#define szOID_KEYID_RDN "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.7.1"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_RDN Attribute Value Types
//
// For RDN_ENCODED_BLOB, the Value's CERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB is in its encoded
// representation. Otherwise, its an array of bytes.
//
// For all CERT_RDN types, Value.cbData is always the number of bytes, not
// necessarily the number of elements in the string. For instance,
// RDN_UNIVERSAL_STRING is an array of ints (cbData == intCnt * 4) and
// RDN_BMP_STRING is an array of unsigned shorts (cbData == ushortCnt * 2).
//
// A RDN_UTF8_STRING is an array of UNICODE characters (cbData == charCnt *2).
// These UNICODE characters are encoded as UTF8 8 bit characters.
//
// For CertDecodeName, two 0 bytes are always appended to the end of the
// string (ensures a CHAR or WCHAR string is null terminated).
// These added 0 bytes are't included in the BLOB.cbData.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_RDN_ANY_TYPE 0
#define CERT_RDN_ENCODED_BLOB 1
#define CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING 2
#define CERT_RDN_NUMERIC_STRING 3
#define CERT_RDN_PRINTABLE_STRING 4
#define CERT_RDN_TELETEX_STRING 5
#define CERT_RDN_T61_STRING 5
#define CERT_RDN_VIDEOTEX_STRING 6
#define CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING 7
#define CERT_RDN_GRAPHIC_STRING 8
#define CERT_RDN_VISIBLE_STRING 9
#define CERT_RDN_ISO646_STRING 9
#define CERT_RDN_GENERAL_STRING 10
#define CERT_RDN_UNIVERSAL_STRING 11
#define CERT_RDN_INT4_STRING 11
#define CERT_RDN_BMP_STRING 12
#define CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING 12
#define CERT_RDN_UTF8_STRING 13
#define CERT_RDN_TYPE_MASK 0x000000FF
#define CERT_RDN_FLAGS_MASK 0xFF000000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags that can be or'ed with the above Value Type when encoding/decoding
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// For encoding: when set, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING is selected instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING if all the unicode characters are <= 0xFF
#define CERT_RDN_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG 0x80000000
// For encoding: when set, CERT_RDN_UTF8_STRING is selected instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING.
#define CERT_RDN_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG 0x20000000
// For encoding: when set, the characters aren't checked to see if they
// are valid for the Value Type.
#define CERT_RDN_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG 0x40000000
// For decoding: by default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// Setting this flag skips the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
#define CERT_RDN_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG 0x01000000
// Macro to check that the dwValueType is a character string and not an
// encoded blob or octet string
#define IS_CERT_RDN_CHAR_STRING(X) \
(((X) & CERT_RDN_TYPE_MASK) >= CERT_RDN_NUMERIC_STRING)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// A CERT_RDN consists of an array of the above attributes
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_RDN {
DWORD cRDNAttr;
PCERT_RDN_ATTR rgRDNAttr;
} CERT_RDN, *PCERT_RDN;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in a subject's or issuer's name. The information
// is represented as an array of the above RDNs.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_NAME_INFO {
DWORD cRDN;
PCERT_RDN rgRDN;
} CERT_NAME_INFO, *PCERT_NAME_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name attribute value without the Object Identifier
//
// The interpretation of the Value depends on the dwValueType.
// See above for a list of the types.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_NAME_VALUE {
DWORD dwValueType;
CERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB Value;
} CERT_NAME_VALUE, *PCERT_NAME_VALUE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Public Key Info
//
// The PublicKey is the encoded representation of the information as it is
// stored in the bit string
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO {
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER Algorithm;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB PublicKey;
} CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO, *PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO;
#define CERT_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_OBJID szOID_RSA_RSA
#define CERT_DEFAULT_OID_PUBLIC_KEY_SIGN szOID_RSA_RSA
#define CERT_DEFAULT_OID_PUBLIC_KEY_XCHG szOID_RSA_RSA
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// structure that contains all the information in a PKCS#8 PrivateKeyInfo
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO{
DWORD Version;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER Algorithm;
CRYPT_DER_BLOB PrivateKey;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTES pAttributes;
} CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO, *PCRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// structure that contains all the information in a PKCS#8
// EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ENCRYPTED_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO{
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER EncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedPrivateKey;
} CRYPT_ENCRYPTED_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO, *PCRYPT_ENCRYPTED_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this callback is given when an EncryptedProvateKeyInfo structure is
// encountered during ImportPKCS8. the caller is then expected to decrypt
// the private key and hand back the decrypted contents.
//
// the parameters are:
// Algorithm - the algorithm used to encrypt the PrivateKeyInfo
// EncryptedPrivateKey - the encrypted private key blob
// pClearTextKey - a buffer to receive the clear text
// cbClearTextKey - the number of bytes of the pClearTextKey buffer
// note the if this is zero then this should be
// filled in with the size required to decrypt the
// key into, and pClearTextKey should be ignored
// pVoidDecryptFunc - this is the pVoid that was passed into the call
// and is preserved and passed back as context
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *PCRYPT_DECRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_FUNC)(
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER Algorithm,
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedPrivateKey,
BYTE *pbClearTextKey,
DWORD *pcbClearTextKey,
LPVOID pVoidDecryptFunc);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this callback is given when creating a PKCS8 EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo.
// The caller is then expected to encrypt the private key and hand back
// the encrypted contents.
//
// the parameters are:
// Algorithm - the algorithm used to encrypt the PrivateKeyInfo
// pClearTextPrivateKey - the cleartext private key to be encrypted
// pbEncryptedKey - the output encrypted private key blob
// cbEncryptedKey - the number of bytes of the pbEncryptedKey buffer
// note the if this is zero then this should be
// filled in with the size required to encrypt the
// key into, and pbEncryptedKey should be ignored
// pVoidEncryptFunc - this is the pVoid that was passed into the call
// and is preserved and passed back as context
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *PCRYPT_ENCRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_FUNC)(
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER* pAlgorithm,
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB* pClearTextPrivateKey,
BYTE *pbEncryptedKey,
DWORD *pcbEncryptedKey,
LPVOID pVoidEncryptFunc);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this callback is given from the context of a ImportPKCS8 calls. the caller
// is then expected to hand back an HCRYPTPROV to receive the key being imported
//
// the parameters are:
// pPrivateKeyInfo - pointer to a CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO structure which
// describes the key being imported
// EncryptedPrivateKey - the encrypted private key blob
// phCryptProv - a pointer to a HCRRYPTPROV to be filled in
// pVoidResolveFunc - this is the pVoidResolveFunc passed in by the caller in the
// CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_BLOB_AND_PARAMS struct
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *PCRYPT_RESOLVE_HCRYPTPROV_FUNC)(
CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO *pPrivateKeyInfo,
HCRYPTPROV *phCryptProv,
LPVOID pVoidResolveFunc);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this struct contains a PKCS8 private key and two pointers to callback
// functions, with a corresponding pVoids. the first callback is used to give
// the caller the opportunity to specify where the key is imported to. the callback
// passes the caller the algoroithm OID and key size to use in making the decision.
// the other callback is used to decrypt the private key if the PKCS8 contains an
// EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo. both pVoids are preserved and passed back to the caller
// in the respective callback
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_PKCS8_IMPORT_PARAMS{
CRYPT_DIGEST_BLOB PrivateKey; // PKCS8 blob
PCRYPT_RESOLVE_HCRYPTPROV_FUNC pResolvehCryptProvFunc; // optional
LPVOID pVoidResolveFunc; // optional
PCRYPT_DECRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_FUNC pDecryptPrivateKeyFunc;
LPVOID pVoidDecryptFunc;
} CRYPT_PKCS8_IMPORT_PARAMS, *PCRYPT_PKCS8_IMPORT_PARAMS, CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_BLOB_AND_PARAMS, *PCRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_BLOB_AND_PARAMS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this struct contains information identifying a private key and a pointer
// to a callback function, with a corresponding pVoid. The callback is used
// to encrypt the private key. If the pEncryptPrivateKeyFunc is NULL, the
// key will not be encrypted and an EncryptedPrivateKeyInfo will not be generated.
// The pVoid is preserved and passed back to the caller in the respective callback
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_PKCS8_EXPORT_PARAMS{
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
LPSTR pszPrivateKeyObjId;
PCRYPT_ENCRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_FUNC pEncryptPrivateKeyFunc;
LPVOID pVoidEncryptFunc;
} CRYPT_PKCS8_EXPORT_PARAMS, *PCRYPT_PKCS8_EXPORT_PARAMS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in a certificate
//
// The Issuer, Subject, Algorithm, PublicKey and Extension BLOBs are the
// encoded representation of the information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB SerialNumber;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER SignatureAlgorithm;
CERT_NAME_BLOB Issuer;
FILETIME NotBefore;
FILETIME NotAfter;
CERT_NAME_BLOB Subject;
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO SubjectPublicKeyInfo;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB IssuerUniqueId;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB SubjectUniqueId;
DWORD cExtension;
PCERT_EXTENSION rgExtension;
} CERT_INFO, *PCERT_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate versions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_V1 0
#define CERT_V2 1
#define CERT_V3 2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Information Flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_INFO_VERSION_FLAG 1
#define CERT_INFO_SERIAL_NUMBER_FLAG 2
#define CERT_INFO_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_FLAG 3
#define CERT_INFO_ISSUER_FLAG 4
#define CERT_INFO_NOT_BEFORE_FLAG 5
#define CERT_INFO_NOT_AFTER_FLAG 6
#define CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_FLAG 7
#define CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO_FLAG 8
#define CERT_INFO_ISSUER_UNIQUE_ID_FLAG 9
#define CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_UNIQUE_ID_FLAG 10
#define CERT_INFO_EXTENSION_FLAG 11
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// An entry in a CRL
//
// The Extension BLOBs are the encoded representation of the information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRL_ENTRY {
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB SerialNumber;
FILETIME RevocationDate;
DWORD cExtension;
PCERT_EXTENSION rgExtension;
} CRL_ENTRY, *PCRL_ENTRY;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in a CRL
//
// The Issuer, Algorithm and Extension BLOBs are the encoded
// representation of the information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRL_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER SignatureAlgorithm;
CERT_NAME_BLOB Issuer;
FILETIME ThisUpdate;
FILETIME NextUpdate;
DWORD cCRLEntry;
PCRL_ENTRY rgCRLEntry;
DWORD cExtension;
PCERT_EXTENSION rgExtension;
} CRL_INFO, *PCRL_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRL versions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRL_V1 0
#define CRL_V2 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in a certificate request
//
// The Subject, Algorithm, PublicKey and Attribute BLOBs are the encoded
// representation of the information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_REQUEST_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CERT_NAME_BLOB Subject;
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO SubjectPublicKeyInfo;
DWORD cAttribute;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAttribute;
} CERT_REQUEST_INFO, *PCERT_REQUEST_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Request versions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_REQUEST_V1 0
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in Netscape's Keygen request
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO SubjectPublicKeyInfo;
LPWSTR pwszChallengeString; // encoded as IA5
} CERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_INFO, *PCERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_INFO;
#define CERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_V1 0
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate, CRL, Certificate Request or Keygen Request Signed Content
//
// The "to be signed" encoded content plus its signature. The ToBeSigned
// is the encoded CERT_INFO, CRL_INFO, CERT_REQUEST_INFO or
// CERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_SIGNED_CONTENT_INFO {
CRYPT_DER_BLOB ToBeSigned;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER SignatureAlgorithm;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB Signature;
} CERT_SIGNED_CONTENT_INFO, *PCERT_SIGNED_CONTENT_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Trust List (CTL)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL Usage. Also used for EnhancedKeyUsage extension.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CTL_USAGE {
DWORD cUsageIdentifier;
LPSTR *rgpszUsageIdentifier; // array of pszObjId
} CTL_USAGE, *PCTL_USAGE,
CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE, *PCERT_ENHKEY_USAGE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// An entry in a CTL
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CTL_ENTRY {
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB SubjectIdentifier; // For example, its hash
DWORD cAttribute;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAttribute; // OPTIONAL
} CTL_ENTRY, *PCTL_ENTRY;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Information stored in a CTL
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CTL_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CTL_USAGE SubjectUsage;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB ListIdentifier; // OPTIONAL
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB SequenceNumber; // OPTIONAL
FILETIME ThisUpdate;
FILETIME NextUpdate; // OPTIONAL
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER SubjectAlgorithm;
DWORD cCTLEntry;
PCTL_ENTRY rgCTLEntry; // OPTIONAL
DWORD cExtension;
PCERT_EXTENSION rgExtension; // OPTIONAL
} CTL_INFO, *PCTL_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL versions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CTL_V1 0
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// TimeStamp Request
//
// The pszTimeStamp is the OID for the Time type requested
// The pszContentType is the Content Type OID for the content, usually DATA
// The Content is a un-decoded blob
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_TIME_STAMP_REQUEST_INFO {
LPSTR pszTimeStampAlgorithm; // pszObjId
LPSTR pszContentType; // pszObjId
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Content;
DWORD cAttribute;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAttribute;
} CRYPT_TIME_STAMP_REQUEST_INFO, *PCRYPT_TIME_STAMP_REQUEST_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Name Value Attribute
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ENROLLMENT_NAME_VALUE_PAIR {
LPWSTR pwszName;
LPWSTR pwszValue;
} CRYPT_ENROLLMENT_NAME_VALUE_PAIR, * PCRYPT_ENROLLMENT_NAME_VALUE_PAIR;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CSP Provider
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_CSP_PROVIDER {
DWORD dwKeySpec;
LPWSTR pwszProviderName;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB Signature;
} CRYPT_CSP_PROVIDER, * PCRYPT_CSP_PROVIDER;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate and Message encoding types
//
// The encoding type is a DWORD containing both the certificate and message
// encoding types. The certificate encoding type is stored in the LOWORD.
// The message encoding type is stored in the HIWORD. Some functions or
// structure fields require only one of the encoding types. The following
// naming convention is used to indicate which encoding type(s) are
// required:
// dwEncodingType (both encoding types are required)
// dwMsgAndCertEncodingType (both encoding types are required)
// dwMsgEncodingType (only msg encoding type is required)
// dwCertEncodingType (only cert encoding type is required)
//
// Its always acceptable to specify both.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_ENCODING_TYPE_MASK 0x0000FFFF
#define CMSG_ENCODING_TYPE_MASK 0xFFFF0000
#define GET_CERT_ENCODING_TYPE(X) (X & CERT_ENCODING_TYPE_MASK)
#define GET_CMSG_ENCODING_TYPE(X) (X & CMSG_ENCODING_TYPE_MASK)
#define CRYPT_ASN_ENCODING 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_NDR_ENCODING 0x00000002
#define X509_ASN_ENCODING 0x00000001
#define X509_NDR_ENCODING 0x00000002
#define PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING 0x00010000
#define PKCS_7_NDR_ENCODING 0x00020000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// format the specified data structure according to the certificate
// encoding type.
//
// The default behavior of CryptFormatObject is to return single line
// display of the encoded data, that is, each subfield will be concatenated with
// a ", " on one line. If user prefers to display the data in multiple line,
// set the flag CRYPT_FORMAT_STR_MULTI_LINE, that is, each subfield will be displayed
// on a seperate line.
//
// If there is no formatting routine installed or registered
// for the lpszStructType, the hex dump of the encoded BLOB will be returned.
// User can set the flag CRYPT_FORMAT_STR_NO_HEX to disable the hex dump.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptFormatObject(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFormatType,
IN DWORD dwFormatStrType,
IN void *pFormatStruct,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
OUT void *pbFormat,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbFormat
);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants for dwFormatStrType of function CryptFormatObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_STR_MULTI_LINE 0x0001
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_STR_NO_HEX 0x0010
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants for dwFormatType of function CryptFormatObject
// when format X509_NAME or X509_UNICODE_NAME
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Just get the simple string
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_SIMPLE 0x0001
//Put an attribute name infront of the attribute
//such as "O=Microsoft,DN=xiaohs"
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_X509 0x0002
//Put an OID infront of the simple string, such as
//"2.5.4.22=Microsoft,2.5.4.3=xiaohs"
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_OID 0x0004
//Put a ";" between each RDN. The default is ","
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_SEMICOLON 0x0100
//Put a "\n" between each RDN.
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_CRLF 0x0200
//Unquote the DN value, which is quoated by default va the following
//rules: if the DN contains leading or trailing
//white space or one of the following characters: ",", "+", "=",
//""", "\n", "<", ">", "#" or ";". The quoting character is ".
//If the DN Value contains a " it is double quoted ("").
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_UNQUOTE 0x0400
//reverse the order of the RDNs before converting to the string
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_REVERSE 0x0800
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// contants dwFormatType of function CryptFormatObject when format a DN.:
//
// The following three values are defined in the section above:
// CRYPT_FORMAT_SIMPLE: Just a simple string
// such as "Microsoft+xiaohs+NT"
// CRYPT_FORMAT_X509 Put an attribute name infront of the attribute
// such as "O=Microsoft+xiaohs+NT"
//
// CRYPT_FORMAT_OID Put an OID infront of the simple string,
// such as "2.5.4.22=Microsoft+xiaohs+NT"
//
// Additional values are defined as following:
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//Put a "," between each value. Default is "+"
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_COMMA 0x1000
//Put a ";" between each value
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_SEMICOLON CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_SEMICOLON
//Put a "\n" between each value
#define CRYPT_FORMAT_CRLF CRYPT_FORMAT_RDN_CRLF
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Encode / decode the specified data structure according to the certificate
// encoding type.
//
// See below for a list of the predefined data structures.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef LPVOID (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ALLOC)(
IN size_t cbSize
);
typedef VOID (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_FREE)(
IN LPVOID pv
);
typedef struct _CRYPT_ENCODE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
PFN_CRYPT_ALLOC pfnAlloc; // OPTIONAL
PFN_CRYPT_FREE pfnFree; // OPTIONAL
} CRYPT_ENCODE_PARA, *PCRYPT_ENCODE_PARA;
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEncodeObjectEx(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType,
IN const void *pvStructInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL PCRYPT_ENCODE_PARA pEncodePara,
OUT void *pvEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEncodeObject(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType,
IN const void *pvStructInfo,
OUT BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded
);
// By default the signature bytes are reversed. The following flag can
// be set to inhibit the byte reversal.
//
// This flag is applicable to
// X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED
#define CRYPT_ENCODE_NO_SIGNATURE_BYTE_REVERSAL_FLAG 0x8
// When the following flag is set the called encode function allocates
// memory for the encoded bytes. A pointer to the allocated bytes
// is returned in pvEncoded. If pEncodePara or pEncodePara->pfnAlloc is
// NULL, then, LocalAlloc is called for the allocation and LocalFree must
// be called to do the free. Otherwise, pEncodePara->pfnAlloc is called
// for the allocation.
//
// *pcbEncoded is ignored on input and updated with the length of the
// allocated, encoded bytes.
//
// If pfnAlloc is set, then, pfnFree should also be set.
#define CRYPT_ENCODE_ALLOC_FLAG 0x8000
// The following flag is applicable when encoding X509_UNICODE_NAME.
// When set, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING is selected instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING if all the unicode characters are <= 0xFF
#define CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG \
CERT_RDN_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG
// The following flag is applicable when encoding X509_UNICODE_NAME.
// When set, CERT_RDN_UTF8_STRING is selected instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING.
#define CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG \
CERT_RDN_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG
// The following flag is applicable when encoding X509_UNICODE_NAME,
// X509_UNICODE_NAME_VALUE or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING.
// When set, the characters aren't checked to see if they
// are valid for the specified Value Type.
#define CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG \
CERT_RDN_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG
// The following flag is applicable when encoding the PKCS_SORTED_CTL. This
// flag should be set if the identifier for the TrustedSubjects is a hash,
// such as, MD5 or SHA1.
#define CRYPT_SORTED_CTL_ENCODE_HASHED_SUBJECT_IDENTIFIER_FLAG 0x10000
typedef struct _CRYPT_DECODE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
PFN_CRYPT_ALLOC pfnAlloc; // OPTIONAL
PFN_CRYPT_FREE pfnFree; // OPTIONAL
} CRYPT_DECODE_PARA, *PCRYPT_DECODE_PARA;
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecodeObjectEx(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL PCRYPT_DECODE_PARA pDecodePara,
OUT OPTIONAL void *pvStructInfo,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbStructInfo
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecodeObject(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void *pvStructInfo,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbStructInfo
);
// When the following flag is set the nocopy optimization is enabled.
// This optimization where appropriate, updates the pvStructInfo fields
// to point to content residing within pbEncoded instead of making a copy
// of and appending to pvStructInfo.
//
// Note, when set, pbEncoded can't be freed until pvStructInfo is freed.
#define CRYPT_DECODE_NOCOPY_FLAG 0x1
// For CryptDecodeObject(), by default the pbEncoded is the "to be signed"
// plus its signature. Set the following flag, if pbEncoded points to only
// the "to be signed".
//
// This flag is applicable to
// X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED
// X509_CERT_CRL_TO_BE_SIGNED
// X509_CERT_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED
// X509_KEYGEN_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED
#define CRYPT_DECODE_TO_BE_SIGNED_FLAG 0x2
// When the following flag is set, the OID strings are allocated in
// crypt32.dll and shared instead of being copied into the returned
// data structure. This flag may be set if crypt32.dll isn't unloaded
// before the caller is unloaded.
#define CRYPT_DECODE_SHARE_OID_STRING_FLAG 0x4
// By default the signature bytes are reversed. The following flag can
// be set to inhibit the byte reversal.
//
// This flag is applicable to
// X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED
#define CRYPT_DECODE_NO_SIGNATURE_BYTE_REVERSAL_FLAG 0x8
// When the following flag is set the called decode function allocates
// memory for the decoded structure. A pointer to the allocated structure
// is returned in pvStructInfo. If pDecodePara or pDecodePara->pfnAlloc is
// NULL, then, LocalAlloc is called for the allocation and LocalFree must
// be called to do the free. Otherwise, pDecodePara->pfnAlloc is called
// for the allocation.
//
// *pcbStructInfo is ignored on input and updated with the length of the
// allocated, decoded structure.
//
// This flag may also be set in the CryptDecodeObject API. Since
// CryptDecodeObject doesn't take a pDecodePara, LocalAlloc is always
// called for the allocation which must be freed by calling LocalFree.
#define CRYPT_DECODE_ALLOC_FLAG 0x8000
// The following flag is applicable when decoding X509_UNICODE_NAME,
// X509_UNICODE_NAME_VALUE or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING.
// By default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// Setting this flag skips the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
#define CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_DECODE_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG \
CERT_RDN_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined X509 certificate data structures that can be encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_ENCODE_DECODE_NONE 0
#define X509_CERT ((LPCSTR) 1)
#define X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED ((LPCSTR) 2)
#define X509_CERT_CRL_TO_BE_SIGNED ((LPCSTR) 3)
#define X509_CERT_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED ((LPCSTR) 4)
#define X509_EXTENSIONS ((LPCSTR) 5)
#define X509_NAME_VALUE ((LPCSTR) 6)
#define X509_NAME ((LPCSTR) 7)
#define X509_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO ((LPCSTR) 8)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined X509 certificate extension data structures that can be
// encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID ((LPCSTR) 9)
#define X509_KEY_ATTRIBUTES ((LPCSTR) 10)
#define X509_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION ((LPCSTR) 11)
#define X509_ALTERNATE_NAME ((LPCSTR) 12)
#define X509_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS ((LPCSTR) 13)
#define X509_KEY_USAGE ((LPCSTR) 14)
#define X509_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2 ((LPCSTR) 15)
#define X509_CERT_POLICIES ((LPCSTR) 16)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Additional predefined data structures that can be encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PKCS_UTC_TIME ((LPCSTR) 17)
#define PKCS_TIME_REQUEST ((LPCSTR) 18)
#define RSA_CSP_PUBLICKEYBLOB ((LPCSTR) 19)
#define X509_UNICODE_NAME ((LPCSTR) 20)
#define X509_KEYGEN_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED ((LPCSTR) 21)
#define PKCS_ATTRIBUTE ((LPCSTR) 22)
#define PKCS_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY ((LPCSTR) 23)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined primitive data structures that can be encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_UNICODE_NAME_VALUE ((LPCSTR) 24)
#define X509_ANY_STRING X509_NAME_VALUE
#define X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING X509_UNICODE_NAME_VALUE
#define X509_OCTET_STRING ((LPCSTR) 25)
#define X509_BITS ((LPCSTR) 26)
#define X509_INTEGER ((LPCSTR) 27)
#define X509_MULTI_BYTE_INTEGER ((LPCSTR) 28)
#define X509_ENUMERATED ((LPCSTR) 29)
#define X509_CHOICE_OF_TIME ((LPCSTR) 30)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// More predefined X509 certificate extension data structures that can be
// encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2 ((LPCSTR) 31)
#define X509_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS ((LPCSTR) 32)
#define X509_CRL_REASON_CODE X509_ENUMERATED
#define PKCS_CONTENT_INFO ((LPCSTR) 33)
#define X509_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY ((LPCSTR) 34)
#define X509_CRL_DIST_POINTS ((LPCSTR) 35)
#define X509_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE ((LPCSTR) 36)
#define PKCS_CTL ((LPCSTR) 37)
#define X509_MULTI_BYTE_UINT ((LPCSTR) 38)
#define X509_DSS_PUBLICKEY X509_MULTI_BYTE_UINT
#define X509_DSS_PARAMETERS ((LPCSTR) 39)
#define X509_DSS_SIGNATURE ((LPCSTR) 40)
#define PKCS_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS ((LPCSTR) 41)
#define PKCS_SMIME_CAPABILITIES ((LPCSTR) 42)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// data structures for private keys
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PKCS_RSA_PRIVATE_KEY ((LPCSTR) 43)
#define PKCS_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO ((LPCSTR) 44)
#define PKCS_ENCRYPTED_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO ((LPCSTR) 45)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// certificate policy qualifier
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_PKIX_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USERNOTICE ((LPCSTR) 46)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_DH_PUBLICKEY X509_MULTI_BYTE_UINT
#define X509_DH_PARAMETERS ((LPCSTR) 47)
#define PKCS_ATTRIBUTES ((LPCSTR) 48)
#define PKCS_SORTED_CTL ((LPCSTR) 49)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X942 Diffie-Hellman
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X942_DH_PARAMETERS ((LPCSTR) 50)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The following is the same as X509_BITS, except before encoding,
// the bit length is decremented to exclude trailing zero bits.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X509_BITS_WITHOUT_TRAILING_ZEROES ((LPCSTR) 51)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X942 Diffie-Hellman Other Info
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define X942_OTHER_INFO ((LPCSTR) 52)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined PKCS #7 data structures that can be encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO ((LPCSTR) 500)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined PKCS #7 data structures that can be encoded / decoded.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMS_SIGNER_INFO ((LPCSTR) 501)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined Software Publishing Credential (SPC) data structures that
// can be encoded / decoded.
//
// Predefined values: 2000 .. 2999
//
// See spc.h for value and data structure definitions.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Extension Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER "2.5.29.1"
#define szOID_KEY_ATTRIBUTES "2.5.29.2"
#define szOID_CERT_POLICIES_95 "2.5.29.3"
#define szOID_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION "2.5.29.4"
#define szOID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME "2.5.29.7"
#define szOID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME "2.5.29.8"
#define szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS "2.5.29.10"
#define szOID_KEY_USAGE "2.5.29.15"
#define szOID_PRIVATEKEY_USAGE_PERIOD "2.5.29.16"
#define szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2 "2.5.29.19"
#define szOID_CERT_POLICIES "2.5.29.32"
#define szOID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER2 "2.5.29.35"
#define szOID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER "2.5.29.14"
#define szOID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME2 "2.5.29.17"
#define szOID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME2 "2.5.29.18"
#define szOID_CRL_REASON_CODE "2.5.29.21"
#define szOID_CRL_DIST_POINTS "2.5.29.31"
#define szOID_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE "2.5.29.37"
// Microsoft PKCS10 Attributes
#define szOID_RENEWAL_CERTIFICATE "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.13.1"
#define szOID_ENROLLMENT_NAME_VALUE_PAIR "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.13.2.1"
#define szOID_ENROLLMENT_CSP_PROVIDER "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.13.2.2"
#define szOID_OS_VERSION "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.13.2.3"
//
// Extension contain certificate type
#define szOID_ENROLLMENT_AGENT "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.1"
// Internet Public Key Infrastructure (PKIX)
#define szOID_PKIX "1.3.6.1.5.5.7"
#define szOID_PKIX_PE "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.1"
#define szOID_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.1.1"
// Microsoft extensions or attributes
#define szOID_CERT_EXTENSIONS "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.2.1.14"
#define szOID_NEXT_UPDATE_LOCATION "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.2"
// Microsoft PKCS #7 ContentType Object Identifiers
#define szOID_CTL "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.1"
// Microsoft Sorted CTL Extension Object Identifier
#define szOID_SORTED_CTL "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.1.1"
// serialized serial numbers for PRS
#ifndef szOID_SERIALIZED
#define szOID_SERIALIZED "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.3.1"
#endif
// UPN principal name in SubjectAltName
#ifndef szOID_NT_PRINCIPAL_NAME
#define szOID_NT_PRINCIPAL_NAME "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.3"
#endif
// Windows product update unauthenticated attribute
#ifndef szOID_PRODUCT_UPDATE
#define szOID_PRODUCT_UPDATE "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.31.1"
#endif
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Object Identifiers for use with Auto Enrollment
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_AUTO_ENROLL_CTL_USAGE "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.1"
// Extension contain certificate type
#define szOID_ENROLL_CERTTYPE_EXTENSION "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2"
#define szOID_CERT_MANIFOLD "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.3"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Object Identifiers for use with the MS Certificate Server
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef szOID_CERTSRV_CA_VERSION
#define szOID_CERTSRV_CA_VERSION "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.21.1"
#endif
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Object Identifiers for use with the MS Directory Service
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_NTDS_REPLICATION "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.25.1"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Extension Object Identifiers (currently not implemented)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_POLICY_MAPPINGS "2.5.29.5"
#define szOID_SUBJECT_DIR_ATTRS "2.5.29.9"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enhanced Key Usage (Purpose) Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_PKIX_KP "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE, KEY_ENCIPHERMENT
// or KEY_AGREEMENT
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_SERVER_AUTH "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_CLIENT_AUTH "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_CODE_SIGNING "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.3"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE, NON_REPUDIATION and/or
// (KEY_ENCIPHERMENT or KEY_AGREEMENT)
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_EMAIL_PROTECTION "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.4"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE and/or
// (KEY_ENCIPHERMENT or KEY_AGREEMENT)
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_IPSEC_END_SYSTEM "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.5"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE and/or
// (KEY_ENCIPHERMENT or KEY_AGREEMENT)
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_IPSEC_TUNNEL "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.6"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE and/or
// (KEY_ENCIPHERMENT or KEY_AGREEMENT)
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_IPSEC_USER "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.7"
// Consistent key usage bits: DIGITAL_SIGNATURE or NON_REPUDIATION
#define szOID_PKIX_KP_TIMESTAMP_SIGNING "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.8"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Microsoft Enhanced Key Usage (Purpose) Object Identifiers
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Signer of CTLs
#define szOID_KP_CTL_USAGE_SIGNING "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.1"
// Signer of TimeStamps
#define szOID_KP_TIME_STAMP_SIGNING "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.2"
#ifndef szOID_SERVER_GATED_CRYPTO
#define szOID_SERVER_GATED_CRYPTO "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.3"
#endif
#ifndef szOID_SGC_NETSCAPE
#define szOID_SGC_NETSCAPE "2.16.840.1.113730.4.1"
#endif
#define szOID_KP_EFS "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.4"
// Can use Windows Hardware Compatible (WHQL)
#define szOID_WHQL_CRYPTO "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.5"
// Signed by the NT5 build lab
#define szOID_NT5_CRYPTO "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.6"
// Signed by and OEM of WHQL
#define szOID_OEM_WHQL_CRYPTO "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.7"
// Signed by the Embedded NT
#define szOID_EMBEDDED_NT_CRYPTO "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.3.8"
#ifndef szOID_DRM
#define szOID_DRM "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.5.1"
#endif
#ifndef szOID_LICENSES
#define szOID_LICENSES "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.6.1"
#endif
#ifndef szOID_LICENSE_SERVER
#define szOID_LICENSE_SERVER "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.6.2"
#endif
#ifndef szOID_KP_SMARTCARD_LOGON
#define szOID_KP_SMARTCARD_LOGON "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.2"
#endif
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Microsoft Attribute Object Identifiers
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_YESNO_TRUST_ATTR "1.3.6.1.4.1.311.10.4.1"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Qualifiers that may be part of the szOID_CERT_POLICIES and
// szOID_CERT_POLICIES95 extensions
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_PKIX_POLICY_QUALIFIER_CPS "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.2.1"
#define szOID_PKIX_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USERNOTICE "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.2.2"
// OID for old qualifer
#define szOID_CERT_POLICIES_95_QUALIFIER1 "2.16.840.1.113733.1.7.1.1"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CERT
//
// The "to be signed" encoded content plus its signature. The ToBeSigned
// content is the CryptEncodeObject() output for one of the following:
// X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED, X509_CERT_CRL_TO_BE_SIGNED or
// X509_CERT_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED.
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_SIGNED_CONTENT_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CERT_TO_BE_SIGNED
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_INFO.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject(), the pbEncoded is the "to be signed" plus its
// signature (output of a X509_CERT CryptEncodeObject()).
//
// For CryptEncodeObject(), the pbEncoded is just the "to be signed".
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CERT_CRL_TO_BE_SIGNED
//
// pvStructInfo points to CRL_INFO.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject(), the pbEncoded is the "to be signed" plus its
// signature (output of a X509_CERT CryptEncodeObject()).
//
// For CryptEncodeObject(), the pbEncoded is just the "to be signed".
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CERT_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_REQUEST_INFO.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject(), the pbEncoded is the "to be signed" plus its
// signature (output of a X509_CERT CryptEncodeObject()).
//
// For CryptEncodeObject(), the pbEncoded is just the "to be signed".
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_EXTENSIONS
// szOID_CERT_EXTENSIONS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_EXTENSIONS.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_EXTENSIONS {
DWORD cExtension;
PCERT_EXTENSION rgExtension;
} CERT_EXTENSIONS, *PCERT_EXTENSIONS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_NAME_VALUE
// X509_ANY_STRING
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_NAME_VALUE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_UNICODE_NAME_VALUE
// X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_NAME_VALUE.
//
// The name values are unicode strings.
//
// For CryptEncodeObject:
// Value.pbData points to the unicode string.
// If Value.cbData = 0, then, the unicode string is NULL terminated.
// Otherwise, Value.cbData is the unicode string byte count. The byte count
// is twice the character count.
//
// If the unicode string contains an invalid character for the specified
// dwValueType, then, *pcbEncoded is updated with the unicode character
// index of the first invalid character. LastError is set to:
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_NUMERIC_STRING, CRYPT_E_INVALID_PRINTABLE_STRING or
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING.
//
// To disable the above check, either set CERT_RDN_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG
// in dwValueType or set CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG
// in dwFlags passed to CryptEncodeObjectEx.
//
// The unicode string is converted before being encoded according to
// the specified dwValueType. If dwValueType is set to 0, LastError
// is set to E_INVALIDARG.
//
// If the dwValueType isn't one of the character strings (its a
// CERT_RDN_ENCODED_BLOB or CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING), then, CryptEncodeObject
// will return FALSE with LastError set to CRYPT_E_NOT_CHAR_STRING.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject:
// Value.pbData points to a NULL terminated unicode string. Value.cbData
// contains the byte count of the unicode string excluding the NULL
// terminator. dwValueType contains the type used in the encoded object.
// Its not forced to CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING. The encoded value is
// converted to the unicode string according to the dwValueType.
//
// If the encoded object isn't one of the character string types, then,
// CryptDecodeObject will return FALSE with LastError set to
// CRYPT_E_NOT_CHAR_STRING. For a non character string, decode using
// X509_NAME_VALUE or X509_ANY_STRING.
//
// By default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// Set CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_DECODE_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG in dwFlags
// passed to either CryptDecodeObject or CryptDecodeObjectEx to
// skip the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_NAME
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_NAME_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_UNICODE_NAME
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_NAME_INFO.
//
// The RDN attribute values are unicode strings except for the dwValueTypes of
// CERT_RDN_ENCODED_BLOB or CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING. These dwValueTypes are
// the same as for a X509_NAME. Their values aren't converted to/from unicode.
//
// For CryptEncodeObject:
// Value.pbData points to the unicode string.
// If Value.cbData = 0, then, the unicode string is NULL terminated.
// Otherwise, Value.cbData is the unicode string byte count. The byte count
// is twice the character count.
//
// If dwValueType = 0 (CERT_RDN_ANY_TYPE), the pszObjId is used to find
// an acceptable dwValueType. If the unicode string contains an
// invalid character for the found or specified dwValueType, then,
// *pcbEncoded is updated with the error location of the invalid character.
// See below for details. LastError is set to:
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_NUMERIC_STRING, CRYPT_E_INVALID_PRINTABLE_STRING or
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING.
//
// To disable the above check, either set CERT_RDN_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG
// in dwValueType or set CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_DISABLE_CHECK_TYPE_FLAG
// in dwFlags passed to CryptEncodeObjectEx.
//
// Set CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING in dwValueType or set
// CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG in dwFlags passed
// to CryptEncodeObjectEx to select CERT_RDN_T61_STRING instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING if all the unicode characters are <= 0xFF.
//
// Set CERT_RDN_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_STRING in dwValueType or set
// CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_ENCODE_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG in dwFlags passed
// to CryptEncodeObjectEx to select CERT_RDN_UTF8_STRING instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING.
//
// The unicode string is converted before being encoded according to
// the specified or ObjId matching dwValueType.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject:
// Value.pbData points to a NULL terminated unicode string. Value.cbData
// contains the byte count of the unicode string excluding the NULL
// terminator. dwValueType contains the type used in the encoded object.
// Its not forced to CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING. The encoded value is
// converted to the unicode string according to the dwValueType.
//
// If the dwValueType of the encoded value isn't a character string
// type, then, it isn't converted to UNICODE. Use the
// IS_CERT_RDN_CHAR_STRING() macro on the dwValueType to check
// that Value.pbData points to a converted unicode string.
//
// By default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// Set CRYPT_UNICODE_NAME_DECODE_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG in dwFlags
// passed to either CryptDecodeObject or CryptDecodeObjectEx to
// skip the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unicode Name Value Error Location Definitions
//
// Error location is returned in *pcbEncoded by
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_UNICODE_NAME)
//
// Error location consists of:
// RDN_INDEX - 10 bits << 22
// ATTR_INDEX - 6 bits << 16
// VALUE_INDEX - 16 bits (unicode character index)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_UNICODE_RDN_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0x3FF
#define CERT_UNICODE_RDN_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 22
#define CERT_UNICODE_ATTR_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0x003F
#define CERT_UNICODE_ATTR_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 16
#define CERT_UNICODE_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0x0000FFFF
#define CERT_UNICODE_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 0
#define GET_CERT_UNICODE_RDN_ERR_INDEX(X) \
((X >> CERT_UNICODE_RDN_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT) & CERT_UNICODE_RDN_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
#define GET_CERT_UNICODE_ATTR_ERR_INDEX(X) \
((X >> CERT_UNICODE_ATTR_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT) & CERT_UNICODE_ATTR_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
#define GET_CERT_UNICODE_VALUE_ERR_INDEX(X) \
(X & CERT_UNICODE_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID
// szOID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID_INFO {
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB KeyId;
CERT_NAME_BLOB CertIssuer;
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB CertSerialNumber;
} CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID_INFO, *PCERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_KEY_ATTRIBUTES
// szOID_KEY_ATTRIBUTES
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_PRIVATE_KEY_VALIDITY {
FILETIME NotBefore;
FILETIME NotAfter;
} CERT_PRIVATE_KEY_VALIDITY, *PCERT_PRIVATE_KEY_VALIDITY;
typedef struct _CERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO {
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB KeyId;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB IntendedKeyUsage;
PCERT_PRIVATE_KEY_VALIDITY pPrivateKeyUsagePeriod; // OPTIONAL
} CERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO, *PCERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO;
// Byte[0]
#define CERT_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE_KEY_USAGE 0x80
#define CERT_NON_REPUDIATION_KEY_USAGE 0x40
#define CERT_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT_KEY_USAGE 0x20
#define CERT_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT_KEY_USAGE 0x10
#define CERT_KEY_AGREEMENT_KEY_USAGE 0x08
#define CERT_KEY_CERT_SIGN_KEY_USAGE 0x04
#define CERT_OFFLINE_CRL_SIGN_KEY_USAGE 0x02
#define CERT_CRL_SIGN_KEY_USAGE 0x02
#define CERT_ENCIPHER_ONLY_KEY_USAGE 0x01
// Byte[1]
#define CERT_DECIPHER_ONLY_KEY_USAGE 0x80
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION
// szOID_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY_ID {
DWORD cCertPolicyElementId;
LPSTR *rgpszCertPolicyElementId; // pszObjId
} CERT_POLICY_ID, *PCERT_POLICY_ID;
typedef struct _CERT_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION_INFO {
DWORD cCertPolicyId;
PCERT_POLICY_ID rgCertPolicyId;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB RestrictedKeyUsage;
} CERT_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION_INFO, *PCERT_KEY_USAGE_RESTRICTION_INFO;
// See CERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO for definition of the RestrictedKeyUsage bits
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_ALTERNATE_NAME
// szOID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME
// szOID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME
// szOID_SUBJECT_ALT_NAME2
// szOID_ISSUER_ALT_NAME2
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_OTHER_NAME {
LPSTR pszObjId;
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Value;
} CERT_OTHER_NAME, *PCERT_OTHER_NAME;
typedef struct _CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY {
DWORD dwAltNameChoice;
union {
PCERT_OTHER_NAME pOtherName; // 1
LPWSTR pwszRfc822Name; // 2 (encoded IA5)
LPWSTR pwszDNSName; // 3 (encoded IA5)
// Not implemented x400Address; // 4
CERT_NAME_BLOB DirectoryName; // 5
// Not implemented pEdiPartyName; // 6
LPWSTR pwszURL; // 7 (encoded IA5)
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB IPAddress; // 8 (Octet String)
LPSTR pszRegisteredID; // 9 (Object Identifer)
};
} CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY, *PCERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY;
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_OTHER_NAME 1
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_RFC822_NAME 2
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_DNS_NAME 3
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_X400_ADDRESS 4
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_DIRECTORY_NAME 5
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_EDI_PARTY_NAME 6
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_URL 7
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_IP_ADDRESS 8
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_REGISTERED_ID 9
typedef struct _CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO {
DWORD cAltEntry;
PCERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY rgAltEntry;
} CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO, *PCERT_ALT_NAME_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Alternate name IA5 Error Location Definitions for
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING.
//
// Error location is returned in *pcbEncoded by
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_ALTERNATE_NAME)
//
// Error location consists of:
// ENTRY_INDEX - 8 bits << 16
// VALUE_INDEX - 16 bits (unicode character index)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0xFF
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 16
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0x0000FFFF
#define CERT_ALT_NAME_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 0
#define GET_CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY_ERR_INDEX(X) \
((X >> CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT) & \
CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
#define GET_CERT_ALT_NAME_VALUE_ERR_INDEX(X) \
(X & CERT_ALT_NAME_VALUE_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS
// szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_INFO {
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB SubjectType;
BOOL fPathLenConstraint;
DWORD dwPathLenConstraint;
DWORD cSubtreesConstraint;
CERT_NAME_BLOB *rgSubtreesConstraint;
} CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_INFO, *PCERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_INFO;
#define CERT_CA_SUBJECT_FLAG 0x80
#define CERT_END_ENTITY_SUBJECT_FLAG 0x40
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2
// szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2_INFO {
BOOL fCA;
BOOL fPathLenConstraint;
DWORD dwPathLenConstraint;
} CERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2_INFO, *PCERT_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_KEY_USAGE
// szOID_KEY_USAGE
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_BIT_BLOB. Has same bit definitions as
// CERT_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INFO's IntendedKeyUsage.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CERT_POLICIES
// szOID_CERT_POLICIES
// szOID_CERT_POLICIES_95 NOTE--Only allowed for decoding!!!
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_POLICIES_INFO.
//
// NOTE: when decoding using szOID_CERT_POLICIES_95 the pszPolicyIdentifier
// may contain an empty string
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_INFO {
LPSTR pszPolicyQualifierId; // pszObjId
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Qualifier; // optional
} CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_INFO, *PCERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_INFO;
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY_INFO {
LPSTR pszPolicyIdentifier; // pszObjId
DWORD cPolicyQualifier; // optional
CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_INFO *rgPolicyQualifier;
} CERT_POLICY_INFO, *PCERT_POLICY_INFO;
typedef struct _CERT_POLICIES_INFO {
DWORD cPolicyInfo;
CERT_POLICY_INFO *rgPolicyInfo;
} CERT_POLICIES_INFO, *PCERT_POLICIES_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_PKIX_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USERNOTICE
// szOID_PKIX_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USERNOTICE
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USER_NOTICE.
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_NOTICE_REFERENCE {
LPSTR pszOrganization;
DWORD cNoticeNumbers;
int *rgNoticeNumbers;
} CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_NOTICE_REFERENCE, *PCERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_NOTICE_REFERENCE;
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USER_NOTICE {
CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_NOTICE_REFERENCE *pNoticeReference; // optional
LPWSTR pszDisplayText; // optional
} CERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USER_NOTICE, *PCERT_POLICY_QUALIFIER_USER_NOTICE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_CERT_POLICIES_95_QUALIFIER1 - Decode Only!!!!
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_POLICY95_QUALIFIER1.
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CPS_URLS {
LPWSTR pszURL;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER *pAlgorithm; // optional
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB *pDigest; // optional
} CPS_URLS, *PCPS_URLS;
typedef struct _CERT_POLICY95_QUALIFIER1 {
LPWSTR pszPracticesReference; // optional
LPSTR pszNoticeIdentifier; // optional
LPSTR pszNSINoticeIdentifier; // optional
DWORD cCPSURLs;
CPS_URLS *rgCPSURLs; // optional
} CERT_POLICY95_QUALIFIER1, *PCERT_POLICY95_QUALIFIER1;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RSA_CSP_PUBLICKEYBLOB
//
// pvStructInfo points to a PUBLICKEYSTRUC immediately followed by a
// RSAPUBKEY and the modulus bytes.
//
// CryptExportKey outputs the above StructInfo for a dwBlobType of
// PUBLICKEYBLOB. CryptImportKey expects the above StructInfo when
// importing a public key.
//
// For dwCertEncodingType = X509_ASN_ENCODING, the RSA_CSP_PUBLICKEYBLOB is
// encoded as a PKCS #1 RSAPublicKey consisting of a SEQUENCE of a
// modulus INTEGER and a publicExponent INTEGER. The modulus is encoded
// as being a unsigned integer. When decoded, if the modulus was encoded
// as unsigned integer with a leading 0 byte, the 0 byte is removed before
// converting to the CSP modulus bytes.
//
// For decode, the aiKeyAlg field of PUBLICKEYSTRUC is always set to
// CALG_RSA_KEYX.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_KEYGEN_REQUEST_TO_BE_SIGNED
//
// pvStructInfo points to CERT_KEYGEN_REQUEST_INFO.
//
// For CryptDecodeObject(), the pbEncoded is the "to be signed" plus its
// signature (output of a X509_CERT CryptEncodeObject()).
//
// For CryptEncodeObject(), the pbEncoded is just the "to be signed".
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_ATTRIBUTE data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_ATTRIBUTES data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY.
//
// For X509_ASN_ENCODING: encoded as a PKCS#7 ContentInfo structure wrapping
// a sequence of ANY. The value of the contentType field is pszObjId,
// while the content field is the following structure:
// SequenceOfAny ::= SEQUENCE OF ANY
//
// The CRYPT_DER_BLOBs point to the already encoded ANY content.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY {
LPSTR pszObjId;
DWORD cValue;
PCRYPT_DER_BLOB rgValue;
} CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY, *PCRYPT_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_CONTENT_INFO data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO.
//
// For X509_ASN_ENCODING: encoded as a PKCS#7 ContentInfo structure.
// The CRYPT_DER_BLOB points to the already encoded ANY content.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO {
LPSTR pszObjId;
CRYPT_DER_BLOB Content;
} CRYPT_CONTENT_INFO, *PCRYPT_CONTENT_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_OCTET_STRING data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_BITS data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_BIT_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_BITS_WITHOUT_TRAILING_ZEROES data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_BIT_BLOB.
//
// The same as X509_BITS, except before encoding, the bit length is
// decremented to exclude trailing zero bits.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_INTEGER data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to an int.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_MULTI_BYTE_INTEGER data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_ENUMERATED data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to an int containing the enumerated value
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CHOICE_OF_TIME data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to a FILETIME.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY data structure
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY.
//
// The CRYPT_DER_BLOBs point to the already encoded ANY content.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY {
DWORD cValue;
PCRYPT_DER_BLOB rgValue;
} CRYPT_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY, *PCRYPT_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2
// szOID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER2
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2_INFO.
//
// For CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING, the error location is returned in
// *pcbEncoded by CryptEncodeObject(X509_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2)
//
// See X509_ALTERNATE_NAME for error location defines.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2_INFO {
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB KeyId;
CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO AuthorityCertIssuer; // Optional, set cAltEntry
// to 0 to omit.
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB AuthorityCertSerialNumber;
} CERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2_INFO, *PCERT_AUTHORITY_KEY_ID2_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS
// szOID_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS.
//
// For CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING, the error location is returned in
// *pcbEncoded by CryptEncodeObject(X509_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS)
//
// Error location consists of:
// ENTRY_INDEX - 8 bits << 16
// VALUE_INDEX - 16 bits (unicode character index)
//
// See X509_ALTERNATE_NAME for ENTRY_INDEX and VALUE_INDEX error location
// defines.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION {
LPSTR pszAccessMethod; // pszObjId
CERT_ALT_NAME_ENTRY AccessLocation;
} CERT_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION, *PCERT_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION;
typedef struct _CERT_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS {
DWORD cAccDescr;
PCERT_ACCESS_DESCRIPTION rgAccDescr;
} CERT_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS, *PCERT_AUTHORITY_INFO_ACCESS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKIX Access Description: Access Method Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_PKIX_ACC_DESCR "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.48"
#define szOID_PKIX_OCSP "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.48.1"
#define szOID_PKIX_CA_ISSUERS "1.3.6.1.5.5.7.48.2"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CRL_REASON_CODE
// szOID_CRL_REASON_CODE
//
// pvStructInfo points to an int which can be set to one of the following
// enumerated values:
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED 0
#define CRL_REASON_KEY_COMPROMISE 1
#define CRL_REASON_CA_COMPROMISE 2
#define CRL_REASON_AFFILIATION_CHANGED 3
#define CRL_REASON_SUPERSEDED 4
#define CRL_REASON_CESSATION_OF_OPERATION 5
#define CRL_REASON_CERTIFICATE_HOLD 6
#define CRL_REASON_REMOVE_FROM_CRL 8
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_CRL_DIST_POINTS
// szOID_CRL_DIST_POINTS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRL_DIST_POINTS_INFO.
//
// For CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING, the error location is returned in
// *pcbEncoded by CryptEncodeObject(X509_CRL_DIST_POINTS)
//
// Error location consists of:
// CRL_ISSUER_BIT - 1 bit << 31 (0 for FullName, 1 for CRLIssuer)
// POINT_INDEX - 7 bits << 24
// ENTRY_INDEX - 8 bits << 16
// VALUE_INDEX - 16 bits (unicode character index)
//
// See X509_ALTERNATE_NAME for ENTRY_INDEX and VALUE_INDEX error location
// defines.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRL_DIST_POINT_NAME {
DWORD dwDistPointNameChoice;
union {
CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO FullName; // 1
// Not implemented IssuerRDN; // 2
};
} CRL_DIST_POINT_NAME, *PCRL_DIST_POINT_NAME;
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_NO_NAME 0
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_FULL_NAME 1
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_ISSUER_RDN_NAME 2
typedef struct _CRL_DIST_POINT {
CRL_DIST_POINT_NAME DistPointName; // OPTIONAL
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB ReasonFlags; // OPTIONAL
CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO CRLIssuer; // OPTIONAL
} CRL_DIST_POINT, *PCRL_DIST_POINT;
#define CRL_REASON_UNUSED_FLAG 0x80
#define CRL_REASON_KEY_COMPROMISE_FLAG 0x40
#define CRL_REASON_CA_COMPROMISE_FLAG 0x20
#define CRL_REASON_AFFILIATION_CHANGED_FLAG 0x10
#define CRL_REASON_SUPERSEDED_FLAG 0x08
#define CRL_REASON_CESSATION_OF_OPERATION_FLAG 0x04
#define CRL_REASON_CERTIFICATE_HOLD_FLAG 0x02
typedef struct _CRL_DIST_POINTS_INFO {
DWORD cDistPoint;
PCRL_DIST_POINT rgDistPoint;
} CRL_DIST_POINTS_INFO, *PCRL_DIST_POINTS_INFO;
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_INDEX_MASK 0x7F
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT 24
#define GET_CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_INDEX(X) \
((X >> CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_INDEX_SHIFT) & CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_INDEX_MASK)
#define CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_CRL_ISSUER_BIT 0x80000000L
#define IS_CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_CRL_ISSUER(X) \
(0 != (X & CRL_DIST_POINT_ERR_CRL_ISSUER_BIT))
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE
// szOID_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE, CTL_USAGE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NEXT_UPDATE_LOCATION
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_CTL
// szOID_CTL
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CTL_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_SORTED_CTL
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CTL_INFO.
//
// Same as for PKCS_CTL, except, the CTL entries are sorted. The following
// extension containing the sort information is inserted as the first
// extension in the encoded CTL.
//
// Only supported for Encoding. CRYPT_ENCODE_ALLOC_FLAG flag must be
// set.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sorted CTL TrustedSubjects extension
//
// Array of little endian DWORDs:
// [0] - Flags
// [1] - Count of HashBucket entry offsets
// [2] - Maximum HashBucket entry collision count
// [3 ..] (Count + 1) HashBucket entry offsets
//
// When this extension is present in the CTL,
// the ASN.1 encoded sequence of TrustedSubjects are HashBucket ordered.
//
// The entry offsets point to the start of the first encoded TrustedSubject
// sequence for the HashBucket. The encoded TrustedSubjects for a HashBucket
// continue until the encoded offset of the next HashBucket. A HashBucket has
// no entries if HashBucket[N] == HashBucket[N + 1].
//
// The HashBucket offsets are from the start of the ASN.1 encoded CTL_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define SORTED_CTL_EXT_FLAGS_OFFSET (0*4)
#define SORTED_CTL_EXT_COUNT_OFFSET (1*4)
#define SORTED_CTL_EXT_MAX_COLLISION_OFFSET (2*4)
#define SORTED_CTL_EXT_HASH_BUCKET_OFFSET (3*4)
// If the SubjectIdentifiers are a MD5 or SHA1 hash, the following flag is
// set. When set, the first 4 bytes of the SubjectIdentifier are used as
// the dwhash. Otherwise, the SubjectIdentifier bytes are hashed into dwHash.
// In either case the HashBucket index = dwHash % cHashBucket.
#define SORTED_CTL_EXT_HASHED_SUBJECT_IDENTIFIER_FLAG 0x1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_MULTI_BYTE_UINT
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_UINT_BLOB. Before encoding, inserts a
// leading 0x00. After decoding, removes a leading 0x00.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_DSS_PUBLICKEY
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_UINT_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_DSS_PARAMETERS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_DSS_PARAMETERS data structure.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_DSS_PARAMETERS {
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB p;
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB q;
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB g;
} CERT_DSS_PARAMETERS, *PCERT_DSS_PARAMETERS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_DSS_SIGNATURE
//
// pvStructInfo is a BYTE rgbSignature[CERT_DSS_SIGNATURE_LEN]. The
// bytes are ordered as output by the DSS CSP's CryptSignHash().
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_DSS_R_LEN 20
#define CERT_DSS_S_LEN 20
#define CERT_DSS_SIGNATURE_LEN (CERT_DSS_R_LEN + CERT_DSS_S_LEN)
// Sequence of 2 unsigned integers (the extra +1 is for a potential leading
// 0x00 to make the integer unsigned)
#define CERT_MAX_ASN_ENCODED_DSS_SIGNATURE_LEN (2 + 2*(2 + 20 +1))
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_DH_PUBLICKEY
//
// pvStructInfo points to a CRYPT_UINT_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X509_DH_PARAMETERS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_DH_PARAMETERS data structure.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_DH_PARAMETERS {
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB p;
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB g;
} CERT_DH_PARAMETERS, *PCERT_DH_PARAMETERS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X942_DH_PARAMETERS
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CERT_X942_DH_PARAMETERS data structure.
//
// If q.cbData == 0, then, the following fields are zero'ed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_X942_DH_VALIDATION_PARAMS {
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB seed;
DWORD pgenCounter;
} CERT_X942_DH_VALIDATION_PARAMS, *PCERT_X942_DH_VALIDATION_PARAMS;
typedef struct _CERT_X942_DH_PARAMETERS {
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB p; // odd prime, p = jq + 1
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB g; // generator, g
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB q; // factor of p - 1, OPTIONAL
CRYPT_UINT_BLOB j; // subgroup factor, OPTIONAL
PCERT_X942_DH_VALIDATION_PARAMS pValidationParams; // OPTIONAL
} CERT_X942_DH_PARAMETERS, *PCERT_X942_DH_PARAMETERS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// X942_OTHER_INFO
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_X942_OTHER_INFO data structure.
//
// rgbCounter and rgbKeyLength are in Little Endian order.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_X942_COUNTER_BYTE_LENGTH 4
#define CRYPT_X942_KEY_LENGTH_BYTE_LENGTH 4
#define CRYPT_X942_PUB_INFO_BYTE_LENGTH (512/8)
typedef struct _CRYPT_X942_OTHER_INFO {
LPSTR pszContentEncryptionObjId;
BYTE rgbCounter[CRYPT_X942_COUNTER_BYTE_LENGTH];
BYTE rgbKeyLength[CRYPT_X942_KEY_LENGTH_BYTE_LENGTH];
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB PubInfo; // OPTIONAL
} CRYPT_X942_OTHER_INFO, *PCRYPT_X942_OTHER_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS
// szOID_RSA_RC2CBC
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS data structure.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS {
DWORD dwVersion;
BOOL fIV; // set if has following IV
BYTE rgbIV[8];
} CRYPT_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS, *PCRYPT_RC2_CBC_PARAMETERS;
#define CRYPT_RC2_40BIT_VERSION 160
#define CRYPT_RC2_56BIT_VERSION 52
#define CRYPT_RC2_64BIT_VERSION 120
#define CRYPT_RC2_128BIT_VERSION 58
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS_SMIME_CAPABILITIES
// szOID_RSA_SMIMECapabilities
//
// pvStructInfo points to following CRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITIES data structure.
//
// Note, for CryptEncodeObject(X509_ASN_ENCODING), Parameters.cbData == 0
// causes the encoded parameters to be omitted and not encoded as a NULL
// (05 00) as is done when encoding a CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER. This
// is per the SMIME specification for encoding capabilities.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITY {
LPSTR pszObjId;
CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB Parameters;
} CRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITY, *PCRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITY;
typedef struct _CRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITIES {
DWORD cCapability;
PCRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITY rgCapability;
} CRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITIES, *PCRYPT_SMIME_CAPABILITIES;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PKCS7_SIGNER_INFO
//
// pvStructInfo points to CMSG_SIGNER_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMS_SIGNER_INFO
//
// pvStructInfo points to CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Netscape Certificate Extension Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_NETSCAPE "2.16.840.1.113730"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_EXTENSION "2.16.840.1.113730.1"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_TYPE "2.16.840.1.113730.1.1"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_BASE_URL "2.16.840.1.113730.1.2"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_REVOCATION_URL "2.16.840.1.113730.1.3"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CA_REVOCATION_URL "2.16.840.1.113730.1.4"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_RENEWAL_URL "2.16.840.1.113730.1.7"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CA_POLICY_URL "2.16.840.1.113730.1.8"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_SSL_SERVER_NAME "2.16.840.1.113730.1.12"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_COMMENT "2.16.840.1.113730.1.13"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Netscape Certificate Data Type Object Identifiers
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_DATA_TYPE "2.16.840.1.113730.2"
#define szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE "2.16.840.1.113730.2.5"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_TYPE extension
//
// Its value is a bit string. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_BITS or X509_BITS_WITHOUT_TRAILING_ZEROES.
//
// The following bits are defined:
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define NETSCAPE_SSL_CLIENT_AUTH_CERT_TYPE 0x80
#define NETSCAPE_SSL_SERVER_AUTH_CERT_TYPE 0x40
#define NETSCAPE_SMIME_CERT_TYPE 0x20
#define NETSCAPE_SIGN_CERT_TYPE 0x10
#define NETSCAPE_SSL_CA_CERT_TYPE 0x04
#define NETSCAPE_SMIME_CA_CERT_TYPE 0x02
#define NETSCAPE_SIGN_CA_CERT_TYPE 0x01
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_BASE_URL extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// When present this string is added to the beginning of all relative URLs
// in the certificate. This extension can be considered an optimization
// to reduce the size of the URL extensions.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_REVOCATION_URL extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a relative or absolute URL that can be used to check the
// revocation status of a certificate. The revocation check will be
// performed as an HTTP GET method using a url that is the concatenation of
// revocation-url and certificate-serial-number.
// Where the certificate-serial-number is encoded as a string of
// ascii hexadecimal digits. For example, if the netscape-base-url is
// https://www.certs-r-us.com/, the netscape-revocation-url is
// cgi-bin/check-rev.cgi?, and the certificate serial number is 173420,
// the resulting URL would be:
// https://www.certs-r-us.com/cgi-bin/check-rev.cgi?02a56c
//
// The server should return a document with a Content-Type of
// application/x-netscape-revocation. The document should contain
// a single ascii digit, '1' if the certificate is not curently valid,
// and '0' if it is curently valid.
//
// Note: for all of the URLs that include the certificate serial number,
// the serial number will be encoded as a string which consists of an even
// number of hexadecimal digits. If the number of significant digits is odd,
// the string will have a single leading zero to ensure an even number of
// digits is generated.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CA_REVOCATION_URL extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a relative or absolute URL that can be used to check the
// revocation status of any certificates that are signed by the CA that
// this certificate belongs to. This extension is only valid in CA
// certificates. The use of this extension is the same as the above
// szOID_NETSCAPE_REVOCATION_URL extension.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_RENEWAL_URL extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a relative or absolute URL that points to a certificate renewal
// form. The renewal form will be accessed with an HTTP GET method using a
// url that is the concatenation of renewal-url and
// certificate-serial-number. Where the certificate-serial-number is
// encoded as a string of ascii hexadecimal digits. For example, if the
// netscape-base-url is https://www.certs-r-us.com/, the
// netscape-cert-renewal-url is cgi-bin/check-renew.cgi?, and the
// certificate serial number is 173420, the resulting URL would be:
// https://www.certs-r-us.com/cgi-bin/check-renew.cgi?02a56c
// The document returned should be an HTML form that will allow the user
// to request a renewal of their certificate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CA_POLICY_URL extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a relative or absolute URL that points to a web page that
// describes the policies under which the certificate was issued.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_SSL_SERVER_NAME extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a "shell expression" that can be used to match the hostname of the
// SSL server that is using this certificate. It is recommended that if
// the server's hostname does not match this pattern the user be notified
// and given the option to terminate the SSL connection. If this extension
// is not present then the CommonName in the certificate subject's
// distinguished name is used for the same purpose.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_COMMENT extension
//
// Its value is an IA5_STRING. CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// X509_ANY_STRING or X509_UNICODE_ANY_STRING, where,
// dwValueType = CERT_RDN_IA5_STRING.
//
// It is a comment that may be displayed to the user when the certificate
// is viewed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE
//
// Its value is a PKCS#7 ContentInfo structure wrapping a sequence of
// certificates. The value of the contentType field is
// szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE, while the content field is the following
// structure:
// CertificateSequence ::= SEQUENCE OF Certificate.
//
// CryptDecodeObject/CryptEncodeObject using
// PKCS_CONTENT_INFO_SEQUENCE_OF_ANY, where,
// pszObjId = szOID_NETSCAPE_CERT_SEQUENCE and the CRYPT_DER_BLOBs point
// to encoded X509 certificates.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+=========================================================================
// Object IDentifier (OID) Installable Functions: Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
typedef void *HCRYPTOIDFUNCSET;
typedef void *HCRYPTOIDFUNCADDR;
// Predefined OID Function Names
#define CRYPT_OID_ENCODE_OBJECT_FUNC "CryptDllEncodeObject"
#define CRYPT_OID_DECODE_OBJECT_FUNC "CryptDllDecodeObject"
#define CRYPT_OID_ENCODE_OBJECT_EX_FUNC "CryptDllEncodeObjectEx"
#define CRYPT_OID_DECODE_OBJECT_EX_FUNC "CryptDllDecodeObjectEx"
#define CRYPT_OID_CREATE_COM_OBJECT_FUNC "CryptDllCreateCOMObject"
#define CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_REVOCATION_FUNC "CertDllVerifyRevocation"
#define CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_CTL_USAGE_FUNC "CertDllVerifyCTLUsage"
#define CRYPT_OID_FORMAT_OBJECT_FUNC "CryptDllFormatObject"
#define CRYPT_OID_FIND_OID_INFO_FUNC "CryptDllFindOIDInfo"
#define CRYPT_OID_FIND_LOCALIZED_NAME_FUNC "CryptDllFindLocalizedName"
// CryptDllEncodeObject has same function signature as CryptEncodeObject.
// CryptDllDecodeObject has same function signature as CryptDecodeObject.
// CryptDllEncodeObjectEx has same function signature as CryptEncodeObjectEx.
// The Ex version MUST support the CRYPT_ENCODE_ALLOC_FLAG option.
//
// If an Ex function isn't installed or registered, then, attempts to find
// a non-EX version. If the ALLOC flag is set, then, CryptEncodeObjectEx,
// does the allocation and calls the non-EX version twice.
// CryptDllDecodeObjectEx has same function signature as CryptDecodeObjectEx.
// The Ex version MUST support the CRYPT_DECODE_ALLOC_FLAG option.
//
// If an Ex function isn't installed or registered, then, attempts to find
// a non-EX version. If the ALLOC flag is set, then, CryptDecodeObjectEx,
// does the allocation and calls the non-EX version twice.
// CryptDllCreateCOMObject has the following signature:
// BOOL WINAPI CryptDllCreateCOMObject(
// IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
// IN LPCSTR pszOID,
// IN PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB pEncodedContent,
// IN DWORD dwFlags,
// IN REFIID riid,
// OUT void **ppvObj);
// CertDllVerifyRevocation has the same signature as CertVerifyRevocation
// (See CertVerifyRevocation for details on when called)
// CertDllVerifyCTLUsage has the same signature as CertVerifyCTLUsage
// CryptDllFindOIDInfo currently is only used to store values used by
// CryptFindOIDInfo. See CryptFindOIDInfo() for more details.
// CryptDllFindLocalizedName is only used to store localized string
// values used by CryptFindLocalizedName. See CryptFindLocalizedName() for
// more details.
// Example of a complete OID Function Registry Name:
// HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Cryptography\OID
// Encoding Type 1\CryptDllEncodeObject\1.2.3
//
// The key's L"Dll" value contains the name of the Dll.
// The key's L"FuncName" value overrides the default function name
#define CRYPT_OID_REGPATH "Software\\Microsoft\\Cryptography\\OID"
#define CRYPT_OID_REG_ENCODING_TYPE_PREFIX "EncodingType "
#define CRYPT_OID_REG_DLL_VALUE_NAME L"Dll"
#define CRYPT_OID_REG_FUNC_NAME_VALUE_NAME L"FuncName"
#define CRYPT_OID_REG_FUNC_NAME_VALUE_NAME_A "FuncName"
// CRYPT_INSTALL_OID_FUNC_BEFORE_FLAG can be set in the key's L"CryptFlags"
// value to register the functions before the installed functions.
//
// CryptSetOIDFunctionValue must be called to set this value. L"CryptFlags"
// must be set using a dwValueType of REG_DWORD.
#define CRYPT_OID_REG_FLAGS_VALUE_NAME L"CryptFlags"
// OID used for Default OID functions
#define CRYPT_DEFAULT_OID "DEFAULT"
typedef struct _CRYPT_OID_FUNC_ENTRY {
LPCSTR pszOID;
void *pvFuncAddr;
} CRYPT_OID_FUNC_ENTRY, *PCRYPT_OID_FUNC_ENTRY;
#define CRYPT_INSTALL_OID_FUNC_BEFORE_FLAG 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Install a set of callable OID function addresses.
//
// By default the functions are installed at end of the list.
// Set CRYPT_INSTALL_OID_FUNC_BEFORE_FLAG to install at beginning of list.
//
// hModule should be updated with the hModule passed to DllMain to prevent
// the Dll containing the function addresses from being unloaded by
// CryptGetOIDFuncAddress/CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress. This would be the
// case when the Dll has also regsvr32'ed OID functions via
// CryptRegisterOIDFunction.
//
// DEFAULT functions are installed by setting rgFuncEntry[].pszOID =
// CRYPT_DEFAULT_OID.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptInstallOIDFunctionAddress(
IN HMODULE hModule, // hModule passed to DllMain
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN DWORD cFuncEntry,
IN const CRYPT_OID_FUNC_ENTRY rgFuncEntry[],
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Initialize and return handle to the OID function set identified by its
// function name.
//
// If the set already exists, a handle to the existing set is returned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCRYPTOIDFUNCSET
WINAPI
CryptInitOIDFunctionSet(
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Search the list of installed functions for an encoding type and OID match.
// If not found, search the registry.
//
// For success, returns TRUE with *ppvFuncAddr updated with the function's
// address and *phFuncAddr updated with the function address's handle.
// The function's handle is AddRef'ed. CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress needs to
// be called to release it.
//
// For a registry match, the Dll containing the function is loaded.
//
// By default, both the registered and installed function lists are searched.
// Set CRYPT_GET_INSTALLED_OID_FUNC_FLAG to only search the installed list
// of functions. This flag would be set by a registered function to get
// the address of a pre-installed function it was replacing. For example,
// the registered function might handle a new special case and call the
// pre-installed function to handle the remaining cases.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress(
IN HCRYPTOIDFUNCSET hFuncSet,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszOID,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void **ppvFuncAddr,
OUT HCRYPTOIDFUNCADDR *phFuncAddr
);
#define CRYPT_GET_INSTALLED_OID_FUNC_FLAG 0x1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the list of registered default Dll entries for the specified
// function set and encoding type.
//
// The returned list consists of none, one or more null terminated Dll file
// names. The list is terminated with an empty (L"\0") Dll file name.
// For example: L"first.dll" L"\0" L"second.dll" L"\0" L"\0"
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetDefaultOIDDllList(
IN HCRYPTOIDFUNCSET hFuncSet,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
OUT LPWSTR pwszDllList,
IN OUT DWORD *pcchDllList
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Either: get the first or next installed DEFAULT function OR
// load the Dll containing the DEFAULT function.
//
// If pwszDll is NULL, search the list of installed DEFAULT functions.
// *phFuncAddr must be set to NULL to get the first installed function.
// Successive installed functions are returned by setting *phFuncAddr
// to the hFuncAddr returned by the previous call.
//
// If pwszDll is NULL, the input *phFuncAddr
// is always CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress'ed by this function, even for
// an error.
//
// If pwszDll isn't NULL, then, attempts to load the Dll and the DEFAULT
// function. *phFuncAddr is ignored upon entry and isn't
// CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress'ed.
//
// For success, returns TRUE with *ppvFuncAddr updated with the function's
// address and *phFuncAddr updated with the function address's handle.
// The function's handle is AddRef'ed. CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress needs to
// be called to release it or CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress can also
// be called for a NULL pwszDll.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress(
IN HCRYPTOIDFUNCSET hFuncSet,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN OPTIONAL LPCWSTR pwszDll,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void **ppvFuncAddr,
IN OUT HCRYPTOIDFUNCADDR *phFuncAddr
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Releases the handle AddRef'ed and returned by CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress
// or CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress.
//
// If a Dll was loaded for the function its unloaded. However, before doing
// the unload, the DllCanUnloadNow function exported by the loaded Dll is
// called. It should return S_FALSE to inhibit the unload or S_TRUE to enable
// the unload. If the Dll doesn't export DllCanUnloadNow, the Dll is unloaded.
//
// DllCanUnloadNow has the following signature:
// STDAPI DllCanUnloadNow(void);
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptFreeOIDFunctionAddress(
IN HCRYPTOIDFUNCADDR hFuncAddr,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Register the Dll containing the function to be called for the specified
// encoding type, function name and OID.
//
// pwszDll may contain environment-variable strings
// which are ExpandEnvironmentStrings()'ed before loading the Dll.
//
// In addition to registering the DLL, you may override the
// name of the function to be called. For example,
// pszFuncName = "CryptDllEncodeObject",
// pszOverrideFuncName = "MyEncodeXyz".
// This allows a Dll to export multiple OID functions for the same
// function name without needing to interpose its own OID dispatcher function.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptRegisterOIDFunction(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCSTR pszOID,
IN OPTIONAL LPCWSTR pwszDll,
IN OPTIONAL LPCSTR pszOverrideFuncName
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unregister the Dll containing the function to be called for the specified
// encoding type, function name and OID.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUnregisterOIDFunction(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCSTR pszOID
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Register the Dll containing the default function to be called for the
// specified encoding type and function name.
//
// Unlike CryptRegisterOIDFunction, you can't override the function name
// needing to be exported by the Dll.
//
// The Dll is inserted before the entry specified by dwIndex.
// dwIndex == 0, inserts at the beginning.
// dwIndex == CRYPT_REGISTER_LAST_INDEX, appends at the end.
//
// pwszDll may contain environment-variable strings
// which are ExpandEnvironmentStrings()'ed before loading the Dll.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptRegisterDefaultOIDFunction(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN DWORD dwIndex,
IN LPCWSTR pwszDll
);
#define CRYPT_REGISTER_FIRST_INDEX 0
#define CRYPT_REGISTER_LAST_INDEX 0xFFFFFFFF
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unregister the Dll containing the default function to be called for
// the specified encoding type and function name.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUnregisterDefaultOIDFunction(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCWSTR pwszDll
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the value for the specified encoding type, function name, OID and
// value name.
//
// See RegSetValueEx for the possible value types.
//
// String types are UNICODE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetOIDFunctionValue(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCSTR pszOID,
IN LPCWSTR pwszValueName,
IN DWORD dwValueType,
IN const BYTE *pbValueData,
IN DWORD cbValueData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the value for the specified encoding type, function name, OID and
// value name.
//
// See RegEnumValue for the possible value types.
//
// String types are UNICODE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetOIDFunctionValue(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCSTR pszOID,
IN LPCWSTR pwszValueName,
OUT DWORD *pdwValueType,
OUT BYTE *pbValueData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbValueData
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_OID_FUNC)(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN LPCSTR pszOID,
IN DWORD cValue,
IN const DWORD rgdwValueType[],
IN LPCWSTR const rgpwszValueName[],
IN const BYTE * const rgpbValueData[],
IN const DWORD rgcbValueData[],
IN void *pvArg
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the OID functions identified by their encoding type,
// function name and OID.
//
// pfnEnumOIDFunc is called for each registry key matching the input
// parameters. Setting dwEncodingType to CRYPT_MATCH_ANY_ENCODING_TYPE matches
// any. Setting pszFuncName or pszOID to NULL matches any.
//
// Set pszOID == CRYPT_DEFAULT_OID to restrict the enumeration to only the
// DEFAULT functions
//
// String types are UNICODE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumOIDFunction(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN OPTIONAL LPCSTR pszFuncName,
IN OPTIONAL LPCSTR pszOID,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_OID_FUNC pfnEnumOIDFunc
);
#define CRYPT_MATCH_ANY_ENCODING_TYPE 0xFFFFFFFF
//+=========================================================================
// Object IDentifier (OID) Information: Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// OID Information
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_OID_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
LPCSTR pszOID;
LPCWSTR pwszName;
DWORD dwGroupId;
union {
DWORD dwValue;
ALG_ID Algid;
DWORD dwLength;
};
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB ExtraInfo;
} CRYPT_OID_INFO, *PCRYPT_OID_INFO;
typedef const CRYPT_OID_INFO CCRYPT_OID_INFO, *PCCRYPT_OID_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// OID Group IDs
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_HASH_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID 1
#define CRYPT_ENCRYPT_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID 2
#define CRYPT_PUBKEY_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID 3
#define CRYPT_SIGN_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID 4
#define CRYPT_RDN_ATTR_OID_GROUP_ID 5
#define CRYPT_EXT_OR_ATTR_OID_GROUP_ID 6
#define CRYPT_ENHKEY_USAGE_OID_GROUP_ID 7
#define CRYPT_POLICY_OID_GROUP_ID 8
#define CRYPT_LAST_OID_GROUP_ID 8
#define CRYPT_FIRST_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID CRYPT_HASH_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID
#define CRYPT_LAST_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID CRYPT_SIGN_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID
// The CRYPT_*_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID's have an Algid. The CRYPT_RDN_ATTR_OID_GROUP_ID
// has a dwLength. The CRYPT_EXT_OR_ATTR_OID_GROUP_ID,
// CRYPT_ENHKEY_USAGE_OID_GROUP_ID or CRYPT_POLICY_OID_GROUP_ID don't have a
// dwValue.
//
// CRYPT_PUBKEY_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID has the following optional ExtraInfo:
// DWORD[0] - Flags. CRYPT_OID_INHIBIT_SIGNATURE_FORMAT_FLAG can be set to
// inhibit the reformatting of the signature before
// CryptVerifySignature is called or after CryptSignHash
// is called. CRYPT_OID_USE_PUBKEY_PARA_FOR_PKCS7_FLAG can
// be set to include the public key algorithm's parameters
// in the PKCS7's digestEncryptionAlgorithm's parameters.
// CRYPT_OID_NO_NULL_ALGORITHM_PARA_FLAG can be set to omit
// NULL parameters when encoding.
#define CRYPT_OID_INHIBIT_SIGNATURE_FORMAT_FLAG 0x1
#define CRYPT_OID_USE_PUBKEY_PARA_FOR_PKCS7_FLAG 0x2
#define CRYPT_OID_NO_NULL_ALGORITHM_PARA_FLAG 0x4
// CRYPT_SIGN_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID has the following optional ExtraInfo:
// DWORD[0] - Public Key Algid.
// DWORD[1] - Flags. Same as above for CRYPT_PUBKEY_ALG_OID_GROUP_ID.
// DWORD[2] - Optional CryptAcquireContext(CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)'s dwProvType.
// If omitted or 0, uses Public Key Algid to select
// appropriate dwProvType for signature verification.
// CRYPT_RDN_ATTR_OID_GROUP_ID has the following optional ExtraInfo:
// Array of DWORDs:
// [0 ..] - Null terminated list of acceptable RDN attribute
// value types. An empty list implies CERT_RDN_PRINTABLE_STRING,
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING, 0.
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find OID information. Returns NULL if unable to find any information
// for the specified key and group. Note, returns a pointer to a constant
// data structure. The returned pointer MUST NOT be freed.
//
// dwKeyType's:
// CRYPT_OID_INFO_OID_KEY, pvKey points to a szOID
// CRYPT_OID_INFO_NAME_KEY, pvKey points to a wszName
// CRYPT_OID_INFO_ALGID_KEY, pvKey points to an ALG_ID
// CRYPT_OID_INFO_SIGN_KEY, pvKey points to an array of two ALG_ID's:
// ALG_ID[0] - Hash Algid
// ALG_ID[1] - PubKey Algid
//
// Setting dwGroupId to 0, searches all groups according to the dwKeyType.
// Otherwise, only the dwGroupId is searched.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRYPT_OID_INFO
WINAPI
CryptFindOIDInfo(
IN DWORD dwKeyType,
IN void *pvKey,
IN DWORD dwGroupId
);
#define CRYPT_OID_INFO_OID_KEY 1
#define CRYPT_OID_INFO_NAME_KEY 2
#define CRYPT_OID_INFO_ALGID_KEY 3
#define CRYPT_OID_INFO_SIGN_KEY 4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Register OID information. The OID information specified in the
// CCRYPT_OID_INFO structure is persisted to the registry.
//
// crypt32.dll contains information for the commonly known OIDs. This function
// allows applications to augment crypt32.dll's OID information. During
// CryptFindOIDInfo's first call, the registered OID information is installed.
//
// By default the registered OID information is installed after crypt32.dll's
// OID entries. Set CRYPT_INSTALL_OID_INFO_BEFORE_FLAG to install before.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptRegisterOIDInfo(
IN PCCRYPT_OID_INFO pInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
#define CRYPT_INSTALL_OID_INFO_BEFORE_FLAG 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unregister OID information. Only the pszOID and dwGroupId fields are
// used to identify the OID information to be unregistered.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUnregisterOIDInfo(
IN PCCRYPT_OID_INFO pInfo
);
// If the callback returns FALSE, stops the enumeration.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_OID_INFO)(
IN PCCRYPT_OID_INFO pInfo,
IN void *pvArg
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the OID information.
//
// pfnEnumOIDInfo is called for each OID information entry.
//
// Setting dwGroupId to 0 matches all groups. Otherwise, only enumerates
// entries in the specified group.
//
// dwFlags currently isn't used and must be set to 0.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumOIDInfo(
IN DWORD dwGroupId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_OID_INFO pfnEnumOIDInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the localized name for the specified name. For example, find the
// localized name for the "Root" system store name. A case insensitive
// string comparison is done.
//
// Returns NULL if unable to find the the specified name.
//
// Localized names for the predefined system stores ("Root", "My") and
// predefined physical stores (".Default", ".LocalMachine") are pre-installed
// as resource strings in crypt32.dll. CryptSetOIDFunctionValue can be called
// as follows to register additional localized strings:
// dwEncodingType = CRYPT_LOCALIZED_NAME_ENCODING_TYPE
// pszFuncName = CRYPT_OID_FIND_LOCALIZED_NAME_FUNC
// pszOID = CRYPT_LOCALIZED_NAME_OID
// pwszValueName = Name to be localized, for example, L"ApplicationStore"
// dwValueType = REG_SZ
// pbValueData = pointer to the UNICODE localized string
// cbValueData = (wcslen(UNICODE localized string) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR)
//
// To unregister, set pbValueData to NULL and cbValueData to 0.
//
// The registered names are searched before the pre-installed names.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
LPCWSTR
WINAPI
CryptFindLocalizedName(
IN LPCWSTR pwszCryptName
);
#define CRYPT_LOCALIZED_NAME_ENCODING_TYPE 0
#define CRYPT_LOCALIZED_NAME_OID "LocalizedNames"
//+=========================================================================
// Low Level Cryptographic Message Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
typedef void *HCRYPTMSG;
#define szOID_PKCS_7_DATA "1.2.840.113549.1.7.1"
#define szOID_PKCS_7_SIGNED "1.2.840.113549.1.7.2"
#define szOID_PKCS_7_ENVELOPED "1.2.840.113549.1.7.3"
#define szOID_PKCS_7_SIGNEDANDENVELOPED "1.2.840.113549.1.7.4"
#define szOID_PKCS_7_DIGESTED "1.2.840.113549.1.7.5"
#define szOID_PKCS_7_ENCRYPTED "1.2.840.113549.1.7.6"
#define szOID_PKCS_9_CONTENT_TYPE "1.2.840.113549.1.9.3"
#define szOID_PKCS_9_MESSAGE_DIGEST "1.2.840.113549.1.9.4"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Message types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_DATA 1
#define CMSG_SIGNED 2
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED 3
#define CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED 4
#define CMSG_HASHED 5
#define CMSG_ENCRYPTED 6
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Message Type Bit Flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_ALL_FLAGS (~0UL)
#define CMSG_DATA_FLAG (1 << CMSG_DATA)
#define CMSG_SIGNED_FLAG (1 << CMSG_SIGNED)
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_FLAG (1 << CMSG_ENVELOPED)
#define CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_FLAG (1 << CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED)
#define CMSG_HASHED_FLAG (1 << CMSG_HASHED)
#define CMSG_ENCRYPTED_FLAG (1 << CMSG_ENCRYPTED)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Issuer and SerialNumber
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER {
CERT_NAME_BLOB Issuer;
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB SerialNumber;
} CERT_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER, *PCERT_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Identifier
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_ID {
DWORD dwIdChoice;
union {
// CERT_ID_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER
CERT_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER IssuerSerialNumber;
// CERT_ID_KEY_IDENTIFIER
CRYPT_HASH_BLOB KeyId;
// CERT_ID_SHA1_HASH
CRYPT_HASH_BLOB HashId;
};
} CERT_ID, *PCERT_ID;
#define CERT_ID_ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER 1
#define CERT_ID_KEY_IDENTIFIER 2
#define CERT_ID_SHA1_HASH 3
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The message encode information (pvMsgEncodeInfo) is message type dependent
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_DATA: pvMsgEncodeInfo = NULL
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNED
//
// The pCertInfo in the CMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO provides the Issuer, SerialNumber
// and PublicKeyInfo.Algorithm. The PublicKeyInfo.Algorithm implicitly
// specifies the HashEncryptionAlgorithm to be used.
//
// If the SignerId is present with a nonzero dwIdChoice its used instead
// of the Issuer and SerialNumber in pCertInfo.
//
// CMS supports the KEY_IDENTIFIER and ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER CERT_IDs. PKCS #7
// version 1.5 only supports the ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER CERT_ID choice.
//
// If HashEncryptionAlgorithm is present and not NULL its used instead of
// the PublicKeyInfo.Algorithm.
//
// Note, for RSA, the hash encryption algorithm is normally the same as
// the public key algorithm. For DSA, the hash encryption algorithm is
// normally a DSS signature algorithm.
//
// pvHashEncryptionAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL if
// present in the data structure.
//
// The hCryptProv and dwKeySpec specify the private key to use. If dwKeySpec
// == 0, then, defaults to AT_SIGNATURE.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), the signer hCryptProv's are released.
//
// pvHashAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//
// CMS signed messages allow the inclusion of Attribute Certs.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
PCERT_INFO pCertInfo;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
void *pvHashAuxInfo;
DWORD cAuthAttr;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAuthAttr;
DWORD cUnauthAttr;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgUnauthAttr;
#ifdef CMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO_HAS_CMS_FIELDS
CERT_ID SignerId;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvHashEncryptionAuxInfo;
#endif
} CMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD cSigners;
PCMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO rgSigners;
DWORD cCertEncoded;
PCERT_BLOB rgCertEncoded;
DWORD cCrlEncoded;
PCRL_BLOB rgCrlEncoded;
#ifdef CMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO_HAS_CMS_FIELDS
DWORD cAttrCertEncoded;
PCERT_BLOB rgAttrCertEncoded;
#endif
} CMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ENVELOPED
//
// The PCERT_INFO for the rgRecipients provides the Issuer, SerialNumber
// and PublicKeyInfo. The PublicKeyInfo.Algorithm implicitly
// specifies the KeyEncryptionAlgorithm to be used.
//
// The PublicKeyInfo.PublicKey in PCERT_INFO is used to encrypt the content
// encryption key for the recipient.
//
// hCryptProv is used to do the content encryption, recipient key encryption
// and export. The hCryptProv's private keys aren't used. If hCryptProv
// is NULL, a default hCryptProv is chosen according to the
// ContentEncryptionAlgorithm and the first recipient KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), the envelope's hCryptProv is released.
//
// Note: CAPI currently doesn't support more than one KeyEncryptionAlgorithm
// per provider. This will need to be fixed.
//
// Currently, pvEncryptionAuxInfo is only defined for RC2 or RC4 encryption
// algorithms. Otherwise, its not used and must be set to NULL.
// See CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO for the RC2 encryption algorithms.
// See CMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO for the RC4 encryption algorithms.
//
// To enable SP3 compatible encryption, pvEncryptionAuxInfo should point to
// a CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO data structure.
//
// To enable the CMS envelope enhancements, rgpRecipients must be set to
// NULL, and rgCmsRecipients updated to point to an array of
// CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO's.
//
// Also, CMS envelope enhancements support the inclusion of a bag of
// Certs, CRLs, Attribute Certs and/or Unprotected Attributes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO,
*PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER ContentEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvEncryptionAuxInfo;
DWORD cRecipients;
// The following array may only be used for transport recipients identified
// by their IssuereAndSerialNumber. If rgpRecipients != NULL, then,
// the rgCmsRecipients must be NULL.
PCERT_INFO *rgpRecipients;
#ifdef CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO_HAS_CMS_FIELDS
// If rgCmsRecipients != NULL, then, the above rgpRecipients must be
// NULL.
PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO rgCmsRecipients;
DWORD cCertEncoded;
PCERT_BLOB rgCertEncoded;
DWORD cCrlEncoded;
PCRL_BLOB rgCrlEncoded;
DWORD cAttrCertEncoded;
PCERT_BLOB rgAttrCertEncoded;
DWORD cUnprotectedAttr;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgUnprotectedAttr;
#endif
} CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Key Transport Recipient Encode Info
//
// hCryptProv is used to do the recipient key encryption
// and export. The hCryptProv's private keys aren't used.
//
// If hCryptProv is NULL, then, the hCryptProv specified in
// CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO is used.
//
// Note, even if CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), this hCryptProv isn't released.
//
// CMS supports the KEY_IDENTIFIER and ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER CERT_IDs. PKCS #7
// version 1.5 only supports the ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER CERT_ID choice.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvKeyEncryptionAuxInfo;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB RecipientPublicKey;
CERT_ID RecipientId;
} CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Key Agreement Recipient Encode Info
//
// If hCryptProv is NULL, then, the hCryptProv specified in
// CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO is used.
//
// For the CMSG_KEY_AGREE_STATIC_KEY_CHOICE, both the hCryptProv and
// dwKeySpec must be specified to select the sender's private key.
//
// Note, even if CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), this hCryptProv isn't released.
//
// CMS supports the KEY_IDENTIFIER and ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER CERT_IDs.
//
// There is 1 key choice, ephemeral originator. The originator's ephemeral
// key is generated using the public key algorithm parameters shared
// amongst all the recipients.
//
// There are 2 key choices: ephemeral originator or static sender. The
// originator's ephemeral key is generated using the public key algorithm
// parameters shared amongst all the recipients. For the static sender its
// private key is used. The hCryptProv and dwKeySpec specify the private key.
// The pSenderId identifies the certificate containing the sender's public key.
//
// Currently, pvKeyEncryptionAuxInfo isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//
// If KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters.cbData == 0, then, its Parameters
// are updated with the encoded KeyWrapAlgorithm.
//
// Currently, pvKeyWrapAuxInfo is only defined for algorithms with
// RC2. Otherwise, its not used and must be set to NULL.
// When set for RC2 algorithms, points to a CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO containing
// the RC2 effective key length.
//
// Note, key agreement recipients are not supported in PKCS #7 version 1.5.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB RecipientPublicKey;
CERT_ID RecipientId;
// Following fields are optional and only applicable to KEY_IDENTIFIER
// CERT_IDs.
FILETIME Date;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE pOtherAttr;
} CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_ENCODE_INFO,
*PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_ENCODE_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvKeyEncryptionAuxInfo;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyWrapAlgorithm;
void *pvKeyWrapAuxInfo;
// The following hCryptProv and dwKeySpec must be specified for the
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_STATIC_KEY_CHOICE.
//
// For CMSG_KEY_AGREE_EPHEMERAL_KEY_CHOICE, dwKeySpec isn't applicable
// and hCryptProv is optional.
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
DWORD dwKeyChoice;
union {
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_EPHEMERAL_KEY_CHOICE
//
// The ephemeral public key algorithm and parameters.
PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pEphemeralAlgorithm;
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_STATIC_KEY_CHOICE
//
// The CertId of the sender's certificate
PCERT_ID pSenderId;
};
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB UserKeyingMaterial; // OPTIONAL
DWORD cRecipientEncryptedKeys;
PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_ENCODE_INFO *rgpRecipientEncryptedKeys;
} CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO;
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_EPHEMERAL_KEY_CHOICE 1
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_STATIC_KEY_CHOICE 2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mail List Recipient Encode Info
//
// There is 1 choice for the KeyEncryptionKey: an already created CSP key
// handle. For the key handle choice, hCryptProv must be nonzero. This key
// handle isn't destroyed.
//
// Note, even if CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), this hCryptProv isn't released.
//
// Currently, pvKeyEncryptionAuxInfo is only defined for RC2 key wrap
// algorithms. Otherwise, its not used and must be set to NULL.
// When set for RC2 algorithms, points to a CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO containing
// the RC2 effective key length.
//
// Note, mail list recipients are not supported in PKCS #7 version 1.5.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvKeyEncryptionAuxInfo;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeyChoice;
union {
// CMSG_MAIL_LIST_HANDLE_KEY_CHOICE
HCRYPTKEY hKeyEncryptionKey;
// Reserve space for a potential pointer choice
void *pvKeyEncryptionKey;
};
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB KeyId;
// Following fields are optional.
FILETIME Date;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE pOtherAttr;
} CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO;
#define CMSG_MAIL_LIST_HANDLE_KEY_CHOICE 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Recipient Encode Info
//
// Note, only key transport recipients are supported in PKCS #7 version 1.5.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct _CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD dwRecipientChoice;
union {
// CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pKeyTrans;
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pKeyAgree;
// CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pMailList;
};
};
#define CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT 1
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT 2
#define CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT 3
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO
//
// AuxInfo for RC2 encryption algorithms. The pvEncryptionAuxInfo field
// in CMSG_ENCRYPTED_ENCODE_INFO should be updated to point to this
// structure. If not specified, defaults to 40 bit.
//
// Note, this AuxInfo is only used when, the ContentEncryptionAlgorithm's
// Parameter.cbData is zero. Otherwise, the Parameters is decoded to
// get the bit length.
//
// If CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_ENCRYPT_FLAG is set in dwBitLen, then, SP3
// compatible encryption is done and the bit length is ignored.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwBitLen;
} CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO, *PCMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO
//
// AuxInfo for enabling SP3 compatible encryption.
//
// The CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_ENCRYPT_FLAG is set in dwFlags to enable SP3
// compatible encryption. When set, uses zero salt instead of no salt,
// the encryption algorithm parameters are NULL instead of containing the
// encoded RC2 parameters or encoded IV octet string and the encrypted
// symmetric key is encoded little endian instead of big endian.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO, *PCMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO;
#define CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_ENCRYPT_FLAG 0x80000000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO
//
// AuxInfo for RC4 encryption algorithms. The pvEncryptionAuxInfo field
// in CMSG_ENCRYPTED_ENCODE_INFO should be updated to point to this
// structure. If not specified, uses the CSP's default bit length with no
// salt. Note, the base CSP has a 40 bit default and the enhanced CSP has
// a 128 bit default.
//
// If CMSG_RC4_NO_SALT_FLAG is set in dwBitLen, then, no salt is generated.
// Otherwise, (128 - dwBitLen)/8 bytes of salt are generated and encoded
// as an OCTET STRING in the algorithm parameters field.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwBitLen;
} CMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO, *PCMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO;
#define CMSG_RC4_NO_SALT_FLAG 0x40000000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED
//
// For PKCS #7, a signed and enveloped message doesn't have the
// signer's authenticated or unauthenticated attributes. Otherwise, a
// combination of the CMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO and CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO SignedInfo;
CMSG_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO EnvelopedInfo;
} CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_HASHED
//
// hCryptProv is used to do the hash. Doesn't need to use a private key.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags
// passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode(), the hCryptProv is released.
//
// If fDetachedHash is set, then, the encoded message doesn't contain
// any content (its treated as NULL Data)
//
// pvHashAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_HASHED_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
void *pvHashAuxInfo;
} CMSG_HASHED_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_HASHED_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ENCRYPTED
//
// The key used to encrypt the message is identified outside of the message
// content (for example, password).
//
// The content input to CryptMsgUpdate has already been encrypted.
//
// pvEncryptionAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_ENCRYPTED_ENCODE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER ContentEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvEncryptionAuxInfo;
} CMSG_ENCRYPTED_ENCODE_INFO, *PCMSG_ENCRYPTED_ENCODE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This parameter allows messages to be of variable length with streamed
// output.
//
// By default, messages are of a definite length and
// CryptMsgGetParam(CMSG_CONTENT_PARAM) is
// called to get the cryptographically processed content. Until closed,
// the handle keeps a copy of the processed content.
//
// With streamed output, the processed content can be freed as its streamed.
//
// If the length of the content to be updated is known at the time of the
// open, then, ContentLength should be set to that length. Otherwise, it
// should be set to CMSG_INDEFINITE_LENGTH.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_STREAM_OUTPUT)(
IN const void *pvArg,
IN BYTE *pbData,
IN DWORD cbData,
IN BOOL fFinal
);
#define CMSG_INDEFINITE_LENGTH (0xFFFFFFFF)
typedef struct _CMSG_STREAM_INFO {
DWORD cbContent;
PFN_CMSG_STREAM_OUTPUT pfnStreamOutput;
void *pvArg;
} CMSG_STREAM_INFO, *PCMSG_STREAM_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Open dwFlags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_BARE_CONTENT_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CMSG_LENGTH_ONLY_FLAG 0x00000002
#define CMSG_DETACHED_FLAG 0x00000004
#define CMSG_AUTHENTICATED_ATTRIBUTES_FLAG 0x00000008
#define CMSG_CONTENTS_OCTETS_FLAG 0x00000010
#define CMSG_MAX_LENGTH_FLAG 0x00000020
// When set, nonData type inner content is encapsulated within an
// OCTET STRING. Applicable to both Signed and Enveloped messages.
#define CMSG_CMS_ENCAPSULATED_CONTENT_FLAG 0x00000040
// If set, then, the hCryptProv passed to CryptMsgOpenToEncode or
// CryptMsgOpenToDecode is released on the final CryptMsgClose.
// Not released if CryptMsgOpenToEncode or CryptMsgOpenToDecode fails.
//
// Note, the envelope recipient hCryptProv's aren't released.
#define CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG 0x00008000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Open a cryptographic message for encoding
//
// For PKCS #7:
// If the content to be passed to CryptMsgUpdate has already
// been message encoded (the input to CryptMsgUpdate is the streamed output
// from another message encode), then, the CMSG_ENCODED_CONTENT_INFO_FLAG should
// be set in dwFlags. If not set, then, the inner ContentType is Data and
// the input to CryptMsgUpdate is treated as the inner Data type's Content,
// a string of bytes.
// If CMSG_BARE_CONTENT_FLAG is specified for a streamed message,
// the streamed output will not have an outer ContentInfo wrapper. This
// makes it suitable to be streamed into an enclosing message.
//
// The pStreamInfo parameter needs to be set to stream the encoded message
// output.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCRYPTMSG
WINAPI
CryptMsgOpenToEncode(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwMsgType,
IN void const *pvMsgEncodeInfo,
IN OPTIONAL LPSTR pszInnerContentObjID,
IN OPTIONAL PCMSG_STREAM_INFO pStreamInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Calculate the length of an encoded cryptographic message.
//
// Calculates the length of the encoded message given the
// message type, encoding parameters and total length of
// the data to be updated. Note, this might not be the exact length. However,
// it will always be greater than or equal to the actual length.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CryptMsgCalculateEncodedLength(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwMsgType,
IN void const *pvMsgEncodeInfo,
IN OPTIONAL LPSTR pszInnerContentObjID,
IN DWORD cbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Open a cryptographic message for decoding
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use for hashing and/or
// decrypting the message. If hCryptProv is NULL, a default crypt provider
// is used.
//
// Currently pRecipientInfo isn't used and should be set to NULL.
//
// The pStreamInfo parameter needs to be set to stream the decoded content
// output.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCRYPTMSG
WINAPI
CryptMsgOpenToDecode(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwMsgType,
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN OPTIONAL PCERT_INFO pRecipientInfo,
IN OPTIONAL PCMSG_STREAM_INFO pStreamInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Duplicate a cryptographic message handle
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCRYPTMSG
WINAPI
CryptMsgDuplicate(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Close a cryptographic message handle
//
// LastError is preserved unless FALSE is returned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgClose(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Update the content of a cryptographic message. Depending on how the
// message was opened, the content is either encoded or decoded.
//
// This function is repetitively called to append to the message content.
// fFinal is set to identify the last update. On fFinal, the encode/decode
// is completed. The encoded/decoded content and the decoded parameters
// are valid until the open and all duplicated handles are closed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgUpdate(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg,
IN const BYTE *pbData,
IN DWORD cbData,
IN BOOL fFinal
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get a parameter after encoding/decoding a cryptographic message. Called
// after the final CryptMsgUpdate. Only the CMSG_CONTENT_PARAM and
// CMSG_COMPUTED_HASH_PARAM are valid for an encoded message.
//
// For an encoded HASHED message, the CMSG_COMPUTED_HASH_PARAM can be got
// before any CryptMsgUpdates to get its length.
//
// The pvData type definition depends on the dwParamType value.
//
// Elements pointed to by fields in the pvData structure follow the
// structure. Therefore, *pcbData may exceed the size of the structure.
//
// Upon input, if *pcbData == 0, then, *pcbData is updated with the length
// of the data and the pvData parameter is ignored.
//
// Upon return, *pcbData is updated with the length of the data.
//
// The OBJID BLOBs returned in the pvData structures point to
// their still encoded representation. The appropriate functions
// must be called to decode the information.
//
// See below for a list of the parameters to get.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgGetParam(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg,
IN DWORD dwParamType,
IN DWORD dwIndex,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get parameter types and their corresponding data structure definitions.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_TYPE_PARAM 1
#define CMSG_CONTENT_PARAM 2
#define CMSG_BARE_CONTENT_PARAM 3
#define CMSG_INNER_CONTENT_TYPE_PARAM 4
#define CMSG_SIGNER_COUNT_PARAM 5
#define CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM 6
#define CMSG_SIGNER_CERT_INFO_PARAM 7
#define CMSG_SIGNER_HASH_ALGORITHM_PARAM 8
#define CMSG_SIGNER_AUTH_ATTR_PARAM 9
#define CMSG_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARAM 10
#define CMSG_CERT_COUNT_PARAM 11
#define CMSG_CERT_PARAM 12
#define CMSG_CRL_COUNT_PARAM 13
#define CMSG_CRL_PARAM 14
#define CMSG_ENVELOPE_ALGORITHM_PARAM 15
#define CMSG_RECIPIENT_COUNT_PARAM 17
#define CMSG_RECIPIENT_INDEX_PARAM 18
#define CMSG_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM 19
#define CMSG_HASH_ALGORITHM_PARAM 20
#define CMSG_HASH_DATA_PARAM 21
#define CMSG_COMPUTED_HASH_PARAM 22
#define CMSG_ENCRYPT_PARAM 26
#define CMSG_ENCRYPTED_DIGEST 27
#define CMSG_ENCODED_SIGNER 28
#define CMSG_ENCODED_MESSAGE 29
#define CMSG_VERSION_PARAM 30
#define CMSG_ATTR_CERT_COUNT_PARAM 31
#define CMSG_ATTR_CERT_PARAM 32
#define CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_COUNT_PARAM 33
#define CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INDEX_PARAM 34
#define CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INDEX_PARAM 35
#define CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM 36
#define CMSG_UNPROTECTED_ATTR_PARAM 37
#define CMSG_SIGNER_CERT_ID_PARAM 38
#define CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM 39
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_TYPE_PARAM
//
// The type of the decoded message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CONTENT_PARAM
//
// The encoded content of a cryptographic message. Depending on how the
// message was opened, the content is either the whole PKCS#7
// message (opened to encode) or the inner content (opened to decode).
// In the decode case, the decrypted content is returned, if enveloped.
// If not enveloped, and if the inner content is of type DATA, the returned
// data is the contents octets of the inner content.
//
// pvData points to the buffer receiving the content bytes
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_BARE_CONTENT_PARAM
//
// The encoded content of an encoded cryptographic message, without the
// outer layer of ContentInfo. That is, only the encoding of the
// ContentInfo.content field is returned.
//
// pvData points to the buffer receiving the content bytes
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_INNER_CONTENT_TYPE_PARAM
//
// The type of the inner content of a decoded cryptographic message,
// in the form of a NULL-terminated object identifier string
// (eg. "1.2.840.113549.1.7.1").
//
// pvData points to the buffer receiving the object identifier string
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of signers in a SIGNED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_CERT_INFO_PARAM
//
// To get all the signers, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. SignerCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to a CERT_INFO struct.
//
// Only the following fields have been updated in the CERT_INFO struct:
// Issuer and SerialNumber.
//
// Note, if the KEYID choice was selected for a CMS SignerId, then, the
// SerialNumber is 0 and the Issuer is encoded containing a single RDN with a
// single Attribute whose OID is szOID_KEYID_RDN, value type is
// CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING and value is the KEYID. When the
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore and
// CertFindCertificateInStore(CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT) APIs see this
// special KEYID Issuer and SerialNumber, they do a KEYID match.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM
//
// To get all the signers, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. SignerCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_SIGNER_INFO struct.
//
// Note, if the KEYID choice was selected for a CMS SignerId, then, the
// SerialNumber is 0 and the Issuer is encoded containing a single RDN with a
// single Attribute whose OID is szOID_KEYID_RDN, value type is
// CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING and value is the KEYID. When the
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore and
// CertFindCertificateInStore(CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT) APIs see this
// special KEYID Issuer and SerialNumber, they do a KEYID match.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_SIGNER_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CERT_NAME_BLOB Issuer;
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB SerialNumber;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedHash;
CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES AuthAttrs;
CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES UnauthAttrs;
} CMSG_SIGNER_INFO, *PCMSG_SIGNER_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_CERT_ID_PARAM
//
// To get all the signers, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. SignerCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to a CERT_ID struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM
//
// Same as CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM, except, contains SignerId instead of
// Issuer and SerialNumber.
//
// To get all the signers, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. SignerCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CERT_ID SignerId;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedHash;
CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES AuthAttrs;
CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES UnauthAttrs;
} CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO, *PCMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_HASH_ALGORITHM_PARAM
//
// This parameter specifies the HashAlgorithm that was used for the signer.
//
// Set dwIndex to iterate through all the signers.
//
// pvData points to an CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_AUTH_ATTR_PARAM
//
// The authenticated attributes for the signer.
//
// Set dwIndex to iterate through all the signers.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_ATTR struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES CMSG_ATTR;
typedef CRYPT_ATTRIBUTES *PCMSG_ATTR;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARAM
//
// The unauthenticated attributes for the signer.
//
// Set dwIndex to iterate through all the signers.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_ATTR struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CERT_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of certificates in a SIGNED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message.
//
// CMS, also supports certificates in an ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CERT_PARAM
//
// To get all the certificates, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. CertCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to an array of the certificate's encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CRL_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of CRLs in a SIGNED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message.
//
// CMS, also supports CRLs in an ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CRL_PARAM
//
// To get all the CRLs, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. CrlCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to an array of the CRL's encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ENVELOPE_ALGORITHM_PARAM
//
// The ContentEncryptionAlgorithm that was used in
// an ENVELOPED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message.
//
// For streaming you must be able to successfully get this parameter before
// doing a CryptMsgControl decrypt.
//
// pvData points to an CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_RECIPIENT_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of recipients in an ENVELOPED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message.
//
// Count of key transport recepients.
//
// The CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_COUNT_PARAM has the total count of
// recipients (it also includes key agree and mail list recipients).
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_RECIPIENT_INDEX_PARAM
//
// Index of the recipient used to decrypt an ENVELOPED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED
// message.
//
// Index of a key transport recipient. If a non key transport
// recipient was used to decrypt, fails with LastError set to
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_INDEX.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM
//
// To get all the recipients, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. RecipientCount - 1.
//
// Only returns the key transport recepients.
//
// The CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM returns all recipients.
//
// pvData points to a CERT_INFO struct.
//
// Only the following fields have been updated in the CERT_INFO struct:
// Issuer, SerialNumber and PublicKeyAlgorithm. The PublicKeyAlgorithm
// specifies the KeyEncryptionAlgorithm that was used.
//
// Note, if the KEYID choice was selected for a key transport recipient, then,
// the SerialNumber is 0 and the Issuer is encoded containing a single RDN
// with a single Attribute whose OID is szOID_KEYID_RDN, value type is
// CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING and value is the KEYID. When the
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore and
// CertFindCertificateInStore(CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT) APIs see this
// special KEYID Issuer and SerialNumber, they do a KEYID match.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_HASH_ALGORITHM_PARAM
//
// The HashAlgorithm in a HASHED message.
//
// pvData points to an CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_HASH_DATA_PARAM
//
// The hash in a HASHED message.
//
// pvData points to an array of bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_COMPUTED_HASH_PARAM
//
// The computed hash for a HASHED message.
// This may be called for either an encoded or decoded message.
//
// Also, the computed hash for one of the signer's in a SIGNED message.
// It may be called for either an encoded or decoded message after the
// final update. Set dwIndex to iterate through all the signers.
//
// pvData points to an array of bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ENCRYPT_PARAM
//
// The ContentEncryptionAlgorithm that was used in an ENCRYPTED message.
//
// pvData points to an CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ENCODED_MESSAGE
//
// The full encoded message. This is useful in the case of a decoded
// message which has been modified (eg. a signed-data or
// signed-and-enveloped-data message which has been countersigned).
//
// pvData points to an array of the message's encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_VERSION_PARAM
//
// The version of the decoded message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_V1 1
#define CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_V3 3
#define CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_PKCS_1_5_VERSION CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_V1
#define CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_CMS_VERSION CMSG_SIGNED_DATA_V3
#define CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_V1 1
#define CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_V3 3
#define CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PKCS_1_5_VERSION CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_V1
#define CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_CMS_VERSION CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_V3
#define CMSG_HASHED_DATA_V0 0
#define CMSG_HASHED_DATA_V2 2
#define CMSG_HASHED_DATA_PKCS_1_5_VERSION CMSG_HASHED_DATA_V0
#define CMSG_HASHED_DATA_CMS_VERSION CMSG_HASHED_DATA_V2
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_V0 0
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_V2 2
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_PKCS_1_5_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_V0
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_CMS_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_DATA_V2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ATTR_CERT_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of attribute certificates in a SIGNED or ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_ATTR_CERT_PARAM
//
// To get all the attribute certificates, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam,
// with dwIndex set to 0 .. AttrCertCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to an array of the attribute certificate's encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_COUNT_PARAM
//
// Count of all CMS recipients in an ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INDEX_PARAM
//
// Index of the CMS recipient used to decrypt an ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INDEX_PARAM
//
// For a CMS key agreement recipient, the index of the encrypted key
// used to decrypt an ENVELOPED message.
//
// pvData points to a DWORD
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM
//
// To get all the CMS recipients, repetitively call CryptMsgGetParam, with
// dwIndex set to 0 .. CmsRecipientCount - 1.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
// Currently, only ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER or KEYID choices
CERT_ID RecipientId;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
} CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INFO {
// Currently, only ISSUER_SERIAL_NUMBER or KEYID choices
CERT_ID RecipientId;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
// The following optional fields are only applicable to KEYID choice
FILETIME Date;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE pOtherAttr;
} CMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INFO, *PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
DWORD dwOriginatorChoice;
union {
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_CERT
CERT_ID OriginatorCertId;
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_PUBLIC_KEY
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO OriginatorPublicKeyInfo;
};
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB UserKeyingMaterial;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
DWORD cRecipientEncryptedKeys;
PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCRYPTED_KEY_INFO *rgpRecipientEncryptedKeys;
} CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO;
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_CERT 1
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_PUBLIC_KEY 2
typedef struct _CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO {
DWORD dwVersion;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB KeyId;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
// The following fields are optional
FILETIME Date;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_VALUE pOtherAttr;
} CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO, *PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO;
typedef struct _CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO {
DWORD dwRecipientChoice;
union {
// CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO pKeyTrans;
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO pKeyAgree;
// CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT
PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO pMailList;
};
} CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO, *PCMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO;
// dwVersion numbers for the KeyTrans, KeyAgree and MailList recipients
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V0 0
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V2 2
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V3 3
#define CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V4 4
#define CMSG_KEY_TRANS_PKCS_1_5_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V0
#define CMSG_KEY_TRANS_CMS_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V2
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V3
#define CMSG_MAIL_LIST_VERSION CMSG_ENVELOPED_RECIPIENT_V4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_UNPROTECTED_ATTR_PARAM
//
// The unprotected attributes in the envelped message.
//
// pvData points to a CMSG_ATTR struct.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Perform a special "control" function after the final CryptMsgUpdate of a
// encoded/decoded cryptographic message.
//
// The dwCtrlType parameter specifies the type of operation to be performed.
//
// The pvCtrlPara definition depends on the dwCtrlType value.
//
// See below for a list of the control operations and their pvCtrlPara
// type definition.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgControl(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwCtrlType,
IN void const *pvCtrlPara
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Message control types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE 1
#define CMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT 2
#define CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_HASH 5
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER 6
#define CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER 7
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR 8
#define CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR 9
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CERT 10
#define CMSG_CTRL_DEL_CERT 11
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CRL 12
#define CMSG_CTRL_DEL_CRL 13
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_ATTR_CERT 14
#define CMSG_CTRL_DEL_ATTR_CERT 15
#define CMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT 16
#define CMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT 17
#define CMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT 18
#define CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX 19
#define CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CMS_SIGNER_INFO 20
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE
//
// Verify the signature of a SIGNED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED
// message after it has been decoded.
//
// For a SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message, called after
// CryptMsgControl(CMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT), if CryptMsgOpenToDecode was called
// with a NULL pRecipientInfo.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CERT_INFO struct.
//
// The CERT_INFO contains the Issuer and SerialNumber identifying
// the Signer of the message. The CERT_INFO also contains the
// PublicKeyInfo
// used to verify the signature. The cryptographic provider specified
// in CryptMsgOpenToDecode is used.
//
// Note, if the message contains CMS signers identified by KEYID, then,
// the CERT_INFO's Issuer and SerialNumber is ignored and only the public
// key is used to find a signer whose signature verifies.
//
// The following CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX should be used instead.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX
//
// Verify the signature of a SIGNED message after it has been decoded.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to the following CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX_PARA.
//
// If hCryptProv is NULL, uses the cryptographic provider specified in
// CryptMsgOpenToDecode. If CryptMsgOpenToDecode's hCryptProv is also NULL,
// gets default provider according to the signer's public key OID.
//
// dwSignerIndex is the index of the signer to use to verify the signature.
//
// The signer can be a pointer to a CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO, certificate
// context or a chain context.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwSignerIndex;
DWORD dwSignerType;
void *pvSigner;
} CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX_PARA;
// Signer Types
#define CMSG_VERIFY_SIGNER_PUBKEY 1
// pvSigner :: PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO
#define CMSG_VERIFY_SIGNER_CERT 2
// pvSigner :: PCCERT_CONTEXT
#define CMSG_VERIFY_SIGNER_CHAIN 3
// pvSigner :: PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT
//
// Decrypt an ENVELOPED or SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED message after it has been
// decoded.
//
// This decrypt is only applicable to key transport recipients.
//
// hCryptProv and dwKeySpec specify the private key to use. For dwKeySpec ==
// 0, defaults to AT_KEYEXCHANGE.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags passed
// to CryptMsgControl, then, the hCryptProv is released on the final
// CryptMsgClose. Not released if CryptMsgControl fails.
//
// dwRecipientIndex is the index of the recipient in the message associated
// with the hCryptProv's private key.
//
// The dwRecipientIndex is the index of a key transport recipient.
//
// Note, the message can only be decrypted once.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
} CMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_DECRYPT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT
//
// Decrypt an ENVELOPED message after it has been decoded for a key
// transport recipient.
//
// hCryptProv and dwKeySpec specify the private key to use. For dwKeySpec ==
// 0, defaults to AT_KEYEXCHANGE.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags passed
// to CryptMsgControl, then, the hCryptProv is released on the final
// CryptMsgClose. Not released if CryptMsgControl fails.
//
// pKeyTrans points to the CMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO obtained via
// CryptMsgGetParam(CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM)
//
// dwRecipientIndex is the index of the recipient in the message associated
// with the hCryptProv's private key.
//
// Note, the message can only be decrypted once.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_INFO pKeyTrans;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
} CMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT
//
// Decrypt an ENVELOPED message after it has been decoded for a key
// agreement recipient.
//
// hCryptProv and dwKeySpec specify the private key to use. For dwKeySpec ==
// 0, defaults to AT_KEYEXCHANGE.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags passed
// to CryptMsgControl, then, the hCryptProv is released on the final
// CryptMsgClose. Not released if CryptMsgControl fails.
//
// pKeyAgree points to the CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO obtained via
// CryptMsgGetParam(CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM) for dwRecipientIndex.
//
// dwRecipientIndex, dwRecipientEncryptedKeyIndex are the indices of the
// recipient's encrypted key in the message associated with the hCryptProv's
// private key.
//
// OriginatorPublicKey is the originator's public key obtained from either
// the originator's certificate or the CMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO obtained
// via the CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM.
//
// Note, the message can only be decrypted once.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_INFO pKeyAgree;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
DWORD dwRecipientEncryptedKeyIndex;
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB OriginatorPublicKey;
} CMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT
//
// Decrypt an ENVELOPED message after it has been decoded for a mail
// list recipient.
//
// pMailList points to the CMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO obtained via
// CryptMsgGetParam(CMSG_CMS_RECIPIENT_INFO_PARAM) for dwRecipientIndex.
//
// There is 1 choice for the KeyEncryptionKey: an already created CSP key
// handle. For the key handle choice, hCryptProv must be nonzero. This key
// handle isn't destroyed.
//
// If CMSG_CRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG is set in the dwFlags passed
// to CryptMsgControl, then, the hCryptProv is released on the final
// CryptMsgClose. Not released if CryptMsgControl fails.
//
// For RC2 wrap, the effective key length is obtained from the
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm parameters and set on the hKeyEncryptionKey before
// decrypting.
//
// Note, the message can only be decrypted once.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_INFO pMailList;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
DWORD dwKeyChoice;
union {
// CMSG_MAIL_LIST_HANDLE_KEY_CHOICE
HCRYPTKEY hKeyEncryptionKey;
// Reserve space for a potential pointer choice
void *pvKeyEncryptionKey;
};
} CMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_HASH
//
// Verify the hash of a HASHED message after it has been decoded.
//
// Only the hCryptMsg parameter is used, to specify the message whose
// hash is being verified.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER
//
// Add a signer to a signed-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CMS_SIGNER_INFO
//
// Add a signer to a signed-data message.
//
// Differs from the above, CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER, wherein, the signer info
// already contains the signature.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CMSG_CMS_SIGNER_INFO.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER
//
// Remove a signer from a signed-data or signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a DWORD containing the 0-based index of the
// signer to be removed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR
//
// Add an unauthenticated attribute to the SignerInfo of a signed-data or
// signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// The unauthenticated attribute is input in the form of an encoded blob.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwSignerIndex;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB blob;
} CMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_ADD_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR
//
// Delete an unauthenticated attribute from the SignerInfo of a signed-data
// or signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// The unauthenticated attribute to be removed is specified by
// a 0-based index.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwSignerIndex;
DWORD dwUnauthAttrIndex;
} CMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA, *PCMSG_CTRL_DEL_SIGNER_UNAUTH_ATTR_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CERT
//
// Add a certificate to a signed-data or signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB containing the certificate's
// encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DEL_CERT
//
// Delete a certificate from a signed-data or signed-and-enveloped-data
// message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a DWORD containing the 0-based index of the
// certificate to be removed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_CRL
//
// Add a CRL to a signed-data or signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB containing the CRL's
// encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DEL_CRL
//
// Delete a CRL from a signed-data or signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a DWORD containing the 0-based index of the CRL
// to be removed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_ADD_ATTR_CERT
//
// Add an attribute certificate to a signed-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB containing the attribute
// certificate's encoded bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CMSG_CTRL_DEL_ATTR_CERT
//
// Delete an attribute certificate from a signed-data message.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to a DWORD containing the 0-based index of the
// attribute certificate to be removed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a countersignature, at the SignerInfo level.
// ie. verify that pbSignerInfoCountersignature contains the encrypted
// hash of the encryptedDigest field of pbSignerInfo.
//
// hCryptProv is used to hash the encryptedDigest field of pbSignerInfo.
// The only fields referenced from pciCountersigner are SerialNumber, Issuer,
// and SubjectPublicKeyInfo.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgVerifyCountersignatureEncoded(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN PBYTE pbSignerInfo,
IN DWORD cbSignerInfo,
IN PBYTE pbSignerInfoCountersignature,
IN DWORD cbSignerInfoCountersignature,
IN PCERT_INFO pciCountersigner
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a countersignature, at the SignerInfo level.
// ie. verify that pbSignerInfoCountersignature contains the encrypted
// hash of the encryptedDigest field of pbSignerInfo.
//
// hCryptProv is used to hash the encryptedDigest field of pbSignerInfo.
//
// The signer can be a CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO, certificate context or a
// chain context.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgVerifyCountersignatureEncodedEx(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN PBYTE pbSignerInfo,
IN DWORD cbSignerInfo,
IN PBYTE pbSignerInfoCountersignature,
IN DWORD cbSignerInfoCountersignature,
IN DWORD dwSignerType,
IN void *pvSigner,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
// See CMSG_CTRL_VERIFY_SIGNATURE_EX_PARA for dwSignerType definitions
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Countersign an already-existing signature in a message
//
// dwIndex is a zero-based index of the SignerInfo to be countersigned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgCountersign(
IN OUT HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg,
IN DWORD dwIndex,
IN DWORD cCountersigners,
IN PCMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO rgCountersigners
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Countersign an already-existing signature (encoded SignerInfo).
// Output an encoded SignerInfo blob, suitable for use as a countersignature
// attribute in the unauthenticated attributes of a signed-data or
// signed-and-enveloped-data message.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgCountersignEncoded(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN PBYTE pbSignerInfo,
IN DWORD cbSignerInfo,
IN DWORD cCountersigners,
IN PCMSG_SIGNER_ENCODE_INFO rgCountersigners,
OUT PBYTE pbCountersignature,
IN OUT PDWORD pcbCountersignature
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CryptMsg OID installable functions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef void * (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_ALLOC) (
IN size_t cb
);
typedef void (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_FREE)(
IN void *pv
);
// Note, the following 3 installable functions are obsolete and have been
// replaced with GenContentEncryptKey, ExportKeyTrans, ExportKeyAgree,
// ExportMailList, ImportKeyTrans, ImportKeyAgree and ImportMailList
// installable functions.
// If *phCryptProv is NULL upon entry, then, if supported, the installable
// function should acquire a default provider and return. Note, its up
// to the installable function to release at process detach.
//
// If paiEncrypt->Parameters.cbData is 0, then, the callback may optionally
// return default encoded parameters in *ppbEncryptParameters and
// *pcbEncryptParameters. pfnAlloc must be called for the allocation.
#define CMSG_OID_GEN_ENCRYPT_KEY_FUNC "CryptMsgDllGenEncryptKey"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_GEN_ENCRYPT_KEY) (
IN OUT HCRYPTPROV *phCryptProv,
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER paiEncrypt,
IN PVOID pvEncryptAuxInfo,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKeyInfo,
IN PFN_CMSG_ALLOC pfnAlloc,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phEncryptKey,
OUT PBYTE *ppbEncryptParameters,
OUT PDWORD pcbEncryptParameters
);
#define CMSG_OID_EXPORT_ENCRYPT_KEY_FUNC "CryptMsgDllExportEncryptKey"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_EXPORT_ENCRYPT_KEY) (
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN HCRYPTKEY hEncryptKey,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKeyInfo,
OUT PBYTE pbData,
IN OUT PDWORD pcbData
);
#define CMSG_OID_IMPORT_ENCRYPT_KEY_FUNC "CryptMsgDllImportEncryptKey"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_IMPORT_ENCRYPT_KEY) (
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwKeySpec,
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER paiEncrypt,
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER paiPubKey,
IN PBYTE pbEncodedKey,
IN DWORD cbEncodedKey,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phEncryptKey
);
// To get the default installable function for GenContentEncryptKey,
// ExportKeyTrans, ExportKeyAgree, ExportMailList, ImportKeyTrans,
// ImportKeyAgree or ImportMailList call CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress()
// with the pszOID argument set to the following constant. dwEncodingType
// should be set to CRYPT_ASN_ENCODING or X509_ASN_ENCODING.
#define CMSG_DEFAULT_INSTALLABLE_FUNC_OID ((LPCSTR) 1)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Content Encrypt Info
//
// The following data structure contains the information shared between
// the GenContentEncryptKey and the ExportKeyTrans, ExportKeyAgree and
// ExportMailList installable functions.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER ContentEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvEncryptionAuxInfo;
DWORD cRecipients;
PCMSG_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO rgCmsRecipients;
PFN_CMSG_ALLOC pfnAlloc;
PFN_CMSG_FREE pfnFree;
DWORD dwEncryptFlags;
HCRYPTKEY hContentEncryptKey;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO, *PCMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO;
#define CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_PAD_ENCODED_LEN_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG 0x00008000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Upon input, ContentEncryptInfo has been initialized from the
// EnvelopedEncodeInfo.
//
// Note, if rgpRecipients instead of rgCmsRecipients are set in the
// EnvelopedEncodeInfo, then, the rgpRecipients have been converted
// to rgCmsRecipients in the ContentEncryptInfo.
//
// The following fields may be changed in ContentEncryptInfo:
// hContentEncryptKey
// hCryptProv
// ContentEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters
// dwFlags
//
// All other fields in the ContentEncryptInfo are READONLY.
//
// If CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_PAD_ENCODED_LEN_FLAG is set upon entry
// in dwEncryptFlags, then, any potentially variable length encoded
// output should be padded with zeroes to always obtain the
// same maximum encoded length. This is necessary for
// CryptMsgCalculateEncodedLength() or CryptMsgOpenToEncode() with
// definite length streaming.
//
// The hContentEncryptKey must be updated.
//
// If hCryptProv is NULL upon input, then, it must be updated.
// If a HCRYPTPROV is acquired that must be released, then, the
// CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_RELEASE_CONTEXT_FLAG must be set in dwFlags.
//
// If ContentEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters is updated, then, the
// CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG must be set in dwFlags. pfnAlloc and
// pfnFree must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// ContentEncryptionAlgorithm.pszObjId is used to get the OIDFunctionAddress.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_OID_GEN_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_KEY_FUNC "CryptMsgDllGenContentEncryptKey"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_GEN_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_KEY) (
IN OUT PCMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO pContentEncryptInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Key Transport Encrypt Info
//
// The following data structure contains the information updated by the
// ExportKeyTrans installable function.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_INFO;
#define CMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG 0x00000001
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Upon input, KeyTransEncryptInfo has been initialized from the
// KeyTransEncodeInfo.
//
// The following fields may be changed in KeyTransEncryptInfo:
// EncryptedKey
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters
// dwFlags
//
// All other fields in the KeyTransEncryptInfo are READONLY.
//
// The EncryptedKey must be updated. The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in
// ContentEncryptInfo must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// If the KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters is updated, then, the
// CMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG must be set in dwFlags.
// The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in ContentEncryptInfo must be used
// for doing the allocation.
//
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.pszObjId is used to get the OIDFunctionAddress.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_OID_EXPORT_KEY_TRANS_FUNC "CryptMsgDllExportKeyTrans"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_EXPORT_KEY_TRANS) (
IN PCMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO pContentEncryptInfo,
IN PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pKeyTransEncodeInfo,
IN OUT PCMSG_KEY_TRANS_ENCRYPT_INFO pKeyTransEncryptInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Key Agree Key Encrypt Info
//
// The following data structure contains the information updated by the
// ExportKeyAgree installable function for each encrypted key agree
// recipient.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_AGREE_KEY_ENCRYPT_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
} CMSG_KEY_AGREE_KEY_ENCRYPT_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_KEY_ENCRYPT_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Key Agree Encrypt Info
//
// The following data structure contains the information applicable to
// all recipients. Its updated by the ExportKeyAgree installable function.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB UserKeyingMaterial;
DWORD dwOriginatorChoice;
union {
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_CERT
CERT_ID OriginatorCertId;
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_PUBLIC_KEY
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO OriginatorPublicKeyInfo;
};
DWORD cKeyAgreeKeyEncryptInfo;
PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_KEY_ENCRYPT_INFO *rgpKeyAgreeKeyEncryptInfo;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_INFO, *PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_INFO;
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_MATERIAL_FLAG 0x00000002
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PUBKEY_ALG_FLAG 0x00000004
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PUBKEY_PARA_FLAG 0x00000008
#define CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PUBKEY_BITS_FLAG 0x00000010
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Upon input, KeyAgreeEncryptInfo has been initialized from the
// KeyAgreeEncodeInfo.
//
// The following fields may be changed in KeyAgreeEncryptInfo:
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters
// UserKeyingMaterial
// dwOriginatorChoice
// OriginatorCertId
// OriginatorPublicKeyInfo
// dwFlags
//
// All other fields in the KeyAgreeEncryptInfo are READONLY.
//
// If the KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters is updated, then, the
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG must be set in dwFlags.
// The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in ContentEncryptInfo must be used
// for doing the allocation.
//
// If the UserKeyingMaterial is updated, then, the
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_MATERIAL_FLAG must be set in dwFlags.
// pfnAlloc and pfnFree must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// The dwOriginatorChoice must be updated to either
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_CERT or CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ORIGINATOR_PUBLIC_KEY.
//
// If the OriginatorPublicKeyInfo is updated, then, the appropriate
// CMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_FREE_PUBKEY_*_FLAG must be set in dwFlags and
// pfnAlloc and pfnFree must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// If CMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_PAD_ENCODED_LEN_FLAG is set upon entry
// in pContentEncryptInfo->dwEncryptFlags, then, the OriginatorPublicKeyInfo's
// Ephemeral PublicKey should be padded with zeroes to always obtain the
// same maximum encoded length. Note, the length of the generated ephemeral Y
// public key can vary depending on the number of leading zero bits.
//
// Upon input, the array of *rgpKeyAgreeKeyEncryptInfo has been initialized.
// The EncryptedKey must be updated for each recipient key.
// The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in
// ContentEncryptInfo must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.pszObjId is used to get the OIDFunctionAddress.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_OID_EXPORT_KEY_AGREE_FUNC "CryptMsgDllExportKeyAgree"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_EXPORT_KEY_AGREE) (
IN PCMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO pContentEncryptInfo,
IN PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pKeyAgreeEncodeInfo,
IN OUT PCMSG_KEY_AGREE_ENCRYPT_INFO pKeyAgreeEncryptInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mail List Encrypt Info
//
// The following data structure contains the information updated by the
// ExportMailList installable function.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRecipientIndex;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER KeyEncryptionAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncryptedKey;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_INFO, *PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_INFO;
#define CMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG 0x00000001
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Upon input, MailListEncryptInfo has been initialized from the
// MailListEncodeInfo.
//
// The following fields may be changed in MailListEncryptInfo:
// EncryptedKey
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters
// dwFlags
//
// All other fields in the MailListEncryptInfo are READONLY.
//
// The EncryptedKey must be updated. The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in
// ContentEncryptInfo must be used for doing the allocation.
//
// If the KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.Parameters is updated, then, the
// CMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_FREE_PARA_FLAG must be set in dwFlags.
// The pfnAlloc and pfnFree specified in ContentEncryptInfo must be used
// for doing the allocation.
//
// KeyEncryptionAlgorithm.pszObjId is used to get the OIDFunctionAddress.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_OID_EXPORT_MAIL_LIST_FUNC "CryptMsgDllExportMailList"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_EXPORT_MAIL_LIST) (
IN PCMSG_CONTENT_ENCRYPT_INFO pContentEncryptInfo,
IN PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_RECIPIENT_ENCODE_INFO pMailListEncodeInfo,
IN OUT PCMSG_MAIL_LIST_ENCRYPT_INFO pMailListEncryptInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// OID Installable functions for importing an encoded and encrypted content
// encryption key.
//
// There's a different installable function for each CMS Recipient choice:
// ImportKeyTrans
// ImportKeyAgree
// ImportMailList
//
// Iterates through the following OIDs to get the OID installable function:
// KeyEncryptionOID!ContentEncryptionOID
// KeyEncryptionOID
// ContentEncryptionOID
//
// If the OID installable function doesn't support the specified
// KeyEncryption and ContentEncryption OIDs, then, return FALSE with
// LastError set to E_NOTIMPL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CMSG_OID_IMPORT_KEY_TRANS_FUNC "CryptMsgDllImportKeyTrans"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_IMPORT_KEY_TRANS) (
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pContentEncryptionAlgorithm,
IN PCMSG_CTRL_KEY_TRANS_DECRYPT_PARA pKeyTransDecryptPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phContentEncryptKey
);
#define CMSG_OID_IMPORT_KEY_AGREE_FUNC "CryptMsgDllImportKeyAgree"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_IMPORT_KEY_AGREE) (
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pContentEncryptionAlgorithm,
IN PCMSG_CTRL_KEY_AGREE_DECRYPT_PARA pKeyAgreeDecryptPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phContentEncryptKey
);
#define CMSG_OID_IMPORT_MAIL_LIST_FUNC "CryptMsgDllImportMailList"
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CMSG_IMPORT_MAIL_LIST) (
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pContentEncryptionAlgorithm,
IN PCMSG_CTRL_MAIL_LIST_DECRYPT_PARA pMailListDecryptPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phContentEncryptKey
);
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Store Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// In its most basic implementation, a cert store is simply a
// collection of certificates and/or CRLs. This is the case when
// a cert store is opened with all of its certificates and CRLs
// coming from a PKCS #7 encoded cryptographic message.
//
// Nonetheless, all cert stores have the following properties:
// - A public key may have more than one certificate in the store.
// For example, a private/public key used for signing may have a
// certificate issued for VISA and another issued for
// Mastercard. Also, when a certificate is renewed there might
// be more than one certificate with the same subject and
// issuer.
// - However, each certificate in the store is uniquely
// identified by its Issuer and SerialNumber.
// - There's an issuer of subject certificate relationship. A
// certificate's issuer is found by doing a match of
// pSubjectCert->Issuer with pIssuerCert->Subject.
// The relationship is verified by using
// the issuer's public key to verify the subject certificate's
// signature. Note, there might be X.509 v3 extensions
// to assist in finding the issuer certificate.
// - Since issuer certificates might be renewed, a subject
// certificate might have more than one issuer certificate.
// - There's an issuer of CRL relationship. An
// issuer's CRL is found by doing a match of
// pIssuerCert->Subject with pCrl->Issuer.
// The relationship is verified by using
// the issuer's public key to verify the CRL's
// signature. Note, there might be X.509 v3 extensions
// to assist in finding the CRL.
// - Since some issuers might support the X.509 v3 delta CRL
// extensions, an issuer might have more than one CRL.
// - The store shouldn't have any redundant certificates or
// CRLs. There shouldn't be two certificates with the same
// Issuer and SerialNumber. There shouldn't be two CRLs with
// the same Issuer, ThisUpdate and NextUpdate.
// - The store has NO policy or trust information. No
// certificates are tagged as being "root". Its up to
// the application to maintain a list of CertIds (Issuer +
// SerialNumber) for certificates it trusts.
// - The store might contain bad certificates and/or CRLs.
// The issuer's signature of a subject certificate or CRL may
// not verify. Certificates or CRLs may not satisfy their
// time validity requirements. Certificates may be
// revoked.
//
// In addition to the certificates and CRLs, properties can be
// stored. There are two predefined property IDs for a user
// certificate: CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID and
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID. The CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID
// is a HCRYPTPROV handle to the private key assoicated
// with the certificate. The CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID contains
// information to be used to call
// CryptAcquireContext and CryptSetProvParam to get a handle
// to the private key associated with the certificate.
//
// There exists two more predefined property IDs for certificates
// and CRLs, CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID and CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID.
// If these properties don't already exist, then, a hash of the
// content is computed. (CERT_HASH_PROP_ID maps to the default
// hash algorithm, currently, CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID).
//
// There are additional APIs for creating certificate and CRL
// contexts not in a store (CertCreateCertificateContext and
// CertCreateCRLContext).
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef void *HCERTSTORE;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate context.
//
// A certificate context contains both the encoded and decoded representation
// of a certificate. A certificate context returned by a cert store function
// must be freed by calling the CertFreeCertificateContext function. The
// CertDuplicateCertificateContext function can be called to make a duplicate
// copy (which also must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_CONTEXT {
DWORD dwCertEncodingType;
BYTE *pbCertEncoded;
DWORD cbCertEncoded;
PCERT_INFO pCertInfo;
HCERTSTORE hCertStore;
} CERT_CONTEXT, *PCERT_CONTEXT;
typedef const CERT_CONTEXT *PCCERT_CONTEXT;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRL context.
//
// A CRL context contains both the encoded and decoded representation
// of a CRL. A CRL context returned by a cert store function
// must be freed by calling the CertFreeCRLContext function. The
// CertDuplicateCRLContext function can be called to make a duplicate
// copy (which also must be freed by calling CertFreeCRLContext).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRL_CONTEXT {
DWORD dwCertEncodingType;
BYTE *pbCrlEncoded;
DWORD cbCrlEncoded;
PCRL_INFO pCrlInfo;
HCERTSTORE hCertStore;
} CRL_CONTEXT, *PCRL_CONTEXT;
typedef const CRL_CONTEXT *PCCRL_CONTEXT;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Trust List (CTL) context.
//
// A CTL context contains both the encoded and decoded representation
// of a CTL. Also contains an opened HCRYPTMSG handle to the decoded
// cryptographic signed message containing the CTL_INFO as its inner content.
// pbCtlContent is the encoded inner content of the signed message.
//
// The CryptMsg APIs can be used to extract additional signer information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CTL_CONTEXT {
DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType;
BYTE *pbCtlEncoded;
DWORD cbCtlEncoded;
PCTL_INFO pCtlInfo;
HCERTSTORE hCertStore;
HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg;
BYTE *pbCtlContent;
DWORD cbCtlContent;
} CTL_CONTEXT, *PCTL_CONTEXT;
typedef const CTL_CONTEXT *PCCTL_CONTEXT;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate, CRL and CTL property IDs
//
// See CertSetCertificateContextProperty or CertGetCertificateContextProperty
// for usage information.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID 1
#define CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID 2
#define CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID 3
#define CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID 4
#define CERT_HASH_PROP_ID CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID
#define CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID 5
#define CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID 6
#define CERT_IE30_RESERVED_PROP_ID 7
#define CERT_PUBKEY_HASH_RESERVED_PROP_ID 8
#define CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE_PROP_ID 9
#define CERT_CTL_USAGE_PROP_ID CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE_PROP_ID
#define CERT_NEXT_UPDATE_LOCATION_PROP_ID 10
#define CERT_FRIENDLY_NAME_PROP_ID 11
#define CERT_PVK_FILE_PROP_ID 12
#define CERT_DESCRIPTION_PROP_ID 13
#define CERT_ACCESS_STATE_PROP_ID 14
#define CERT_SIGNATURE_HASH_PROP_ID 15
#define CERT_SMART_CARD_DATA_PROP_ID 16
#define CERT_EFS_PROP_ID 17
#define CERT_FORTEZZA_DATA_PROP_ID 18
#define CERT_ARCHIVED_PROP_ID 19
#define CERT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_PROP_ID 20
#define CERT_AUTO_ENROLL_PROP_ID 21
#define CERT_PUBKEY_ALG_PARA_PROP_ID 22
#define CERT_FIRST_RESERVED_PROP_ID 23
// Note, 32 - 35 are reserved for the CERT, CRL, CTL and KeyId file element IDs.
#define CERT_LAST_RESERVED_PROP_ID 0x00007FFF
#define CERT_FIRST_USER_PROP_ID 0x00008000
#define CERT_LAST_USER_PROP_ID 0x0000FFFF
#define IS_CERT_HASH_PROP_ID(X) (CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID == (X) || \
CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID == (X) || \
CERT_SIGNATURE_HASH_PROP_ID == (X))
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Access State flags returned by CERT_ACCESS_STATE_PROP_ID. Note,
// CERT_ACCESS_PROP_ID is read only.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set if context property writes are persisted. For instance, not set for
// memory store contexts. Set for registry based stores opened as read or write.
// Not set for registry based stores opened as read only.
#define CERT_ACCESS_STATE_WRITE_PERSIST_FLAG 0x1
// Set if context resides in a SYSTEM or SYSTEM_REGISTRY store.
#define CERT_ACCESS_STATE_SYSTEM_STORE_FLAG 0x2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Cryptographic Key Provider Information
//
// CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO defines the CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID's pvData.
//
// The CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO fields are passed to CryptAcquireContext
// to get a HCRYPTPROV handle. The optional CRYPT_KEY_PROV_PARAM fields are
// passed to CryptSetProvParam to further initialize the provider.
//
// The dwKeySpec field identifies the private key to use from the container
// For example, AT_KEYEXCHANGE or AT_SIGNATURE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_KEY_PROV_PARAM {
DWORD dwParam;
BYTE *pbData;
DWORD cbData;
DWORD dwFlags;
} CRYPT_KEY_PROV_PARAM, *PCRYPT_KEY_PROV_PARAM;
typedef struct _CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO {
LPWSTR pwszContainerName;
LPWSTR pwszProvName;
DWORD dwProvType;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD cProvParam;
PCRYPT_KEY_PROV_PARAM rgProvParam;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
} CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO, *PCRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The following flag should be set in the above dwFlags to enable
// a CertSetCertificateContextProperty(CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID) after a
// CryptAcquireContext is done in the Sign or Decrypt Message functions.
//
// The following define must not collide with any of the
// CryptAcquireContext dwFlag defines.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_SET_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID 0x00000001
#define CERT_SET_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID 0x00000001
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Key Context
//
// CERT_KEY_CONTEXT defines the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID's pvData.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_KEY_CONTEXT {
DWORD cbSize; // sizeof(CERT_KEY_CONTEXT)
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
} CERT_KEY_CONTEXT, *PCERT_KEY_CONTEXT;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store Provider Types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_MSG ((LPCSTR) 1)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_MEMORY ((LPCSTR) 2)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FILE ((LPCSTR) 3)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_REG ((LPCSTR) 4)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_PKCS7 ((LPCSTR) 5)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SERIALIZED ((LPCSTR) 6)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_A ((LPCSTR) 7)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W ((LPCSTR) 8)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_A ((LPCSTR) 9)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W ((LPCSTR) 10)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_COLLECTION ((LPCSTR) 11)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_A ((LPCSTR) 12)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W ((LPCSTR) 13)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W ((LPCSTR) 14)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W ((LPCSTR) 15)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W ((LPCSTR) 16)
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_MEMORY "Memory"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W "File"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W "System"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PKCS7 "PKCS7"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SERIALIZED "Serialized"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_COLLECTION "Collection"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W "SystemRegistry"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W "Physical"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W "SmartCard"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W "Ldap"
#define sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store verify/results flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_SIGNATURE_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CERT_STORE_TIME_VALIDITY_FLAG 0x00000002
#define CERT_STORE_REVOCATION_FLAG 0x00000004
#define CERT_STORE_NO_CRL_FLAG 0x00010000
#define CERT_STORE_NO_ISSUER_FLAG 0x00020000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store open/property flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_NO_CRYPT_RELEASE_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CERT_STORE_SET_LOCALIZED_NAME_FLAG 0x00000002
#define CERT_STORE_DEFER_CLOSE_UNTIL_LAST_FREE_FLAG 0x00000004
#define CERT_STORE_DELETE_FLAG 0x00000010
#define CERT_STORE_MANIFOLD_FLAG 0x00000100
#define CERT_STORE_ENUM_ARCHIVED_FLAG 0x00000200
#define CERT_STORE_UPDATE_KEYID_FLAG 0x00000400
#define CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG 0x00008000
#define CERT_STORE_OPEN_EXISTING_FLAG 0x00004000
#define CERT_STORE_CREATE_NEW_FLAG 0x00002000
#define CERT_STORE_MAXIMUM_ALLOWED_FLAG 0x00001000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store Provider flags are in the HiWord (0xFFFF0000)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate System Store Flag Values
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Includes flags and location
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_MASK 0xFFFF0000
// Set if pvPara points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA structure
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG 0x80000000
typedef struct _CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA {
union {
HKEY hKeyBase;
void *pvBase;
};
union {
void *pvSystemStore;
LPCSTR pszSystemStore;
LPCWSTR pwszSystemStore;
};
} CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA, *PCERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA;
// By default, when the CurrentUser "Root" store is opened, any SystemRegistry
// roots not also on the protected root list are deleted from the cache before
// CertOpenStore() returns. Set the following flag to return all the roots
// in the SystemRegistry without checking the protected root list.
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_UNPROTECTED_FLAG 0x40000000
// Location of the system store:
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_MASK 0x00FF0000
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT 16
// Registry: HKEY_CURRENT_USER or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_ID 1
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ID 2
// Registry: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Cryptography\Services
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_SERVICE_ID 4
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES_ID 5
// Registry: HKEY_USERS
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS_ID 6
// Registry: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Policies\Microsoft\SystemCertificates
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_GROUP_POLICY_ID 7
// Registry: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Policies\Microsoft\SystemCertificates
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY_ID 8
// Registry: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\EnterpriseCertificates
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE_ID 9
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_ID << CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ID << CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_SERVICE \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_SERVICE_ID << CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES_ID << CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS_ID << CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_GROUP_POLICY \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_GROUP_POLICY_ID << \
CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY_ID << \
CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
#define CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE \
(CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE_ID << \
CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_SHIFT)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Group Policy Store Defines
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Registry path to the Group Policy system stores
#define CERT_GROUP_POLICY_SYSTEM_STORE_REGPATH \
L"Software\\Policies\\Microsoft\\SystemCertificates"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// EFS Defines
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Registry path to the EFS EFSBlob SubKey - Value type is REG_BINARY
#define CERT_EFSBLOB_REGPATH \
CERT_GROUP_POLICY_SYSTEM_STORE_REGPATH L"\\EFS"
#define CERT_EFSBLOB_VALUE_NAME L"EFSBlob"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Protected Root Defines
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Registry path to the Protected Roots Flags SubKey
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_FLAGS_REGPATH \
CERT_GROUP_POLICY_SYSTEM_STORE_REGPATH L"\\Root\\ProtectedRoots"
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_FLAGS_VALUE_NAME L"Flags"
// Set the following flag to inhibit the opening of the CurrentUser's
// .Default physical store when opening the CurrentUser's "Root" system store.
// The .Default physical store open's the CurrentUser SystemRegistry "Root"
// store.
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_DISABLE_CURRENT_USER_FLAG 0x1
// Set the following flag to inhibit the adding of roots from the
// CurrentUser SystemRegistry "Root" store to the protected root list
// when the "Root" store is initially protected.
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_INHIBIT_ADD_AT_INIT_FLAG 0x2
// Set the following flag to inhibit the purging of protected roots from the
// CurrentUser SystemRegistry "Root" store that are
// also in the LocalMachine SystemRegistry "Root" store. Note, when not
// disabled, the purging is done silently without UI.
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_INHIBIT_PURGE_LM_FLAG 0x4
// Set the following flag to only open the .LocalMachineGroupPolicy
// physical store when opening the CurrentUser's "Root" system store.
#define CERT_PROT_ROOT_ONLY_LM_GPT_FLAG 0x8
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Registry Store Flag Values (CERT_STORE_REG)
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set this flag if the HKEY passed in pvPara points to a remote computer
// registry key.
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_REMOTE_FLAG 0x10000
// Set this flag if the contexts are to be persisted as a single serialized
// store in the registry. Mainly used for stores downloaded from the GPT.
// Such as the CurrentUserGroupPolicy or LocalMachineGroupPolicy stores.
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_SERIALIZED_FLAG 0x20000
// The following flags are for internal use. When set, the
// pvPara parameter passed to CertOpenStore is a pointer to the following
// data structure and not the HKEY. The above CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_REMOTE_FLAG
// is also set if hKeyBase was obtained via RegConnectRegistry().
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_CLIENT_GPT_FLAG 0x80000000
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_LM_GPT_FLAG 0x01000000
typedef struct _CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_CLIENT_GPT_PARA {
HKEY hKeyBase;
LPWSTR pwszRegPath;
} CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_CLIENT_GPT_PARA, *PCERT_REGISTRY_STORE_CLIENT_GPT_PARA;
// The following flag is for internal use. When set, the contexts are
// persisted into roaming files instead of the registry. Such as, the
// CurrentUser "My" store. When this flag is set, the following data structure
// is passed to CertOpenStore instead of HKEY.
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_ROAMING_FLAG 0x40000
// hKey may be NULL or non-NULL. When non-NULL, existing contexts are
// moved from the registry to roaming files.
typedef struct _CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_ROAMING_PARA {
HKEY hKey;
LPWSTR pwszStoreDirectory;
} CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_ROAMING_PARA, *PCERT_REGISTRY_STORE_ROAMING_PARA;
// The following flag is for internal use. When set, the "My" DWORD value
// at HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Cryptography\IEDirtyFlags is set to 0x1
// whenever a certificate is added to the registry store.
#define CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_MY_IE_DIRTY_FLAG 0x80000
// Registry path to the subkey containing the "My" DWORD value to be set
#define CERT_IE_DIRTY_FLAGS_REGPATH \
L"Software\\Microsoft\\Cryptography\\IEDirtyFlags"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate File Store Flag Values for the providers:
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILE
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_A
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set this flag if any store changes are to be committed to the file.
// The changes are committed at CertCloseStore or by calling
// CertControlStore(CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT).
//
// The open fails with E_INVALIDARG if both CERT_FILE_STORE_COMMIT_ENABLE_FLAG
// and CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG are set in dwFlags.
//
// For the FILENAME providers: if the file contains an X509 encoded
// certificate, the open fails with ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED.
//
// For the FILENAME providers: if CERT_STORE_CREATE_NEW_FLAG is set, the
// CreateFile uses CREATE_NEW. If CERT_STORE_OPEN_EXISTING is set, uses
// OPEN_EXISTING. Otherwise, defaults to OPEN_ALWAYS.
//
// For the FILENAME providers: the file is committed as either a PKCS7 or
// serialized store depending on the type read at open. However, if the
// file is empty then, if the filename has either a ".p7c" or ".spc"
// extension its committed as a PKCS7. Otherwise, its committed as a
// serialized store.
//
// For CERT_STORE_PROV_FILE, the file handle is duplicated. Its always
// committed as a serialized store.
//
#define CERT_FILE_STORE_COMMIT_ENABLE_FLAG 0x10000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Open the cert store using the specified store provider.
//
// If CERT_STORE_DELETE_FLAG is set, then, the store is deleted. NULL is
// returned for both success and failure. However, GetLastError() returns 0
// for success and nonzero for failure.
//
// If CERT_STORE_SET_LOCALIZED_NAME_FLAG is set, then, if supported, the
// provider sets the store's CERT_STORE_LOCALIZED_NAME_PROP_ID property.
// The store's localized name can be retrieved by calling
// CertSetStoreProperty(dwPropID = CERT_STORE_LOCALIZED_NAME_PROP_ID).
// This flag is supported by the following providers (and their sz_
// equivalent):
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_A
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_A
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_A
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W
//
// If CERT_STORE_DEFER_CLOSE_UNTIL_LAST_FREE_FLAG is set, then, the
// closing of the store's provider is deferred until all certificate,
// CRL and CTL contexts obtained from the store are freed. Also,
// if a non NULL HCRYPTPROV was passed, then, it will continue to be used.
// By default, the store's provider is closed on the final CertCloseStore.
// If this flag isn't set, then, any property changes made to previously
// duplicated contexts after the final CertCloseStore will not be persisted.
// By setting this flag, property changes made
// after the CertCloseStore will be persisted. Note, setting this flag
// causes extra overhead in doing context duplicates and frees.
// If CertCloseStore is called with CERT_CLOSE_STORE_FORCE_FLAG, then,
// the CERT_STORE_DEFER_CLOSE_UNTIL_LAST_FREE_FLAG flag is ignored.
//
// CERT_STORE_MANIFOLD_FLAG can be set to check for certificates having the
// manifold extension and archive the "older" certificates with the same
// manifold extension value. A certificate is archived by setting the
// CERT_ARCHIVED_PROP_ID.
//
// By default, contexts having the CERT_ARCHIVED_PROP_ID, are skipped
// during enumeration. CERT_STORE_ENUM_ARCHIVED_FLAG can be set to include
// archived contexts when enumerating. Note, contexts having the
// CERT_ARCHIVED_PROP_ID are still found for explicit finds, such as,
// finding a context with a specific hash or finding a certificate having
// a specific issuer and serial number.
//
// CERT_STORE_UPDATE_KEYID_FLAG can be set to also update the Key Identifier's
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property whenever a certificate's
// CERT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property is set
// and the other property already exists. If the Key Identifier's
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID already exists, it isn't updated. Any
// errors encountered are silently ignored.
//
// By default, this flag is implicitly set for the "My\.Default" CurrentUser
// and LocalMachine physical stores.
//
// CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG can be set to open the store as read only.
// Otherwise, the store is opened as read/write.
//
// CERT_STORE_OPEN_EXISTING_FLAG can be set to only open an existing
// store. CERT_STORE_CREATE_NEW_FLAG can be set to create a new store and
// fail if the store already exists. Otherwise, the default is to open
// an existing store or create a new store if it doesn't already exist.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to create the hash
// properties or verify the signature of a subject certificate or CRL.
// The store doesn't need to use a private
// key. If the CERT_STORE_NO_CRYPT_RELEASE_FLAG isn't set, hCryptProv is
// CryptReleaseContext'ed on the final CertCloseStore.
//
// Note, if the open fails, hCryptProv is released if it would have been
// released when the store was closed.
//
// If hCryptProv is zero, then, the default provider and container for the
// PROV_RSA_FULL provider type is CryptAcquireContext'ed with
// CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT access. The CryptAcquireContext is deferred until
// the first create hash or verify signature. In addition, once acquired,
// the default provider isn't released until process exit when crypt32.dll
// is unloaded. The acquired default provider is shared across all stores
// and threads.
//
// After initializing the store's data structures and optionally acquiring a
// default crypt provider, CertOpenStore calls CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress to
// get the address of the CRYPT_OID_OPEN_STORE_PROV_FUNC specified by
// lpszStoreProvider. Since a store can contain certificates with different
// encoding types, CryptGetOIDFunctionAddress is called with dwEncodingType
// set to 0 and not the dwEncodingType passed to CertOpenStore.
// PFN_CERT_DLL_OPEN_STORE_FUNC specifies the signature of the provider's
// open function. This provider open function is called to load the
// store's certificates and CRLs. Optionally, the provider may return an
// array of functions called before a certificate or CRL is added or deleted
// or has a property that is set.
//
// Use of the dwEncodingType parameter is provider dependent. The type
// definition for pvPara also depends on the provider.
//
// Store providers are installed or registered via
// CryptInstallOIDFunctionAddress or CryptRegisterOIDFunction, where,
// dwEncodingType is 0 and pszFuncName is CRYPT_OID_OPEN_STORE_PROV_FUNC.
//
// Here's a list of the predefined provider types (implemented in crypt32.dll):
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_MSG:
// Gets the certificates and CRLs from the specified cryptographic message.
// dwEncodingType contains the message and certificate encoding types.
// The message's handle is passed in pvPara. Given,
// HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg; pvPara = (const void *) hCryptMsg;
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_MEMORY
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_MEMORY:
// Opens a store without any initial certificates or CRLs. pvPara
// isn't used.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILE:
// Reads the certificates and CRLs from the specified file. The file's
// handle is passed in pvPara. Given,
// HANDLE hFile; pvPara = (const void *) hFile;
//
// For a successful open, the file pointer is advanced past
// the certificates and CRLs and their properties read from the file.
// Note, only expects a serialized store and not a file containing
// either a PKCS #7 signed message or a single encoded certificate.
//
// The hFile isn't closed.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_REG:
// Reads the certificates and CRLs from the registry. The registry's
// key handle is passed in pvPara. Given,
// HKEY hKey; pvPara = (const void *) hKey;
//
// The input hKey isn't closed by the provider. Before returning, the
// provider opens it own copy of the hKey.
//
// If CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG is set, then, the registry subkeys are
// RegOpenKey'ed with KEY_READ_ACCESS. Otherwise, the registry subkeys
// are RegCreateKey'ed with KEY_ALL_ACCESS.
//
// This provider returns the array of functions for reading, writing,
// deleting and property setting certificates and CRLs.
// Any changes to the opened store are immediately pushed through to
// the registry. However, if CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG is set, then,
// writing, deleting or property setting results in a
// SetLastError(E_ACCESSDENIED).
//
// Note, all the certificates and CRLs are read from the registry
// when the store is opened. The opened store serves as a write through
// cache.
//
// If CERT_REGISTRY_STORE_SERIALIZED_FLAG is set, then, the
// contexts are persisted as a single serialized store subkey in the
// registry.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_PKCS7:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PKCS7:
// Gets the certificates and CRLs from the encoded PKCS #7 signed message.
// dwEncodingType specifies the message and certificate encoding types.
// The pointer to the encoded message's blob is passed in pvPara. Given,
// CRYPT_DATA_BLOB EncodedMsg; pvPara = (const void *) &EncodedMsg;
//
// Note, also supports the IE3.0 special version of a
// PKCS #7 signed message referred to as a "SPC" formatted message.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SERIALIZED:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SERIALIZED:
// Gets the certificates and CRLs from memory containing a serialized
// store. The pointer to the serialized memory blob is passed in pvPara.
// Given,
// CRYPT_DATA_BLOB Serialized; pvPara = (const void *) &Serialized;
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_A:
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W:
// CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME_W:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_FILENAME:
// Opens the file and first attempts to read as a serialized store. Then,
// as a PKCS #7 signed message. Finally, as a single encoded certificate.
// The filename is passed in pvPara. The filename is UNICODE for the
// "_W" provider and ASCII for the "_A" provider. For "_W": given,
// LPCWSTR pwszFilename; pvPara = (const void *) pwszFilename;
// For "_A": given,
// LPCSTR pszFilename; pvPara = (const void *) pszFilename;
//
// Note, the default (without "_A" or "_W") is unicode.
//
// Note, also supports the reading of the IE3.0 special version of a
// PKCS #7 signed message file referred to as a "SPC" formatted file.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_A:
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W:
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_W:
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM:
// Opens the specified logical "System" store. The upper word of the
// dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of the system store.
//
// A "System" store is a collection consisting of one or more "Physical"
// stores. A "Physical" store is registered via the
// CertRegisterPhysicalStore API. Each of the registered physical stores
// is CertStoreOpen'ed and added to the collection via
// CertAddStoreToCollection.
//
// The CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_SERVICE, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER_GROUP_POLICY,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY and
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRSE
// system stores by default have a "SystemRegistry" store that is
// opened and added to the collection.
//
// The system store name is passed in pvPara. The name is UNICODE for the
// "_W" provider and ASCII for the "_A" provider. For "_W": given,
// LPCWSTR pwszSystemName; pvPara = (const void *) pwszSystemName;
// For "_A": given,
// LPCSTR pszSystemName; pvPara = (const void *) pszSystemName;
//
// Note, the default (without "_A" or "_W") is UNICODE.
//
// The system store name can't contain any backslashes.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvPara
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure instead
// of pointing to a null terminated UNICODE or ASCII string.
// Sibling physical stores are also opened as relocated using
// pvPara's hKeyBase.
//
// The CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS system
// store name must be prefixed with the ServiceName or UserName.
// For example, "ServiceName\Trust".
//
// Stores on remote computers can be accessed for the
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY
// or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE
// locations by prepending the computer name. For example, a remote
// local machine store is accessed via "\\ComputerName\Trust" or
// "ComputerName\Trust". A remote service store is accessed via
// "\\ComputerName\ServiceName\Trust". The leading "\\" backslashes are
// optional in the ComputerName.
//
// If CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG is set, then, the registry is
// RegOpenKey'ed with KEY_READ_ACCESS. Otherwise, the registry is
// RegCreateKey'ed with KEY_ALL_ACCESS.
//
// The "root" store is treated differently from the other system
// stores. Before a certificate is added to or deleted from the "root"
// store, a pop up message box is displayed. The certificate's subject,
// issuer, serial number, time validity, sha1 and md5 thumbprints are
// displayed. The user is given the option to do the add or delete.
// If they don't allow the operation, LastError is set to E_ACCESSDENIED.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_A
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY_W
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_REGISTRY
// Opens the "System" store's default "Physical" store residing in the
// registry. The upper word of the dwFlags
// parameter is used to specify the location of the system store.
//
// After opening the registry key associated with the system name,
// the CERT_STORE_PROV_REG provider is called to complete the open.
//
// The system store name is passed in pvPara. The name is UNICODE for the
// "_W" provider and ASCII for the "_A" provider. For "_W": given,
// LPCWSTR pwszSystemName; pvPara = (const void *) pwszSystemName;
// For "_A": given,
// LPCSTR pszSystemName; pvPara = (const void *) pszSystemName;
//
// Note, the default (without "_A" or "_W") is UNICODE.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvPara
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure instead
// of pointing to a null terminated UNICODE or ASCII string.
//
// See above for details on prepending a ServiceName and/or ComputerName
// to the store name.
//
// If CERT_STORE_READONLY_FLAG is set, then, the registry is
// RegOpenKey'ed with KEY_READ_ACCESS. Otherwise, the registry is
// RegCreateKey'ed with KEY_ALL_ACCESS.
//
// The "root" store is treated differently from the other system
// stores. Before a certificate is added to or deleted from the "root"
// store, a pop up message box is displayed. The certificate's subject,
// issuer, serial number, time validity, sha1 and md5 thumbprints are
// displayed. The user is given the option to do the add or delete.
// If they don't allow the operation, LastError is set to E_ACCESSDENIED.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL_W
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_PHYSICAL
// Opens the specified "Physical" store in the "System" store.
//
// Both the system store and physical names are passed in pvPara. The
// names are separated with an intervening "\". For example,
// "Root\.Default". The string is UNICODE.
//
// The system and physical store names can't contain any backslashes.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvPara
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure instead
// of pointing to a null terminated UNICODE string.
// The specified physical store is opened as relocated using pvPara's
// hKeyBase.
//
// For CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS,
// the system and physical store names
// must be prefixed with the ServiceName or UserName. For example,
// "ServiceName\Root\.Default".
//
// Physical stores on remote computers can be accessed for the
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY
// or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE
// locations by prepending the computer name. For example, a remote
// local machine store is accessed via "\\ComputerName\Root\.Default"
// or "ComputerName\Root\.Default". A remote service store is
// accessed via "\\ComputerName\ServiceName\Root\.Default". The
// leading "\\" backslashes are optional in the ComputerName.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_COLLECTION
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_COLLECTION
// Opens a store that is a collection of other stores. Stores are
// added or removed to/from the collection via the CertAddStoreToCollection
// and CertRemoveStoreFromCollection APIs.
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD_W
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_SMART_CARD
// Opens a store instantiated over a particular smart card storage. pvPara
// identifies where on the card the store is located and is of the
// following format:
//
// Card Name\Provider Name\Provider Type[\Container Name]
//
// Container Name is optional and if NOT specified the Card Name is used
// as the Container Name. Future versions of the provider will support
// instantiating the store over the entire card in which case just
// Card Name ( or id ) will be sufficient.
//
// Here's a list of the predefined provider types (implemented in
// cryptnet.dll):
//
// CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W
// CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP_W
// sz_CERT_STORE_PROV_LDAP
// Opens a store over the results of the query specified by and LDAP
// URL which is passed in via pvPara. In order to do writes to the
// store the URL must specify a BASE query, no filter and a single
// attribute.
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCERTSTORE
WINAPI
CertOpenStore(
IN LPCSTR lpszStoreProvider,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvPara
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// OID Installable Certificate Store Provider Data Structures
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Handle returned by the store provider when opened.
typedef void *HCERTSTOREPROV;
// Store Provider OID function's pszFuncName.
#define CRYPT_OID_OPEN_STORE_PROV_FUNC "CertDllOpenStoreProv"
// Note, the Store Provider OID function's dwEncodingType is always 0.
// The following information is returned by the provider when opened. Its
// zeroed with cbSize set before the provider is called. If the provider
// doesn't need to be called again after the open it doesn't need to
// make any updates to the CERT_STORE_PROV_INFO.
typedef struct _CERT_STORE_PROV_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD cStoreProvFunc;
void **rgpvStoreProvFunc;
HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv;
DWORD dwStoreProvFlags;
HCRYPTOIDFUNCADDR hStoreProvFuncAddr2;
} CERT_STORE_PROV_INFO, *PCERT_STORE_PROV_INFO;
// Definition of the store provider's open function.
//
// *pStoreProvInfo has been zeroed before the call.
//
// Note, pStoreProvInfo->cStoreProvFunc should be set last. Once set,
// all subsequent store calls, such as CertAddSerializedElementToStore will
// call the appropriate provider callback function.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_DLL_OPEN_STORE_PROV_FUNC)(
IN LPCSTR lpszStoreProvider,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvPara,
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN OUT PCERT_STORE_PROV_INFO pStoreProvInfo
);
// The open callback sets the following flag, if it maintains its
// contexts externally and not in the cached store.
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_EXTERNAL_FLAG 0x1
// The open callback sets the following flag for a successful delete.
// When set, the close callback isn't called.
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETED_FLAG 0x2
// The open callback sets the following flag if it doesn't persist store
// changes.
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_NO_PERSIST_FLAG 0x4
// The open callback sets the following flag if the contexts are persisted
// to a system store.
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SYSTEM_STORE_FLAG 0x8
// Indices into the store provider's array of callback functions.
//
// The provider can implement any subset of the following functions. It
// sets pStoreProvInfo->cStoreProvFunc to the last index + 1 and any
// preceding not implemented functions to NULL.
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_CLOSE_FUNC 0
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CERT_FUNC 1
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CERT_FUNC 2
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CERT_FUNC 3
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CERT_PROPERTY_FUNC 4
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CRL_FUNC 5
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CRL_FUNC 6
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CRL_FUNC 7
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CRL_PROPERTY_FUNC 8
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CTL_FUNC 9
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CTL_FUNC 10
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CTL_FUNC 11
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CTL_PROPERTY_FUNC 12
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_CONTROL_FUNC 13
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CERT_FUNC 14
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CERT_FUNC 15
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CERT_PROPERTY_FUNC 16
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CRL_FUNC 17
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CRL_FUNC 18
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CRL_PROPERTY_FUNC 19
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CTL_FUNC 20
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CTL_FUNC 21
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CTL_PROPERTY_FUNC 22
// Called by CertCloseStore when the store's reference count is
// decremented to 0.
typedef void (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_CLOSE)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Currently not called directly by the store APIs. However, may be exported
// to support other providers based on it.
//
// Reads the provider's copy of the certificate context. If it exists,
// creates a new certificate context.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CERT)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pStoreCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppProvCertContext
);
#define CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_ADD_FLAG 0x1
// Called by CertAddEncodedCertificateToStore,
// CertAddCertificateContextToStore or CertAddSerializedElementToStore before
// adding to the store. The CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_ADD_FLAG is set. In
// addition to the encoded certificate, the added pCertContext might also
// have properties.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to update the the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CERT)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertDeleteCertificateFromStore before deleting from the
// store.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to delete from the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CERT)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertSetCertificateContextProperty before setting the
// certificate's property. Also called by CertGetCertificateContextProperty,
// when getting a hash property that needs to be created and then persisted
// via the set.
//
// Upon input, the property hasn't been set for the pCertContext parameter.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to set the property.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CERT_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
// Currently not called directly by the store APIs. However, may be exported
// to support other providers based on it.
//
// Reads the provider's copy of the CRL context. If it exists,
// creates a new CRL context.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CRL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pStoreCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT PCCRL_CONTEXT *ppProvCrlContext
);
// Called by CertAddEncodedCRLToStore,
// CertAddCRLContextToStore or CertAddSerializedElementToStore before
// adding to the store. The CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_ADD_FLAG is set. In
// addition to the encoded CRL, the added pCertContext might also
// have properties.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to update the the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CRL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertDeleteCRLFromStore before deleting from the store.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to delete from the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CRL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertSetCRLContextProperty before setting the
// CRL's property. Also called by CertGetCRLContextProperty,
// when getting a hash property that needs to be created and then persisted
// via the set.
//
// Upon input, the property hasn't been set for the pCrlContext parameter.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to set the property.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CRL_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
// Currently not called directly by the store APIs. However, may be exported
// to support other providers based on it.
//
// Reads the provider's copy of the CTL context. If it exists,
// creates a new CTL context.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_READ_CTL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pStoreCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppProvCtlContext
);
// Called by CertAddEncodedCTLToStore,
// CertAddCTLContextToStore or CertAddSerializedElementToStore before
// adding to the store. The CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_ADD_FLAG is set. In
// addition to the encoded CTL, the added pCertContext might also
// have properties.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to update the the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_WRITE_CTL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertDeleteCTLFromStore before deleting from the store.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to delete from the store.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_DELETE_CTL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Called by CertSetCTLContextProperty before setting the
// CTL's property. Also called by CertGetCTLContextProperty,
// when getting a hash property that needs to be created and then persisted
// via the set.
//
// Upon input, the property hasn't been set for the pCtlContext parameter.
//
// Returns TRUE if its OK to set the property.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_SET_CTL_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_CONTROL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwCtrlType,
IN void const *pvCtrlPara
);
typedef struct _CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType;
DWORD dwFindFlags;
DWORD dwFindType;
const void *pvFindPara;
} CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO, *PCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO;
typedef const CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO CCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO,
*PCCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO;
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CERT)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO pFindInfo,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pPrevCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OUT void **ppvStoreProvFindInfo,
OUT PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppProvCertContext
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CERT)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN void *pvStoreProvFindInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CERT_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CRL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO pFindInfo,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pPrevCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OUT void **ppvStoreProvFindInfo,
OUT PCCRL_CONTEXT *ppProvCrlContext
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CRL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN void *pvStoreProvFindInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CRL_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_CTL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCERT_STORE_PROV_FIND_INFO pFindInfo,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pPrevCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OUT void **ppvStoreProvFindInfo,
OUT PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppProvCtlContext
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_FREE_FIND_CTL)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN void *pvStoreProvFindInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_STORE_PROV_GET_CTL_PROPERTY)(
IN HCERTSTOREPROV hStoreProv,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Duplicate a cert store handle
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCERTSTORE
WINAPI
CertDuplicateStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore
);
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_STORE 1
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_PKCS7 2
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILE 1
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_MEMORY 2
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME_A 3
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME_W 4
#define CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME_W
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Save the cert store. Extended version with lots of options.
//
// According to the dwSaveAs parameter, the store can be saved as a
// serialized store (CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_STORE) containing properties in
// addition to encoded certificates, CRLs and CTLs or the store can be saved
// as a PKCS #7 signed message (CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_PKCS7) which doesn't
// include the properties or CTLs.
//
// Note, the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID property (and its
// CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID) isn't saved into
// a serialized store.
//
// For CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_PKCS7, the dwEncodingType specifies the message
// encoding type. The dwEncodingType parameter isn't used for
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_AS_STORE.
//
// The dwFlags parameter currently isn't used and should be set to 0.
//
// The dwSaveTo and pvSaveToPara parameters specify where to save the
// store as follows:
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILE:
// Saves to the specified file. The file's handle is passed in
// pvSaveToPara. Given,
// HANDLE hFile; pvSaveToPara = (void *) hFile;
//
// For a successful save, the file pointer is positioned after the
// last write.
//
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_MEMORY:
// Saves to the specified memory blob. The pointer to
// the memory blob is passed in pvSaveToPara. Given,
// CRYPT_DATA_BLOB SaveBlob; pvSaveToPara = (void *) &SaveBlob;
// Upon entry, the SaveBlob's pbData and cbData need to be initialized.
// Upon return, cbData is updated with the actual length.
// For a length only calculation, pbData should be set to NULL. If
// pbData is non-NULL and cbData isn't large enough, FALSE is returned
// with a last error of ERRROR_MORE_DATA.
//
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME_A:
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME_W:
// CERT_STORE_SAVE_TO_FILENAME:
// Opens the file and saves to it. The filename is passed in pvSaveToPara.
// The filename is UNICODE for the "_W" option and ASCII for the "_A"
// option. For "_W": given,
// LPCWSTR pwszFilename; pvSaveToPara = (void *) pwszFilename;
// For "_A": given,
// LPCSTR pszFilename; pvSaveToPara = (void *) pszFilename;
//
// Note, the default (without "_A" or "_W") is UNICODE.
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSaveStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwSaveAs,
IN DWORD dwSaveTo,
IN OUT void *pvSaveToPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store close flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_CLOSE_STORE_FORCE_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CERT_CLOSE_STORE_CHECK_FLAG 0x00000002
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Close a cert store handle.
//
// There needs to be a corresponding close for each open and duplicate.
//
// Even on the final close, the cert store isn't freed until all of its
// certificate and CRL contexts have also been freed.
//
// On the final close, the hCryptProv passed to CertStoreOpen is
// CryptReleaseContext'ed.
//
// To force the closure of the store with all of its memory freed, set the
// CERT_STORE_CLOSE_FORCE_FLAG. This flag should be set when the caller does
// its own reference counting and wants everything to vanish.
//
// To check if all the store's certificates and CRLs have been freed and that
// this is the last CertCloseStore, set the CERT_CLOSE_STORE_CHECK_FLAG. If
// set and certs, CRLs or stores still need to be freed/closed, FALSE is
// returned with LastError set to CRYPT_E_PENDING_CLOSE. Note, for FALSE,
// the store is still closed. This is a diagnostic flag.
//
// LastError is preserved unless CERT_CLOSE_STORE_CHECK_FLAG is set and FALSE
// is returned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertCloseStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the subject certificate context uniquely identified by its Issuer and
// SerialNumber from the store.
//
// If the certificate isn't found, NULL is returned. Otherwise, a pointer to
// a read only CERT_CONTEXT is returned. CERT_CONTEXT must be freed by calling
// CertFreeCertificateContext. CertDuplicateCertificateContext can be called to make a
// duplicate.
//
// The returned certificate might not be valid. Normally, it would be
// verified when getting its issuer certificate (CertGetIssuerCertificateFromStore).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertId // Only the Issuer and SerialNumber
// fields are used
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the certificate contexts in the store.
//
// If a certificate isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CONTEXT is returned. CERT_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCertContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCertificateContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCertContext MUST BE NULL to enumerate the first
// certificate in the store. Successive certificates are enumerated by setting
// pPrevCertContext to the CERT_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCertContext is always CertFreeCertificateContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertEnumCertificatesInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pPrevCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first or next certificate context in the store.
//
// The certificate is found according to the dwFindType and its pvFindPara.
// See below for a list of the find types and its parameters.
//
// Currently dwFindFlags is only used for CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_ATTR,
// CERT_FIND_ISSUER_ATTR or CERT_FIND_CTL_USAGE. Otherwise, must be set to 0.
//
// Usage of dwCertEncodingType depends on the dwFindType.
//
// If the first or next certificate isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CONTEXT is returned. CERT_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCertContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCertificateContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCertContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to find the certificate. To find the next certificate, the
// pPrevCertContext is set to the CERT_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCertContext is always CertFreeCertificateContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertFindCertificateInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFindFlags,
IN DWORD dwFindType,
IN const void *pvFindPara,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pPrevCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate comparison functions
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_COMPARE_MASK 0xFFFF
#define CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT 16
#define CERT_COMPARE_ANY 0
#define CERT_COMPARE_SHA1_HASH 1
#define CERT_COMPARE_NAME 2
#define CERT_COMPARE_ATTR 3
#define CERT_COMPARE_MD5_HASH 4
#define CERT_COMPARE_PROPERTY 5
#define CERT_COMPARE_PUBLIC_KEY 6
#define CERT_COMPARE_HASH CERT_COMPARE_SHA1_HASH
#define CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_A 7
#define CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_W 8
#define CERT_COMPARE_KEY_SPEC 9
#define CERT_COMPARE_ENHKEY_USAGE 10
#define CERT_COMPARE_CTL_USAGE CERT_COMPARE_ENHKEY_USAGE
#define CERT_COMPARE_SUBJECT_CERT 11
#define CERT_COMPARE_ISSUER_OF 12
#define CERT_COMPARE_EXISTING 13
#define CERT_COMPARE_SIGNATURE_HASH 14
#define CERT_COMPARE_KEY_IDENTIFIER 15
#define CERT_COMPARE_CERT_ID 16
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// dwFindType
//
// The dwFindType definition consists of two components:
// - comparison function
// - certificate information flag
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_FIND_ANY (CERT_COMPARE_ANY << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_SHA1_HASH (CERT_COMPARE_SHA1_HASH << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_MD5_HASH (CERT_COMPARE_MD5_HASH << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_SIGNATURE_HASH (CERT_COMPARE_SIGNATURE_HASH << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_KEY_IDENTIFIER (CERT_COMPARE_KEY_IDENTIFIER << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_HASH CERT_FIND_SHA1_HASH
#define CERT_FIND_PROPERTY (CERT_COMPARE_PROPERTY << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY (CERT_COMPARE_PUBLIC_KEY << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_NAME (CERT_COMPARE_NAME << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_ATTR (CERT_COMPARE_ATTR << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_NAME (CERT_COMPARE_NAME << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_ISSUER_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_ATTR (CERT_COMPARE_ATTR << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_ISSUER_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR_A (CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_A << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR_W (CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_W << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_SUBJECT_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR_W
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR_A (CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_A << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_ISSUER_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR_W (CERT_COMPARE_NAME_STR_W << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT | \
CERT_INFO_ISSUER_FLAG)
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR_W
#define CERT_FIND_KEY_SPEC (CERT_COMPARE_KEY_SPEC << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_ENHKEY_USAGE (CERT_COMPARE_ENHKEY_USAGE << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_CTL_USAGE CERT_FIND_ENHKEY_USAGE
#define CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT (CERT_COMPARE_SUBJECT_CERT << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_ISSUER_OF (CERT_COMPARE_ISSUER_OF << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_EXISTING (CERT_COMPARE_EXISTING << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
#define CERT_FIND_CERT_ID (CERT_COMPARE_CERT_ID << CERT_COMPARE_SHIFT)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_ANY
//
// Find any certificate.
//
// pvFindPara isn't used.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_HASH
//
// Find a certificate with the specified hash.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CRYPT_HASH_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_KEY_IDENTIFIER
//
// Find a certificate with the specified KeyIdentifier. Gets the
// CERT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_PROP_ID property and compares with the input
// CRYPT_HASH_BLOB.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CRYPT_HASH_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_PROPERTY
//
// Find a certificate having the specified property.
//
// pvFindPara points to a DWORD containing the PROP_ID
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_PUBLIC_KEY
//
// Find a certificate matching the specified public key.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO containing the public key
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_NAME
// CERT_FIND_ISSUER_NAME
//
// Find a certificate with the specified subject/issuer name. Does an exact
// match of the entire name.
//
// Restricts search to certificates matching the dwCertEncodingType.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CERT_NAME_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_ATTR
// CERT_FIND_ISSUER_ATTR
//
// Find a certificate with the specified subject/issuer attributes.
//
// Compares the attributes in the subject/issuer name with the
// Relative Distinguished Name's (CERT_RDN) array of attributes specified in
// pvFindPara. The comparison iterates through the CERT_RDN attributes and looks
// for an attribute match in any of the subject/issuer's RDNs.
//
// The CERT_RDN_ATTR fields can have the following special values:
// pszObjId == NULL - ignore the attribute object identifier
// dwValueType == RDN_ANY_TYPE - ignore the value type
// Value.pbData == NULL - match any value
//
// CERT_CASE_INSENSITIVE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG should be set in dwFindFlags to do
// a case insensitive match. Otherwise, defaults to an exact, case sensitive
// match.
//
// CERT_UNICODE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG should be set in dwFindFlags if the RDN was
// initialized with unicode strings as for
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_UNICODE_NAME).
//
// Restricts search to certificates matching the dwCertEncodingType.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CERT_RDN (defined in wincert.h).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR_A
// CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR_W | CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_STR
// CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR_A
// CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR_W | CERT_FIND_ISSUER_STR
//
// Find a certificate containing the specified subject/issuer name string.
//
// First, the certificate's subject/issuer is converted to a name string
// via CertNameToStrA/CertNameToStrW(CERT_SIMPLE_NAME_STR). Then, a
// case insensitive substring within string match is performed.
//
// Restricts search to certificates matching the dwCertEncodingType.
//
// For *_STR_A, pvFindPara points to a null terminated character string.
// For *_STR_W, pvFindPara points to a null terminated wide character string.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_KEY_SPEC
//
// Find a certificate having a CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID property matching
// the specified KeySpec.
//
// pvFindPara points to a DWORD containing the KeySpec.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_ENHKEY_USAGE
//
// Find a certificate having the szOID_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE extension or
// the CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE_PROP_ID and matching the specified pszUsageIdentifers.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE data structure. If pvFindPara
// is NULL or CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE's cUsageIdentifier is 0, then, matches any
// certificate having enhanced key usage.
//
// If the CERT_FIND_VALID_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, only does a match
// for certificates that are valid for the specified usages. By default,
// the ceriticate must be valid for all usages. CERT_FIND_OR_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
// can be set, if the certificate only needs to be valid for one of the
// specified usages. Note, CertGetValidUsages() is called to get the
// certificate's list of valid usages. Only the CERT_FIND_OR_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
// is applicable when this flag is set.
//
// The CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG can be set in dwFindFlags to
// also match a certificate without either the extension or property.
//
// If CERT_FIND_NO_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set in dwFindFlags, finds
// certificates without the key usage extension or property. Setting this
// flag takes precedence over pvFindPara being NULL.
//
// If the CERT_FIND_EXT_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, only does a match
// using the extension. If pvFindPara is NULL or cUsageIdentifier is set to
// 0, finds certificates having the extension. If
// CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, also matches a certificate
// without the extension. If CERT_FIND_NO_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, finds
// certificates without the extension.
//
// If the CERT_FIND_PROP_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, only does a match
// using the property. If pvFindPara is NULL or cUsageIdentifier is set to
// 0, finds certificates having the property. If
// CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, also matches a certificate
// without the property. If CERT_FIND_NO_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, finds
// certificates without the property.
//
// If CERT_FIND_OR_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, does an "OR" match of any of
// the specified pszUsageIdentifiers. If not set, then, does an "AND" match
// of all of the specified pszUsageIdentifiers.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_FIND_EXT_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x2
#define CERT_FIND_PROP_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x4
#define CERT_FIND_NO_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x8
#define CERT_FIND_OR_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x10
#define CERT_FIND_VALID_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG 0x20
#define CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_CTL_USAGE_FLAG CERT_FIND_OPTIONAL_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
#define CERT_FIND_EXT_ONLY_CTL_USAGE_FLAG \
CERT_FIND_EXT_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
#define CERT_FIND_PROP_ONLY_CTL_USAGE_FLAG \
CERT_FIND_PROP_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
#define CERT_FIND_NO_CTL_USAGE_FLAG CERT_FIND_NO_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
#define CERT_FIND_OR_CTL_USAGE_FLAG CERT_FIND_OR_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
#define CERT_FIND_VALID_CTL_USAGE_FLAG CERT_FIND_VALID_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_FIND_CERT_ID
//
// Find a certificate with the specified CERT_ID.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CERT_ID.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the certificate context from the store for the first or next issuer
// of the specified subject certificate. Perform the enabled
// verification checks on the subject. (Note, the checks are on the subject
// using the returned issuer certificate.)
//
// If the first or next issuer certificate isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CONTEXT is returned. CERT_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevIssuerContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCertificateContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// For a self signed subject certificate, NULL is returned with LastError set
// to CERT_STORE_SELF_SIGNED. The enabled verification checks are still done.
//
// The pSubjectContext may have been obtained from this store, another store
// or created by the caller application. When created by the caller, the
// CertCreateCertificateContext function must have been called.
//
// An issuer may have multiple certificates. This may occur when the validity
// period is about to change. pPrevIssuerContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to get the issuer. To get the next certificate for the issuer, the
// pPrevIssuerContext is set to the CERT_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevIssuerContext is always CertFreeCertificateContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//
// The following flags can be set in *pdwFlags to enable verification checks
// on the subject certificate context:
// CERT_STORE_SIGNATURE_FLAG - use the public key in the returned
// issuer certificate to verify the
// signature on the subject certificate.
// Note, if pSubjectContext->hCertStore ==
// hCertStore, the store provider might
// be able to eliminate a redo of
// the signature verify.
// CERT_STORE_TIME_VALIDITY_FLAG - get the current time and verify that
// its within the subject certificate's
// validity period
// CERT_STORE_REVOCATION_FLAG - check if the subject certificate is on
// the issuer's revocation list
//
// If an enabled verification check fails, then, its flag is set upon return.
// If CERT_STORE_REVOCATION_FLAG was enabled and the issuer doesn't have a
// CRL in the store, then, CERT_STORE_NO_CRL_FLAG is set in addition to
// the CERT_STORE_REVOCATION_FLAG.
//
// If CERT_STORE_SIGNATURE_FLAG or CERT_STORE_REVOCATION_FLAG is set, then,
// CERT_STORE_NO_ISSUER_FLAG is set if it doesn't have an issuer certificate
// in the store.
//
// For a verification check failure, a pointer to the issuer's CERT_CONTEXT
// is still returned and SetLastError isn't updated.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertGetIssuerCertificateFromStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pSubjectContext,
IN OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT pPrevIssuerContext,
IN OUT DWORD *pdwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Perform the enabled verification checks on the subject certificate
// using the issuer. Same checks and flags definitions as for the above
// CertGetIssuerCertificateFromStore.
//
// If you are only checking CERT_STORE_TIME_VALIDITY_FLAG, then, the
// issuer can be NULL.
//
// For a verification check failure, SUCCESS is still returned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifySubjectCertificateContext(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pSubject,
IN OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT pIssuer,
IN OUT DWORD *pdwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Duplicate a certificate context
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertDuplicateCertificateContext(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Create a certificate context from the encoded certificate. The created
// context isn't put in a store.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded certificate in the created context.
//
// If unable to decode and create the certificate context, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CONTEXT is returned.
// CERT_CONTEXT must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext.
// CertDuplicateCertificateContext can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// CertSetCertificateContextProperty and CertGetCertificateContextProperty can be called
// to store properties for the certificate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertCreateCertificateContext(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCertEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCertEncoded
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Free a certificate context
//
// There needs to be a corresponding free for each context obtained by a
// get, find, duplicate or create.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertFreeCertificateContext(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the property for the specified certificate context.
//
// The type definition for pvData depends on the dwPropId value. There are
// five predefined types:
// CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID - a HCRYPTPROV for the certificate's
// private key is passed in pvData. Updates the hCryptProv field
// of the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID. If the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID
// doesn't exist, its created with all the other fields zeroed out. If
// CERT_STORE_NO_CRYPT_RELEASE_FLAG isn't set, HCRYPTPROV is implicitly
// released when either the property is set to NULL or on the final
// free of the CertContext.
//
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID - a PCRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO for the certificate's
// private key is passed in pvData.
//
// CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID -
// CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID -
// CERT_SIGNATURE_HASH_PROP_ID - normally, a hash property is implicitly
// set by doing a CertGetCertificateContextProperty. pvData points to a
// CRYPT_HASH_BLOB.
//
// CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID - a PCERT_KEY_CONTEXT for the certificate's
// private key is passed in pvData. The CERT_KEY_CONTEXT contains both the
// hCryptProv and dwKeySpec for the private key.
// See the CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID for more information about
// the hCryptProv field and dwFlags settings. Note, more fields may
// be added for this property. The cbSize field value will be adjusted
// accordingly.
//
// CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID - the dwKeySpec for the private key. pvData
// points to a DWORD containing the KeySpec
//
// CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE_PROP_ID - enhanced key usage definition for the
// certificate. pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB containing an
// ASN.1 encoded CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE (encoded via
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_ENHANCED_KEY_USAGE).
//
// CERT_NEXT_UPDATE_LOCATION_PROP_ID - location of the next update.
// Currently only applicable to CTLs. pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB
// containing an ASN.1 encoded CERT_ALT_NAME_INFO (encoded via
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_ALTERNATE_NAME)).
//
// CERT_FRIENDLY_NAME_PROP_ID - friendly name for the cert, CRL or CTL.
// pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB. pbData is a pointer to a NULL
// terminated unicode, wide character string.
// cbData = (wcslen((LPWSTR) pbData) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR).
//
// CERT_DESCRIPTION_PROP_ID - description for the cert, CRL or CTL.
// pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB. pbData is a pointer to a NULL
// terminated unicode, wide character string.
// cbData = (wcslen((LPWSTR) pbData) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR).
//
// CERT_ARCHIVED_PROP_ID - when this property is set, the certificate
// is skipped during enumeration. Note, certificates having this property
// are still found for explicit finds, such as, finding a certificate
// with a specific hash or finding a certificate having a specific issuer
// and serial number. pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB. This blob
// can be NULL (pbData = NULL, cbData = 0).
//
// CERT_PUBKEY_ALG_PARA_PROP_ID - for public keys supporting
// algorithm parameter inheritance. pvData points to a CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB
// containing the ASN.1 encoded PublicKey Algorithm Parameters. For
// DSS this would be the parameters encoded via
// CryptEncodeObject(X509_DSS_PARAMETERS). This property may be set
// by CryptVerifyCertificateSignatureEx().
//
// For all the other PROP_IDs: an encoded PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB is passed in pvData.
//
// If the property already exists, then, the old value is deleted and silently
// replaced. Setting, pvData to NULL, deletes the property.
//
// CERT_SET_PROPERTY_IGNORE_PERSIST_ERROR_FLAG can be set to ignore any
// provider write errors and always update the cached context's property.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSetCertificateContextProperty(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
// Set this flag to ignore any store provider write errors and always update
// the cached context's property
#define CERT_SET_PROPERTY_IGNORE_PERSIST_ERROR_FLAG 0x80000000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the property for the specified certificate context.
//
// For CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID, pvData points to a HCRYPTPROV.
//
// For CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID, pvData points to a CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO structure.
// Elements pointed to by fields in the pvData structure follow the
// structure. Therefore, *pcbData may exceed the size of the structure.
//
// For CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID, pvData points to a CERT_KEY_CONTEXT structure.
//
// For CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID, pvData points to a DWORD containing the KeySpec.
// If the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID exists, the KeySpec is obtained from there.
// Otherwise, if the CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID exists, its the source
// of the KeySpec.
//
// For CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID or CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID, if the hash
// doesn't already exist, then, its computed via CryptHashCertificate()
// and then set. pvData points to the computed hash. Normally, the length
// is 20 bytes for SHA and 16 for MD5.
//
// For CERT_SIGNATURE_HASH_PROP_ID, if the hash
// doesn't already exist, then, its computed via CryptHashToBeSigned()
// and then set. pvData points to the computed hash. Normally, the length
// is 20 bytes for SHA and 16 for MD5.
//
// For CERT_ACCESS_STATE_PROP_ID, pvData points to a DWORD containing the
// access state flags. The appropriate CERT_ACCESS_STATE_*_FLAG's are set
// in the returned DWORD. See the CERT_ACCESS_STATE_*_FLAG definitions
// above. Note, this property is read only. It can't be set.
//
// For CERT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_PROP_ID, if property doesn't already exist,
// first searches for the szOID_SUBJECT_KEY_IDENTIFIER extension. Next,
// does SHA1 hash of the certficate's SubjectPublicKeyInfo. pvData
// points to the key identifier bytes. Normally, the length is 20 bytes.
//
// For CERT_PUBKEY_ALG_PARA_PROP_ID, pvPara points to the ASN.1 encoded
// PublicKey Algorithm Parameters. This property will only be set
// for public keys supporting algorithm parameter inheritance and when the
// parameters have been omitted from the encoded and signed certificate.
//
// For all other PROP_IDs, pvData points to an encoded array of bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetCertificateContextProperty(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the properties for the specified certificate context.
//
// To get the first property, set dwPropId to 0. The ID of the first
// property is returned. To get the next property, set dwPropId to the
// ID returned by the last call. To enumerate all the properties continue
// until 0 is returned.
//
// CertGetCertificateContextProperty is called to get the property's data.
//
// Note, since, the CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID and CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID
// properties are stored as fields in the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID
// property, they aren't enumerated individually.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertEnumCertificateContextProperties(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the first or next CRL context from the store for the specified
// issuer certificate. Perform the enabled verification checks on the CRL.
//
// If the first or next CRL isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CRL_CONTEXT is returned. CRL_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCRLContext. However, the free must be
// pPrevCrlContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCRLContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// The pIssuerContext may have been obtained from this store, another store
// or created by the caller application. When created by the caller, the
// CertCreateCertificateContext function must have been called.
//
// If pIssuerContext == NULL, finds all the CRLs in the store.
//
// An issuer may have multiple CRLs. For example, it generates delta CRLs
// using a X.509 v3 extension. pPrevCrlContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to get the CRL. To get the next CRL for the issuer, the
// pPrevCrlContext is set to the CRL_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCrlContext is always CertFreeCRLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//
// The following flags can be set in *pdwFlags to enable verification checks
// on the returned CRL:
// CERT_STORE_SIGNATURE_FLAG - use the public key in the
// issuer's certificate to verify the
// signature on the returned CRL.
// Note, if pIssuerContext->hCertStore ==
// hCertStore, the store provider might
// be able to eliminate a redo of
// the signature verify.
// CERT_STORE_TIME_VALIDITY_FLAG - get the current time and verify that
// its within the CRL's ThisUpdate and
// NextUpdate validity period.
//
// If an enabled verification check fails, then, its flag is set upon return.
//
// If pIssuerContext == NULL, then, an enabled CERT_STORE_SIGNATURE_FLAG
// always fails and the CERT_STORE_NO_ISSUER_FLAG is also set.
//
// For a verification check failure, a pointer to the first or next
// CRL_CONTEXT is still returned and SetLastError isn't updated.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertGetCRLFromStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT pIssuerContext,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pPrevCrlContext,
IN OUT DWORD *pdwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the CRL contexts in the store.
//
// If a CRL isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CRL_CONTEXT is returned. CRL_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCRLContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCrlContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCRLContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCrlContext MUST BE NULL to enumerate the first
// CRL in the store. Successive CRLs are enumerated by setting
// pPrevCrlContext to the CRL_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCrlContext is always CertFreeCRLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertEnumCRLsInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pPrevCrlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first or next CRL context in the store.
//
// The CRL is found according to the dwFindType and its pvFindPara.
// See below for a list of the find types and its parameters.
//
// Currently dwFindFlags isn't used and must be set to 0.
//
// Usage of dwCertEncodingType depends on the dwFindType.
//
// If the first or next CRL isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CRL_CONTEXT is returned. CRL_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCRLContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCrlContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCRLContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCrlContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to find the CRL. To find the next CRL, the
// pPrevCrlContext is set to the CRL_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCrlContext is always CertFreeCRLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertFindCRLInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFindFlags,
IN DWORD dwFindType,
IN const void *pvFindPara,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pPrevCrlContext
);
#define CRL_FIND_ANY 0
#define CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY 1
#define CRL_FIND_EXISTING 2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRL_FIND_ANY
//
// Find any CRL.
//
// pvFindPara isn't used.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY
//
// Find CRL matching the specified issuer.
//
// pvFindPara is the PCCERT_CONTEXT of the CRL issuer.
//
// By default, only does issuer name matching. The following flags can be
// set in dwFindFlags to do additional filtering.
//
// If CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY_AKI_FLAG is set in dwFindFlags, then, checks if the
// CRL has an Authority Key Identifier (AKI) extension. If the CRL has an
// AKI, then, only returns a CRL whose AKI matches the issuer.
//
// Note, the AKI extension has the following OID:
// szOID_AUTHORITY_KEY_IDENTIFIER2 and its corresponding data structure.
//
// If CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY_SIGNATURE_FLAG is set in dwFindFlags, then,
// uses the public key in the issuer's certificate to verify the
// signature on the CRL. Only returns a CRL having a valid signature.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY_AKI_FLAG 0x1
#define CRL_FIND_ISSUED_BY_SIGNATURE_FLAG 0x2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRL_FIND_EXISTING
//
// Find existing CRL in the store.
//
// pvFindPara is the PCCRL_CONTEXT of the CRL to check if it already
// exists in the store.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Duplicate a CRL context
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertDuplicateCRLContext(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Create a CRL context from the encoded CRL. The created
// context isn't put in a store.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CRL in the created context.
//
// If unable to decode and create the CRL context, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CRL_CONTEXT is returned.
// CRL_CONTEXT must be freed by calling CertFreeCRLContext.
// CertDuplicateCRLContext can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// CertSetCRLContextProperty and CertGetCRLContextProperty can be called
// to store properties for the CRL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCRL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertCreateCRLContext(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCrlEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCrlEncoded
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Free a CRL context
//
// There needs to be a corresponding free for each context obtained by a
// get, duplicate or create.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertFreeCRLContext(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the property for the specified CRL context.
//
// Same Property Ids and semantics as CertSetCertificateContextProperty.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSetCRLContextProperty(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the property for the specified CRL context.
//
// Same Property Ids and semantics as CertGetCertificateContextProperty.
//
// CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID, CERT_MD5_HASH_PROP_ID or
// CERT_SIGNATURE_HASH_PROP_ID is the predefined property of most interest.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetCRLContextProperty(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the properties for the specified CRL context.
//
// To get the first property, set dwPropId to 0. The ID of the first
// property is returned. To get the next property, set dwPropId to the
// ID returned by the last call. To enumerate all the properties continue
// until 0 is returned.
//
// CertGetCRLContextProperty is called to get the property's data.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertEnumCRLContextProperties(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Search the CRL's list of entries for the specified certificate.
//
// TRUE is returned if we were able to search the list. Otherwise, FALSE is
// returned,
//
// For success, if the certificate was found in the list, *ppCrlEntry is
// updated with a pointer to the entry. Otherwise, *ppCrlEntry is set to NULL.
// The returned entry isn't allocated and must not be freed.
//
// dwFlags and pvReserved currently aren't used and must be set to 0 or NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertFindCertificateInCRL(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCert,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT PCRL_ENTRY *ppCrlEntry
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add certificate/CRL, encoded, context or element disposition values.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_NEW 1
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_USE_EXISTING 2
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING 3
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_ALWAYS 4
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING_INHERIT_PROPERTIES 5
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER 6
#define CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER_INHERIT_PROPERTIES 7
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the encoded certificate to the store according to the specified
// disposition action.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded certificate before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the certificate
// already exists in the store. This parameter must be one of the following
// values:
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEW
// Fails if the certificate already exists in the store. LastError
// is set to CRYPT_E_EXISTS.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_USE_EXISTING
// If the certifcate already exists, then, its used and if ppCertContext
// is non-NULL, the existing context is duplicated.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING
// If the certificate already exists, then, the existing certificate
// context is deleted before creating and adding the new context.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_ALWAYS
// No check is made to see if the certificate already exists. A
// new certificate context is always created. This may lead to
// duplicates in the store.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING_INHERIT_PROPERTIES
// If the certificate already exists, then, its used.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER
// Fails if the certificate already exists in the store AND the NotBefore
// time of the existing certificate is equal to or greater than the
// NotBefore time of the new certificate being added. LastError
// is set to CRYPT_E_EXISTS.
//
// If an older certificate is replaced, same as
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING.
//
// For CRLs or CTLs compares the ThisUpdate times.
//
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER_INHERIT_PROPERTIES
// Same as CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER. However, if an older certificate is
// replaced, same as CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING_INHERIT_PROPERTIES.
//
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore is called to determine if the
// certificate already exists in the store.
//
// ppCertContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CERT_CONTEXT of the added or existing certificate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEncodedCertificateToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCertEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCertEncoded,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the certificate context to the store according to the specified
// disposition action.
//
// In addition to the encoded certificate, the context's properties are
// also copied. Note, the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID property (and its
// CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID) isn't copied.
//
// Makes a copy of the certificate context before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the certificate
// already exists in the store. This parameter must be one of the following
// values:
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEW
// Fails if the certificate already exists in the store. LastError
// is set to CRYPT_E_EXISTS.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_USE_EXISTING
// If the certifcate already exists, then, its used and if ppStoreContext
// is non-NULL, the existing context is duplicated. Iterates
// through pCertContext's properties and only copies the properties
// that don't already exist. The SHA1 and MD5 hash properties aren't
// copied.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING
// If the certificate already exists, then, the existing certificate
// context is deleted before creating and adding a new context.
// Properties are copied before doing the add.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_ALWAYS
// No check is made to see if the certificate already exists. A
// new certificate context is always created and added. This may lead to
// duplicates in the store. Properties are
// copied before doing the add.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING_INHERIT_PROPERTIES
// If the certificate already exists, then, the existing certificate
// context is used. Properties from the added context are copied and
// replace existing properties. However, any existing properties not
// in the added context remain and aren't deleted.
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER
// Fails if the certificate already exists in the store AND the NotBefore
// time of the existing context is equal to or greater than the
// NotBefore time of the new context being added. LastError
// is set to CRYPT_E_EXISTS.
//
// If an older context is replaced, same as
// CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING.
//
// For CRLs or CTLs compares the ThisUpdate times.
//
// CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER_INHERIT_PROPERTIES
// Same as CERT_STORE_ADD_NEWER. However, if an older context is
// replaced, same as CERT_STORE_ADD_REPLACE_EXISTING_INHERIT_PROPERTIES.
//
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore is called to determine if the
// certificate already exists in the store.
//
// ppStoreContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CERT_CONTEXT of the added or existing certificate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCertificateContextToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store Context Types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_CERTIFICATE_CONTEXT 1
#define CERT_STORE_CRL_CONTEXT 2
#define CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT 3
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store Context Bit Flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_ALL_CONTEXT_FLAG (~0UL)
#define CERT_STORE_CERTIFICATE_CONTEXT_FLAG \
(1 << CERT_STORE_CERTIFICATE_CONTEXT)
#define CERT_STORE_CRL_CONTEXT_FLAG \
(1 << CERT_STORE_CRL_CONTEXT)
#define CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT_FLAG \
(1 << CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the serialized certificate or CRL element to the store.
//
// The serialized element contains the encoded certificate, CRL or CTL and
// its properties, such as, CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID.
//
// If hCertStore is NULL, creates a certificate, CRL or CTL context not
// residing in any store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the certificate or CRL
// already exists in the store. See CertAddCertificateContextToStore for a
// list of and actions taken.
//
// dwFlags currently isn't used and should be set to 0.
//
// dwContextTypeFlags specifies the set of allowable contexts. For example, to
// add either a certificate or CRL, set dwContextTypeFlags to:
// CERT_STORE_CERTIFICATE_CONTEXT_FLAG | CERT_STORE_CRL_CONTEXT_FLAG
//
// *pdwContextType is updated with the type of the context returned in
// *ppvContxt. pdwContextType or ppvContext can be NULL, indicating the
// caller isn't interested in getting the output. If *ppvContext is
// returned it must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext or
// CertFreeCRLContext.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddSerializedElementToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN const BYTE *pbElement,
IN DWORD cbElement,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwContextTypeFlags,
OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pdwContextType,
OUT OPTIONAL const void **ppvContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Delete the specified certificate from the store.
//
// All subsequent gets or finds for the certificate will fail. However,
// memory allocated for the certificate isn't freed until all of its contexts
// have also been freed.
//
// The pCertContext is obtained from a get, enum, find or duplicate.
//
// Some store provider implementations might also delete the issuer's CRLs
// if this is the last certificate for the issuer in the store.
//
// NOTE: the pCertContext is always CertFreeCertificateContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertDeleteCertificateFromStore(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the encoded CRL to the store according to the specified
// disposition option.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CRL before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the CRL
// already exists in the store. See CertAddEncodedCertificateToStore for a
// list of and actions taken.
//
// Compares the CRL's Issuer to determine if the CRL already exists in the
// store.
//
// ppCrlContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CRL_CONTEXT of the added or existing CRL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEncodedCRLToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCrlEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCrlEncoded,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCRL_CONTEXT *ppCrlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the CRL context to the store according to the specified
// disposition option.
//
// In addition to the encoded CRL, the context's properties are
// also copied. Note, the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID property (and its
// CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID) isn't copied.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CRL before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the CRL
// already exists in the store. See CertAddCertificateContextToStore for a
// list of and actions taken.
//
// Compares the CRL's Issuer, ThisUpdate and NextUpdate to determine
// if the CRL already exists in the store.
//
// ppStoreContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CRL_CONTEXT of the added or existing CRL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCRLContextToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCRL_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Delete the specified CRL from the store.
//
// All subsequent gets for the CRL will fail. However,
// memory allocated for the CRL isn't freed until all of its contexts
// have also been freed.
//
// The pCrlContext is obtained from a get or duplicate.
//
// NOTE: the pCrlContext is always CertFreeCRLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertDeleteCRLFromStore(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Serialize the certificate context's encoded certificate and its
// properties.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSerializeCertificateStoreElement(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT BYTE *pbElement,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbElement
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Serialize the CRL context's encoded CRL and its properties.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSerializeCRLStoreElement(
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT BYTE *pbElement,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbElement
);
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Trust List (CTL) Store Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Duplicate a CTL context
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCTL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertDuplicateCTLContext(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Create a CTL context from the encoded CTL. The created
// context isn't put in a store.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CTL in the created context.
//
// If unable to decode and create the CTL context, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CTL_CONTEXT is returned.
// CTL_CONTEXT must be freed by calling CertFreeCTLContext.
// CertDuplicateCTLContext can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// CertSetCTLContextProperty and CertGetCTLContextProperty can be called
// to store properties for the CTL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCTL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertCreateCTLContext(
IN DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCtlEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCtlEncoded
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Free a CTL context
//
// There needs to be a corresponding free for each context obtained by a
// get, duplicate or create.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertFreeCTLContext(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the property for the specified CTL context.
//
// Same Property Ids and semantics as CertSetCertificateContextProperty.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSetCTLContextProperty(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the property for the specified CTL context.
//
// Same Property Ids and semantics as CertGetCertificateContextProperty.
//
// CERT_SHA1_HASH_PROP_ID or CERT_NEXT_UPDATE_LOCATION_PROP_ID are the
// predefined properties of most interest.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetCTLContextProperty(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the properties for the specified CTL context.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertEnumCTLContextProperties(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwPropId
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the CTL contexts in the store.
//
// If a CTL isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CTL_CONTEXT is returned. CTL_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCTLContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCtlContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCTLContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCtlContext MUST BE NULL to enumerate the first
// CTL in the store. Successive CTLs are enumerated by setting
// pPrevCtlContext to the CTL_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCtlContext is always CertFreeCTLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCTL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertEnumCTLsInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pPrevCtlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Attempt to find the specified subject in the CTL.
//
// For CTL_CERT_SUBJECT_TYPE, pvSubject points to a CERT_CONTEXT. The CTL's
// SubjectAlgorithm is examined to determine the representation of the
// subject's identity. Initially, only SHA1 or MD5 hash will be supported.
// The appropriate hash property is obtained from the CERT_CONTEXT.
//
// For CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_TYPE, pvSubject points to the CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO
// structure which contains the SubjectAlgorithm to be matched in the CTL
// and the SubjectIdentifer to be matched in one of the CTL entries.
//
// The certificate's hash or the CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO's SubjectIdentifier
// is used as the key in searching the subject entries. A binary
// memory comparison is done between the key and the entry's SubjectIdentifer.
//
// dwEncodingType isn't used for either of the above SubjectTypes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCTL_ENTRY
WINAPI
CertFindSubjectInCTL(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwSubjectType,
IN void *pvSubject,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
// Subject Types:
// CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_TYPE, pvSubject points to following CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO.
// CTL_CERT_SUBJECT_TYPE, pvSubject points to CERT_CONTEXT.
#define CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_TYPE 1
#define CTL_CERT_SUBJECT_TYPE 2
typedef struct _CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO {
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER SubjectAlgorithm;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB SubjectIdentifier;
} CTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO, *PCTL_ANY_SUBJECT_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first or next CTL context in the store.
//
// The CTL is found according to the dwFindType and its pvFindPara.
// See below for a list of the find types and its parameters.
//
// Currently dwFindFlags isn't used and must be set to 0.
//
// Usage of dwMsgAndCertEncodingType depends on the dwFindType.
//
// If the first or next CTL isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CTL_CONTEXT is returned. CTL_CONTEXT
// must be freed by calling CertFreeCTLContext or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevCtlContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCTLContext
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevCtlContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to find the CTL. To find the next CTL, the
// pPrevCtlContext is set to the CTL_CONTEXT returned by a previous call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevCtlContext is always CertFreeCTLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCTL_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertFindCTLInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFindFlags,
IN DWORD dwFindType,
IN const void *pvFindPara,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pPrevCtlContext
);
#define CTL_FIND_ANY 0
#define CTL_FIND_SHA1_HASH 1
#define CTL_FIND_MD5_HASH 2
#define CTL_FIND_USAGE 3
#define CTL_FIND_SUBJECT 4
#define CTL_FIND_EXISTING 5
typedef struct _CTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
CTL_USAGE SubjectUsage; // optional
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB ListIdentifier; // optional
PCERT_INFO pSigner; // optional
} CTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA, *PCTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA;
#define CTL_FIND_NO_LIST_ID_CBDATA 0xFFFFFFFF
#define CTL_FIND_NO_SIGNER_PTR ((PCERT_INFO) -1)
#define CTL_FIND_SAME_USAGE_FLAG 0x1
typedef struct _CTL_FIND_SUBJECT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
PCTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA pUsagePara; // optional
DWORD dwSubjectType;
void *pvSubject;
} CTL_FIND_SUBJECT_PARA, *PCTL_FIND_SUBJECT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL_FIND_ANY
//
// Find any CTL.
//
// pvFindPara isn't used.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL_FIND_SHA1_HASH
// CTL_FIND_MD5_HASH
//
// Find a CTL with the specified hash.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CRYPT_HASH_BLOB.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL_FIND_USAGE
//
// Find a CTL having the specified usage identifiers, list identifier or
// signer. The CertEncodingType of the signer is obtained from the
// dwMsgAndCertEncodingType parameter.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA data structure. The
// SubjectUsage.cUsageIdentifer can be 0 to match any usage. The
// ListIdentifier.cbData can be 0 to match any list identifier. To only match
// CTLs without a ListIdentifier, cbData must be set to
// CTL_FIND_NO_LIST_ID_CBDATA. pSigner can be NULL to match any signer. Only
// the Issuer and SerialNumber fields of the pSigner's PCERT_INFO are used.
// To only match CTLs without a signer, pSigner must be set to
// CTL_FIND_NO_SIGNER_PTR.
//
// The CTL_FIND_SAME_USAGE_FLAG can be set in dwFindFlags to
// only match CTLs with the same usage identifiers. CTLs having additional
// usage identifiers aren't matched. For example, if only "1.2.3" is specified
// in CTL_FIND_USAGE_PARA, then, for a match, the CTL must only contain
// "1.2.3" and not any additional usage identifers.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CTL_FIND_SUBJECT
//
// Find a CTL having the specified subject. CertFindSubjectInCTL can be
// called to get a pointer to the subject's entry in the CTL. pUsagePara can
// optionally be set to enable the above CTL_FIND_USAGE matching.
//
// pvFindPara points to a CTL_FIND_SUBJECT_PARA data structure.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the encoded CTL to the store according to the specified
// disposition option.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CTL before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the CTL
// already exists in the store. See CertAddEncodedCertificateToStore for a
// list of and actions taken.
//
// Compares the CTL's SubjectUsage, ListIdentifier and any of its signers
// to determine if the CTL already exists in the store.
//
// ppCtlContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CTL_CONTEXT of the added or existing CTL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEncodedCTLToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbCtlEncoded,
IN DWORD cbCtlEncoded,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppCtlContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the CTL context to the store according to the specified
// disposition option.
//
// In addition to the encoded CTL, the context's properties are
// also copied. Note, the CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID property (and its
// CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_SPEC_PROP_ID) isn't copied.
//
// Makes a copy of the encoded CTL before adding to the store.
//
// dwAddDispostion specifies the action to take if the CTL
// already exists in the store. See CertAddCertificateContextToStore for a
// list of and actions taken.
//
// Compares the CTL's SubjectUsage, ListIdentifier and any of its signers
// to determine if the CTL already exists in the store.
//
// ppStoreContext can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CTL_CONTEXT of the added or existing CTL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCTLContextToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Serialize the CTL context's encoded CTL and its properties.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSerializeCTLStoreElement(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT BYTE *pbElement,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbElement
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Delete the specified CTL from the store.
//
// All subsequent gets for the CTL will fail. However,
// memory allocated for the CTL isn't freed until all of its contexts
// have also been freed.
//
// The pCtlContext is obtained from a get or duplicate.
//
// NOTE: the pCtlContext is always CertFreeCTLContext'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertDeleteCTLFromStore(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCertificateLinkToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCRLLinkToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCRL_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddCTLLinkToStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwAddDisposition,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppStoreContext
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddStoreToCollection(
IN HCERTSTORE hCollectionStore,
IN OPTIONAL HCERTSTORE hSiblingStore,
IN DWORD dwUpdateFlags,
IN DWORD dwPriority
);
WINCRYPT32API
void
WINAPI
CertRemoveStoreFromCollection(
IN HCERTSTORE hCollectionStore,
IN HCERTSTORE hSiblingStore
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertControlStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwCtrlType,
IN void const *pvCtrlPara
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate Store control types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_RESYNC 1
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_NOTIFY_CHANGE 2
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT 3
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_AUTO_RESYNC 4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_RESYNC
//
// Re-synchronize the store.
//
// The pvCtrlPara points to the event HANDLE to be signaled on
// the next store change. Normally, this would be the same
// event HANDLE passed to CERT_STORE_CTRL_NOTIFY_CHANGE during initialization.
//
// If pvCtrlPara is NULL, no events are re-armed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_NOTIFY_CHANGE
//
// Signal the event when the underlying store is changed.
//
// pvCtrlPara points to the event HANDLE to be signaled.
//
// pvCtrlPara can be NULL to inform the store of a subsequent
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_RESYNC and allow it to optimize by only doing a resync
// if the store has changed. For the registry based stores, an internal
// notify change event is created and registered to be signaled.
//
// Recommend calling CERT_STORE_CTRL_NOTIFY_CHANGE once for each event to
// be passed to CERT_STORE_CTRL_RESYNC. This should only happen after
// the event has been created. Not after each time the event is signaled.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_AUTO_RESYNC
//
// At the start of every enumeration or find store API call, check if the
// underlying store has changed. If it has changed, re-synchronize.
//
// This check is only done in the enumeration or find APIs when the
// pPrevContext is NULL.
//
// The pvCtrlPara isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT
//
// If any changes have been to the cached store, they are committed to
// persisted storage. If no changes have been made since the store was
// opened or the last commit, this call is ignored. May also be ignored by
// store providers that persist changes immediately.
//
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT_FORCE_FLAG can be set to force the store
// to be committed even if it hasn't been touched.
//
// CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT_CLEAR_FLAG can be set to inhibit a commit on
// store close.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT_FORCE_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_STORE_CTRL_COMMIT_CLEAR_FLAG 0x2
//+=========================================================================
// Cert Store Property Defines and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Store property IDs. This is a property applicable to the entire store.
// Its not a property on an individual certificate, CRL or CTL context.
//
// Currently, no store properties are persisted. (This differs from
// most context properties which are persisted.)
//
// See CertSetStoreProperty or CertGetStoreProperty for usage information.
//
// Note, the range for predefined store properties should be outside
// the range of predefined context properties. We will start at 4096.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_STORE_LOCALIZED_NAME_PROP_ID 0x1000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set a store property.
//
// The type definition for pvData depends on the dwPropId value.
// CERT_STORE_LOCALIZED_NAME_PROP_ID - localized name of the store.
// pvData points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB. pbData is a pointer to a NULL
// terminated unicode, wide character string.
// cbData = (wcslen((LPWSTR) pbData) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR).
//
// For all the other PROP_IDs: an encoded PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB is passed in pvData.
//
// If the property already exists, then, the old value is deleted and silently
// replaced. Setting, pvData to NULL, deletes the property.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSetStoreProperty(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const void *pvData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get a store property.
//
// The type definition for pvData depends on the dwPropId value.
// CERT_STORE_LOCALIZED_NAME_PROP_ID - localized name of the store.
// pvData points to a NULL terminated unicode, wide character string.
// cbData = (wcslen((LPWSTR) pvData) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR).
//
// For all other PROP_IDs, pvData points to an array of bytes.
//
// If the property doesn't exist, returns FALSE and sets LastError to
// CRYPT_E_NOT_FOUND.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetStoreProperty(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
typedef struct _CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
PFN_CRYPT_FREE pfnFree; // OPTIONAL
void *pvFree; // OPTIONAL
} CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_PARA, *PCERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Creates the specified context from the encoded bytes. The created
// context isn't put in a store.
//
// dwContextType values:
// CERT_STORE_CERTIFICATE_CONTEXT
// CERT_STORE_CRL_CONTEXT
// CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT
//
// If CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NOCOPY_FLAG is set, the created context points
// directly to the pbEncoded instead of an allocated copy. See flag
// definition for more details.
//
// If CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_SORTED_FLAG is set, the context is created
// with sorted entries. This flag may only be set for CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT.
// Setting this flag implicitly sets CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_HCRYPTMSG_FLAG and
// CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_ENTRY_FLAG. See flag definition for
// more details.
//
// If CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_HCRYPTMSG_FLAG is set, the context is created
// without creating a HCRYPTMSG handle for the context. This flag may only be
// set for CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT. See flag definition for more details.
//
// If CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_ENTRY_FLAG is set, the context is created
// without decoding the entries. This flag may only be set for
// CERT_STORE_CTL_CONTEXT. See flag definition for more details.
//
// If unable to decode and create the context, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CONTEXT, CRL_CONTEXT or
// CTL_CONTEXT is returned. The context must be freed by the appropriate
// free context API. The context can be duplicated by calling the
// appropriate duplicate context API.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
const void *
WINAPI
CertCreateContext(
IN DWORD dwContextType,
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL PCERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_PARA pCreatePara
);
// When the following flag is set, the created context points directly to the
// pbEncoded instead of an allocated copy. If pCreatePara and
// pCreatePara->pfnFree are non-NULL, then, pfnFree is called to free
// the pbEncoded when the context is last freed. Otherwise, no attempt is
// made to free the pbEncoded. If pCreatePara->pvFree is non-NULL, then its
// passed to pfnFree instead of pbEncoded.
//
// Note, if CertCreateContext fails, pfnFree is still called.
#define CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NOCOPY_FLAG 0x1
// When the following flag is set, a context with sorted entries is created.
// Currently only applicable to a CTL context.
//
// For CTLs: the cCTLEntry in the returned CTL_INFO is always
// 0. CertFindSubjectInSortedCTL and CertEnumSubjectInSortedCTL must be called
// to find or enumerate the CTL entries.
//
// The Sorted CTL TrustedSubjects extension isn't returned in the created
// context's CTL_INFO.
#define CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_SORTED_FLAG 0x2
// By default when a CTL context is created, a HCRYPTMSG handle to its
// SignedData message is created. This flag can be set to improve performance
// by not creating the HCRYPTMSG handle.
//
// This flag is only applicable to a CTL context.
#define CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_HCRYPTMSG_FLAG 0x4
// By default when a CTL context is created, its entries are decoded.
// This flag can be set to improve performance by not decoding the
// entries.
//
// This flag is only applicable to a CTL context.
#define CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_NO_ENTRY_FLAG 0x8
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate System Store Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// System Store Information
//
// Currently, no system store information is persisted.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
} CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_INFO, *PCERT_SYSTEM_STORE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Physical Store Information
//
// The Open fields are passed directly to CertOpenStore() to open
// the physical store.
//
// By default all system stores located in the registry have an
// implicit SystemRegistry physical store that is opened. To disable the
// opening of this store, the SystemRegistry
// physical store corresponding to the System store must be registered with
// CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_OPEN_DISABLE_FLAG set in dwFlags. Alternatively,
// a physical store with the name of ".Default" may be registered.
//
// Depending on the store location and store name, additional predefined
// physical stores may be opened. For example, system stores in
// CURRENT_USER have the predefined physical store, .LocalMachine.
// To disable the opening of these predefined physical stores, the
// corresponding physical store must be registered with
// CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_OPEN_DISABLE_FLAG set in dwFlags.
//
// The CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_ADD_ENABLE_FLAG must be set in dwFlags
// to enable the adding of a context to the store.
//
// When a system store is opened via the SERVICES or USERS store location,
// the ServiceName\ is prepended to the OpenParameters
// for CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_USER or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_CURRENT_SERVICE
// physical stores and the dwOpenFlags store location is changed to
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES.
//
// By default the SYSTEM, SYSTEM_REGISTRY and PHYSICAL provider
// stores are also opened remotely when the outer system store is opened.
// The CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_REMOTE_OPEN_DISABLE_FLAG may be set in dwFlags
// to disable remote opens.
//
// When opened remotely, the \\ComputerName is implicitly prepended to the
// OpenParameters for the SYSTEM, SYSTEM_REGISTRY and PHYSICAL provider types.
// To also prepend the \\ComputerName to other provider types, set the
// CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INSERT_COMPUTER_NAME_ENABLE_FLAG in dwFlags.
//
// When the system store is opened, its physical stores are ordered
// according to the dwPriority. A larger dwPriority indicates higher priority.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
LPSTR pszOpenStoreProvider; // REG_SZ
DWORD dwOpenEncodingType; // REG_DWORD
DWORD dwOpenFlags; // REG_DWORD
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB OpenParameters; // REG_BINARY
DWORD dwFlags; // REG_DWORD
DWORD dwPriority; // REG_DWORD
} CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INFO, *PCERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Physical Store Information dwFlags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_ADD_ENABLE_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_OPEN_DISABLE_FLAG 0x2
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_REMOTE_OPEN_DISABLE_FLAG 0x4
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INSERT_COMPUTER_NAME_ENABLE_FLAG 0x8
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Register a system store.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// The CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS system store
// name must be prefixed with the ServiceName or UserName. For example,
// "ServiceName\Trust".
//
// Stores on remote computers can be registered for the
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS, CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY
// or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE
// locations by prepending the computer name. For example, a remote
// local machine store is registered via "\\ComputerName\Trust" or
// "ComputerName\Trust". A remote service store is registered via
// "\\ComputerName\ServiceName\Trust". The leading "\\" backslashes are
// optional in the ComputerName.
//
// Set CERT_STORE_CREATE_NEW_FLAG to cause a failure if the system store
// already exists in the store location.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertRegisterSystemStore(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN PCERT_SYSTEM_STORE_INFO pStoreInfo,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Register a physical store for the specified system store.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// See CertRegisterSystemStore for details on prepending a ServiceName
// and/or ComputerName to the system store name.
//
// Set CERT_STORE_CREATE_NEW_FLAG to cause a failure if the physical store
// already exists in the system store.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertRegisterPhysicalStore(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN LPCWSTR pwszStoreName,
IN PCERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INFO pStoreInfo,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unregister the specified system store.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// See CertRegisterSystemStore for details on prepending a ServiceName
// and/or ComputerName to the system store name.
//
// CERT_STORE_DELETE_FLAG can optionally be set in dwFlags.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertUnregisterSystemStore(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unregister the physical store from the specified system store.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// See CertRegisterSystemStore for details on prepending a ServiceName
// and/or ComputerName to the system store name.
//
// CERT_STORE_DELETE_FLAG can optionally be set in dwFlags.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertUnregisterPhysicalStore(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN LPCWSTR pwszStoreName
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enum callbacks
//
// The CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_MASK bits in the dwFlags parameter
// specifies the location of the system store
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// The callback returns FALSE and sets LAST_ERROR to stop the enumeration.
// The LAST_ERROR is returned to the caller of the enumeration.
//
// The pvSystemStore passed to the callback has leading ComputerName and/or
// ServiceName prefixes where appropriate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_ENUM_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION)(
IN LPCWSTR pwszStoreLocation,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvArg
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_ENUM_SYSTEM_STORE)(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN PCERT_SYSTEM_STORE_INFO pStoreInfo,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvArg
);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_ENUM_PHYSICAL_STORE)(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN LPCWSTR pwszStoreName,
IN PCERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_INFO pStoreInfo,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvArg
);
// In the PFN_CERT_ENUM_PHYSICAL_STORE callback the following flag is
// set if the physical store wasn't registered and is an implicitly created
// predefined physical store.
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_PREDEFINED_ENUM_FLAG 0x1
// Names of implicitly created predefined physical stores
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_DEFAULT_NAME L".Default"
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_GROUP_POLICY_NAME L".GroupPolicy"
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_NAME L".LocalMachine"
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_DS_USER_CERTIFICATE_NAME L".UserCertificate"
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY_NAME \
L".LocalMachineGroupPolicy"
#define CERT_PHYSICAL_STORE_ENTERPRISE_NAME L".Enterprise"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the system store locations.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertEnumSystemStoreLocation(
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CERT_ENUM_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION pfnEnum
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the system stores.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags,
// pvSystemStoreLocationPara points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA
// data structure. Otherwise, pvSystemStoreLocationPara points to a null
// terminated UNICODE string.
//
// For CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE,
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_GROUP_POLICY or
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE, pvSystemStoreLocationPara can
// optionally be set to a unicode computer name for enumerating local machine
// stores on a remote computer. For example, "\\ComputerName" or
// "ComputerName". The leading "\\" backslashes are optional in the
// ComputerName.
//
// For CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_SERVICES or CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_USERS,
// if pvSystemStoreLocationPara is NULL, then,
// enumerates both the service/user names and the stores for each service/user
// name. Otherwise, pvSystemStoreLocationPara is a unicode string specifying a
// remote computer name and/or service/user name. For example:
// "ServiceName"
// "\\ComputerName" or "ComputerName\"
// "ComputerName\ServiceName"
// Note, if only the ComputerName is specified, then, it must have either
// the leading "\\" backslashes or a trailing backslash. Otherwise, its
// interpretted as the ServiceName or UserName.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertEnumSystemStore(
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvSystemStoreLocationPara,
IN void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CERT_ENUM_SYSTEM_STORE pfnEnum
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the physical stores for the specified system store.
//
// The upper word of the dwFlags parameter is used to specify the location of
// the system store.
//
// If CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_FLAG is set in dwFlags, pvSystemStore
// points to a CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_RELOCATE_PARA data structure. Otherwise,
// pvSystemStore points to a null terminated UNICODE string.
//
// See CertRegisterSystemStore for details on prepending a ServiceName
// and/or ComputerName to the system store name.
//
// If the system store location only supports system stores and doesn't
// support physical stores, LastError is set to ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertEnumPhysicalStore(
IN const void *pvSystemStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CERT_ENUM_PHYSICAL_STORE pfnEnum
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate System Store Installable Functions
//
// The CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_MASK bits in the dwFlags parameter passed
// to the CertOpenStore(for "System", "SystemRegistry" or "Physical"
// Provider), CertRegisterSystemStore,
// CertUnregisterSystemStore, CertEnumSystemStore, CertRegisterPhysicalStore,
// CertUnregisterPhysicalStore and CertEnumPhysicalStore APIs is used as the
// constant pszOID value passed to the OID installable functions.
// Therefore, the pszOID is restricted to a constant <= (LPCSTR) 0x0FFF.
//
// The EncodingType is 0.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Installable System Store Provider OID pszFuncNames.
#define CRYPT_OID_OPEN_SYSTEM_STORE_PROV_FUNC "CertDllOpenSystemStoreProv"
#define CRYPT_OID_REGISTER_SYSTEM_STORE_FUNC "CertDllRegisterSystemStore"
#define CRYPT_OID_UNREGISTER_SYSTEM_STORE_FUNC "CertDllUnregisterSystemStore"
#define CRYPT_OID_ENUM_SYSTEM_STORE_FUNC "CertDllEnumSystemStore"
#define CRYPT_OID_REGISTER_PHYSICAL_STORE_FUNC "CertDllRegisterPhysicalStore"
#define CRYPT_OID_UNREGISTER_PHYSICAL_STORE_FUNC "CertDllUnregisterPhysicalStore"
#define CRYPT_OID_ENUM_PHYSICAL_STORE_FUNC "CertDllEnumPhysicalStore"
// CertDllOpenSystemStoreProv has the same function signature as the
// installable "CertDllOpenStoreProv" function. See CertOpenStore for
// more details.
// CertDllRegisterSystemStore has the same function signature as
// CertRegisterSystemStore.
//
// The "SystemStoreLocation" REG_SZ value must also be set for registered
// CertDllEnumSystemStore OID functions.
#define CRYPT_OID_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCATION_VALUE_NAME L"SystemStoreLocation"
// The remaining Register, Enum and Unregister OID installable functions
// have the same signature as their Cert Store API counterpart.
//+=========================================================================
// Enhanced Key Usage Helper Functions
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the enhanced key usage extension or property from the certificate
// and decode.
//
// If the CERT_FIND_EXT_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, only get the
// extension.
//
// If the CERT_FIND_PROP_ONLY_ENHKEY_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, only get the
// property.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetEnhancedKeyUsage(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT PCERT_ENHKEY_USAGE pUsage,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbUsage
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the enhanced key usage property for the certificate.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertSetEnhancedKeyUsage(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN PCERT_ENHKEY_USAGE pUsage
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Add the usage identifier to the certificate's enhanced key usage property.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEnhancedKeyUsageIdentifier(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN LPCSTR pszUsageIdentifier
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Remove the usage identifier from the certificate's enhanced key usage
// property.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertRemoveEnhancedKeyUsageIdentifier(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN LPCSTR pszUsageIdentifier
);
//+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
//
// Takes an array of certs and returns an array of usages
// which consists of the intersection of the valid usages for each cert.
// If each cert is good for all possible usages then the cNumOIDs is set to -1.
//
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetValidUsages(
IN DWORD cCerts,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT *rghCerts,
OUT int *cNumOIDs,
OUT LPSTR *rghOIDs,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbOIDs);
//+=========================================================================
// Cryptographic Message helper functions for verifying and signing a
// CTL.
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get and verify the signer of a cryptographic message.
//
// To verify a CTL, the hCryptMsg is obtained from the CTL_CONTEXT's
// hCryptMsg field.
//
// If CMSG_TRUSTED_SIGNER_FLAG is set, then, treat the Signer stores as being
// trusted and only search them to find the certificate corresponding to the
// signer's issuer and serial number. Otherwise, the SignerStores are
// optionally provided to supplement the message's store of certificates.
// If a signer certificate is found, its public key is used to verify
// the message signature. The CMSG_SIGNER_ONLY_FLAG can be set to
// return the signer without doing the signature verify.
//
// If CMSG_USE_SIGNER_INDEX_FLAG is set, then, only get the signer specified
// by *pdwSignerIndex. Otherwise, iterate through all the signers
// until a signer verifies or no more signers.
//
// For a verified signature, *ppSigner is updated with certificate context
// of the signer and *pdwSignerIndex is updated with the index of the signer.
// ppSigner and/or pdwSignerIndex can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't
// interested in getting the CertContext and/or index of the signer.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgGetAndVerifySigner(
IN HCRYPTMSG hCryptMsg,
IN DWORD cSignerStore,
IN OPTIONAL HCERTSTORE *rghSignerStore,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSigner,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pdwSignerIndex
);
#define CMSG_TRUSTED_SIGNER_FLAG 0x1
#define CMSG_SIGNER_ONLY_FLAG 0x2
#define CMSG_USE_SIGNER_INDEX_FLAG 0x4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sign an encoded CTL.
//
// The pbCtlContent can be obtained via a CTL_CONTEXT's pbCtlContent
// field or via a CryptEncodeObject(PKCS_CTL or PKCS_SORTED_CTL).
//
// CMSG_CMS_ENCAPSULATED_CTL_FLAG can be set to encode a CMS compatible
// V3 SignedData message.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgSignCTL(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN BYTE *pbCtlContent,
IN DWORD cbCtlContent,
IN PCMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO pSignInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded
);
// When set, CTL inner content is encapsulated within an OCTET STRING
#define CMSG_CMS_ENCAPSULATED_CTL_FLAG 0x00008000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Encode the CTL and create a signed message containing the encoded CTL.
//
// Set CMSG_ENCODE_SORTED_CTL_FLAG if the CTL entries are to be sorted
// before encoding. This flag should be set, if the
// CertFindSubjectInSortedCTL or CertEnumSubjectInSortedCTL APIs will
// be called. If the identifier for the CTL entries is a hash, such as,
// MD5 or SHA1, then, CMSG_ENCODE_HASHED_SUBJECT_IDENTIFIER_FLAG should
// also be set.
//
// CMSG_CMS_ENCAPSULATED_CTL_FLAG can be set to encode a CMS compatible
// V3 SignedData message.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptMsgEncodeAndSignCTL(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN PCTL_INFO pCtlInfo,
IN PCMSG_SIGNED_ENCODE_INFO pSignInfo,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded
);
// The following flag is set if the CTL is to be encoded with sorted
// trusted subjects and the szOID_SORTED_CTL extension is inserted containing
// sorted offsets to the encoded subjects.
#define CMSG_ENCODE_SORTED_CTL_FLAG 0x1
// If the above sorted flag is set, then, the following flag should also
// be set if the identifier for the TrustedSubjects is a hash,
// such as, MD5 or SHA1.
#define CMSG_ENCODE_HASHED_SUBJECT_IDENTIFIER_FLAG 0x2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns TRUE if the SubjectIdentifier exists in the CTL. Optionally
// returns a pointer to and byte count of the Subject's encoded attributes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertFindSubjectInSortedCTL(
IN PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB pSubjectIdentifier,
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved,
OUT OPTIONAL PCRYPT_DER_BLOB pEncodedAttributes
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerates through the sequence of TrustedSubjects in a CTL context
// created with CERT_CREATE_CONTEXT_SORTED_FLAG set.
//
// To start the enumeration, *ppvNextSubject must be NULL. Upon return,
// *ppvNextSubject is updated to point to the next TrustedSubject in
// the encoded sequence.
//
// Returns FALSE for no more subjects or invalid arguments.
//
// Note, the returned DER_BLOBs point directly into the encoded
// bytes (not allocated, and must not be freed).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertEnumSubjectInSortedCTL(
IN PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext,
IN OUT void **ppvNextSubject,
OUT OPTIONAL PCRYPT_DER_BLOB pSubjectIdentifier,
OUT OPTIONAL PCRYPT_DER_BLOB pEncodedAttributes
);
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Verify CTL Usage Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
typedef struct _CTL_VERIFY_USAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
CRYPT_DATA_BLOB ListIdentifier; // OPTIONAL
DWORD cCtlStore;
HCERTSTORE *rghCtlStore; // OPTIONAL
DWORD cSignerStore;
HCERTSTORE *rghSignerStore; // OPTIONAL
} CTL_VERIFY_USAGE_PARA, *PCTL_VERIFY_USAGE_PARA;
typedef struct _CTL_VERIFY_USAGE_STATUS {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwError;
DWORD dwFlags;
PCCTL_CONTEXT *ppCtl; // IN OUT OPTIONAL
DWORD dwCtlEntryIndex;
PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSigner; // IN OUT OPTIONAL
DWORD dwSignerIndex;
} CTL_VERIFY_USAGE_STATUS, *PCTL_VERIFY_USAGE_STATUS;
#define CERT_VERIFY_INHIBIT_CTL_UPDATE_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_VERIFY_TRUSTED_SIGNERS_FLAG 0x2
#define CERT_VERIFY_NO_TIME_CHECK_FLAG 0x4
#define CERT_VERIFY_ALLOW_MORE_USAGE_FLAG 0x8
#define CERT_VERIFY_UPDATED_CTL_FLAG 0x1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify that a subject is trusted for the specified usage by finding a
// signed and time valid CTL with the usage identifiers and containing the
// the subject. A subject can be identified by either its certificate context
// or any identifier such as its SHA1 hash.
//
// See CertFindSubjectInCTL for definition of dwSubjectType and pvSubject
// parameters.
//
// Via pVerifyUsagePara, the caller can specify the stores to be searched
// to find the CTL. The caller can also specify the stores containing
// acceptable CTL signers. By setting the ListIdentifier, the caller
// can also restrict to a particular signer CTL list.
//
// Via pVerifyUsageStatus, the CTL containing the subject, the subject's
// index into the CTL's array of entries, and the signer of the CTL
// are returned. If the caller is not interested, ppCtl and ppSigner can be set
// to NULL. Returned contexts must be freed via the store's free context APIs.
//
// If the CERT_VERIFY_INHIBIT_CTL_UPDATE_FLAG isn't set, then, a time
// invalid CTL in one of the CtlStores may be replaced. When replaced, the
// CERT_VERIFY_UPDATED_CTL_FLAG is set in pVerifyUsageStatus->dwFlags.
//
// If the CERT_VERIFY_TRUSTED_SIGNERS_FLAG is set, then, only the
// SignerStores specified in pVerifyUsageStatus are searched to find
// the signer. Otherwise, the SignerStores provide additional sources
// to find the signer's certificate.
//
// If CERT_VERIFY_NO_TIME_CHECK_FLAG is set, then, the CTLs aren't checked
// for time validity.
//
// If CERT_VERIFY_ALLOW_MORE_USAGE_FLAG is set, then, the CTL may contain
// additional usage identifiers than specified by pSubjectUsage. Otherwise,
// the found CTL will contain the same usage identifers and no more.
//
// CertVerifyCTLUsage will be implemented as a dispatcher to OID installable
// functions. First, it will try to find an OID function matching the first
// usage object identifier in the pUsage sequence. Next, it will dispatch
// to the default CertDllVerifyCTLUsage functions.
//
// If the subject is trusted for the specified usage, then, TRUE is
// returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned with dwError set to one of the
// following:
// CRYPT_E_NO_VERIFY_USAGE_DLL
// CRYPT_E_NO_VERIFY_USAGE_CHECK
// CRYPT_E_VERIFY_USAGE_OFFLINE
// CRYPT_E_NOT_IN_CTL
// CRYPT_E_NO_TRUSTED_SIGNER
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifyCTLUsage(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwSubjectType,
IN void *pvSubject,
IN PCTL_USAGE pSubjectUsage,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL PCTL_VERIFY_USAGE_PARA pVerifyUsagePara,
IN OUT PCTL_VERIFY_USAGE_STATUS pVerifyUsageStatus
);
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Revocation Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The following data structure may be passed to CertVerifyRevocation to
// assist in finding the issuer of the context to be verified.
//
// When pIssuerCert is specified, pIssuerCert is the issuer of
// rgpvContext[cContext - 1].
//
// When cCertStore and rgCertStore are specified, these stores may contain
// an issuer certificate.
//
// When hCrlStore is specified then a handler which uses CRLs can search this
// store for them
//
// When pftTimeToUse is specified then the handler (if possible) must determine
// revocation status relative to the time given otherwise the answer may be
// independent of time or relative to current time
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_REVOCATION_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
PCCERT_CONTEXT pIssuerCert;
DWORD cCertStore;
HCERTSTORE *rgCertStore;
HCERTSTORE hCrlStore;
LPFILETIME pftTimeToUse;
} CERT_REVOCATION_PARA, *PCERT_REVOCATION_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The following data structure is returned by CertVerifyRevocation to
// specify the status of the revoked or unchecked context. Review the
// following CertVerifyRevocation comments for details.
//
// Upon input to CertVerifyRevocation, cbSize must be set to a size
// >= sizeof(CERT_REVOCATION_STATUS). Otherwise, CertVerifyRevocation
// returns FALSE and sets LastError to E_INVALIDARG.
//
// Upon input to the installed or registered CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_REVOCATION_FUNC
// functions, the dwIndex, dwError and dwReason have been zero'ed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_REVOCATION_STATUS {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwIndex;
DWORD dwError;
DWORD dwReason;
} CERT_REVOCATION_STATUS, *PCERT_REVOCATION_STATUS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verifies the array of contexts for revocation. The dwRevType parameter
// indicates the type of the context data structure passed in rgpvContext.
// Currently only the revocation of certificates is defined.
//
// If the CERT_VERIFY_REV_CHAIN_FLAG flag is set, then, CertVerifyRevocation
// is verifying a chain of certs where, rgpvContext[i + 1] is the issuer
// of rgpvContext[i]. Otherwise, CertVerifyRevocation makes no assumptions
// about the order of the contexts.
//
// To assist in finding the issuer, the pRevPara may optionally be set. See
// the CERT_REVOCATION_PARA data structure for details.
//
// The contexts must contain enough information to allow the
// installable or registered revocation DLLs to find the revocation server. For
// certificates, this information would normally be conveyed in an
// extension such as the IETF's AuthorityInfoAccess extension.
//
// CertVerifyRevocation returns TRUE if all of the contexts were successfully
// checked and none were revoked. Otherwise, returns FALSE and updates the
// returned pRevStatus data structure as follows:
// dwIndex
// Index of the first context that was revoked or unable to
// be checked for revocation
// dwError
// Error status. LastError is also set to this error status.
// dwError can be set to one of the following error codes defined
// in winerror.h:
// ERROR_SUCCESS - good context
// CRYPT_E_REVOKED - context was revoked. dwReason contains the
// reason for revocation
// CRYPT_E_REVOCATION_OFFLINE - unable to connect to the
// revocation server
// CRYPT_E_NOT_IN_REVOCATION_DATABASE - the context to be checked
// was not found in the revocation server's database.
// CRYPT_E_NO_REVOCATION_CHECK - the called revocation function
// wasn't able to do a revocation check on the context
// CRYPT_E_NO_REVOCATION_DLL - no installed or registered Dll was
// found to verify revocation
// dwReason
// The dwReason is currently only set for CRYPT_E_REVOKED and contains
// the reason why the context was revoked. May be one of the following
// CRL reasons defined by the CRL Reason Code extension ("2.5.29.21")
// CRL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED 0
// CRL_REASON_KEY_COMPROMISE 1
// CRL_REASON_CA_COMPROMISE 2
// CRL_REASON_AFFILIATION_CHANGED 3
// CRL_REASON_SUPERSEDED 4
// CRL_REASON_CESSATION_OF_OPERATION 5
// CRL_REASON_CERTIFICATE_HOLD 6
//
// For each entry in rgpvContext, CertVerifyRevocation iterates
// through the CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_REVOCATION_FUNC
// function set's list of installed DEFAULT functions.
// CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress is called with pwszDll = NULL. If no
// installed functions are found capable of doing the revocation verification,
// CryptVerifyRevocation iterates through CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_REVOCATION_FUNC's
// list of registered DEFAULT Dlls. CryptGetDefaultOIDDllList is called to
// get the list. CryptGetDefaultOIDFunctionAddress is called to load the Dll.
//
// The called functions have the same signature as CertVerifyRevocation. A
// called function returns TRUE if it was able to successfully check all of
// the contexts and none were revoked. Otherwise, the called function returns
// FALSE and updates pRevStatus. dwIndex is set to the index of
// the first context that was found to be revoked or unable to be checked.
// dwError and LastError are updated. For CRYPT_E_REVOKED, dwReason
// is updated. Upon input to the called function, dwIndex, dwError and
// dwReason have been zero'ed. cbSize has been checked to be >=
// sizeof(CERT_REVOCATION_STATUS).
//
// If the called function returns FALSE, and dwError isn't set to
// CRYPT_E_REVOKED, then, CertVerifyRevocation either continues on to the
// next DLL in the list for a returned dwIndex of 0 or for a returned
// dwIndex > 0, restarts the process of finding a verify function by
// advancing the start of the context array to the returned dwIndex and
// decrementing the count of remaining contexts.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifyRevocation(
IN DWORD dwEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwRevType,
IN DWORD cContext,
IN PVOID rgpvContext[],
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL PCERT_REVOCATION_PARA pRevPara,
IN OUT PCERT_REVOCATION_STATUS pRevStatus
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Revocation types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_CONTEXT_REVOCATION_TYPE 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// When the following flag is set, rgpvContext[] consists of a chain
// of certificates, where rgpvContext[i + 1] is the issuer of rgpvContext[i].
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_VERIFY_REV_CHAIN_FLAG 0x00000001
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_VERIFY_CACHE_ONLY_BASED_REVOCATION prevents the revocation handler from
// accessing any network based resources for revocation checking
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_VERIFY_CACHE_ONLY_BASED_REVOCATION 0x00000002
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CONTEXT_REVOCATION_TYPE
//
// pvContext points to a const CERT_CONTEXT.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Helper APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compare two multiple byte integer blobs to see if they are identical.
//
// Before doing the comparison, leading zero bytes are removed from a
// positive number and leading 0xFF bytes are removed from a negative
// number.
//
// The multiple byte integers are treated as Little Endian. pbData[0] is the
// least significant byte and pbData[cbData - 1] is the most significant
// byte.
//
// Returns TRUE if the integer blobs are identical after removing leading
// 0 or 0xFF bytes.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOOL
WINAPI
CertCompareIntegerBlob(
IN PCRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB pInt1,
IN PCRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB pInt2
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compare two certificates to see if they are identical.
//
// Since a certificate is uniquely identified by its Issuer and SerialNumber,
// these are the only fields needing to be compared.
//
// Returns TRUE if the certificates are identical.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertCompareCertificate(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertId1,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertId2
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compare two certificate names to see if they are identical.
//
// Returns TRUE if the names are identical.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertCompareCertificateName(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pCertName1,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pCertName2
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compare the attributes in the certificate name with the specified
// Relative Distinguished Name's (CERT_RDN) array of attributes.
// The comparison iterates through the CERT_RDN attributes and looks for an
// attribute match in any of the certificate name's RDNs.
// Returns TRUE if all the attributes are found and match.
//
// The CERT_RDN_ATTR fields can have the following special values:
// pszObjId == NULL - ignore the attribute object identifier
// dwValueType == RDN_ANY_TYPE - ignore the value type
//
// CERT_CASE_INSENSITIVE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG should be set to do
// a case insensitive match. Otherwise, defaults to an exact, case sensitive
// match.
//
// CERT_UNICODE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG should be set if the pRDN was initialized
// with unicode strings as for CryptEncodeObject(X509_UNICODE_NAME).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertIsRDNAttrsInCertificateName(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pCertName,
IN PCERT_RDN pRDN
);
#define CERT_UNICODE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_CASE_INSENSITIVE_IS_RDN_ATTRS_FLAG 0x2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compare two public keys to see if they are identical.
//
// Returns TRUE if the keys are identical.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertComparePublicKeyInfo(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKey1,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKey2
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the public/private key's bit length.
//
// Returns 0 if unable to determine the key's length.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertGetPublicKeyLength(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKey
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify the signature of a subject certificate or a CRL using the
// public key info
//
// Returns TRUE for a valid signature.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to verify the signature.
// It doesn't need to use a private key.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyCertificateSignature(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE * pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKey
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify the signature of a subject certificate, CRL, certificate request
// or keygen request using the issuer's public key.
//
// Returns TRUE for a valid signature.
//
// The subject can be an encoded blob or a context for a certificate or CRL.
// For a subject certificate context, if the certificate is missing
// inheritable PublicKey Algorithm Parameters, the context's
// CERT_PUBKEY_ALG_PARA_PROP_ID is updated with the issuer's public key
// algorithm parameters for a valid signature.
//
// The issuer can be a pointer to a CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO, certificate
// context or a chain context.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to verify the signature.
// Its private key isn't used. If hCryptProv is NULL, a default
// provider is picked according to the PublicKey Algorithm OID.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyCertificateSignatureEx(
IN OPTIONAL HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwSubjectType,
IN void *pvSubject,
IN DWORD dwIssuerType,
IN void *pvIssuer,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved
);
// Subject Types
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_SUBJECT_BLOB 1
// pvSubject :: PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_SUBJECT_CERT 2
// pvSubject :: PCCERT_CONTEXT
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_SUBJECT_CRL 3
// pvSubject :: PCCRL_CONTEXT
// Issuer Types
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_ISSUER_PUBKEY 1
// pvIssuer :: PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_ISSUER_CERT 2
// pvIssuer :: PCCERT_CONTEXT
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CERT_SIGN_ISSUER_CHAIN 3
// pvIssuer :: PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compute the hash of the "to be signed" information in the encoded
// signed content (CERT_SIGNED_CONTENT_INFO).
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to compute the hash.
// It doesn't need to use a private key.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashToBeSigned(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
OUT BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Hash the encoded content.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to compute the hash.
// It doesn't need to use a private key.
//
// Algid specifies the CAPI hash algorithm to use. If Algid is 0, then, the
// default hash algorithm (currently SHA1) is used.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashCertificate(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN ALG_ID Algid,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN const BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN DWORD cbEncoded,
OUT BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sign the "to be signed" information in the encoded signed content.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to do the signature.
// It uses the specified private key.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignCertificate(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwKeySpec,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbEncodedToBeSigned,
IN DWORD cbEncodedToBeSigned,
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pSignatureAlgorithm,
IN OPTIONAL const void *pvHashAuxInfo,
OUT BYTE *pbSignature,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbSignature
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Encode the "to be signed" information. Sign the encoded "to be signed".
// Encode the "to be signed" and the signature.
//
// hCryptProv specifies the crypto provider to use to do the signature.
// It uses the specified private key.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignAndEncodeCertificate(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwKeySpec,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR lpszStructType, // "to be signed"
IN const void *pvStructInfo,
IN PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pSignatureAlgorithm,
IN OPTIONAL const void *pvHashAuxInfo,
OUT PBYTE pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify the time validity of a certificate.
//
// Returns -1 if before NotBefore, +1 if after NotAfter and otherwise 0 for
// a valid certificate
//
// If pTimeToVerify is NULL, uses the current time.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
LONG
WINAPI
CertVerifyTimeValidity(
IN LPFILETIME pTimeToVerify,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify the time validity of a CRL.
//
// Returns -1 if before ThisUpdate, +1 if after NextUpdate and otherwise 0 for
// a valid CRL
//
// If pTimeToVerify is NULL, uses the current time.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
LONG
WINAPI
CertVerifyCRLTimeValidity(
IN LPFILETIME pTimeToVerify,
IN PCRL_INFO pCrlInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify that the subject's time validity nests within the issuer's time
// validity.
//
// Returns TRUE if it nests. Otherwise, returns FALSE.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifyValidityNesting(
IN PCERT_INFO pSubjectInfo,
IN PCERT_INFO pIssuerInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify that the subject certificate isn't on its issuer CRL.
//
// Returns true if the certificate isn't on the CRL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifyCRLRevocation(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertId, // Only the Issuer and SerialNumber
// fields are used
IN DWORD cCrlInfo,
IN PCRL_INFO rgpCrlInfo[]
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert the CAPI AlgId to the ASN.1 Object Identifier string
//
// Returns NULL if there isn't an ObjId corresponding to the AlgId.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
LPCSTR
WINAPI
CertAlgIdToOID(
IN DWORD dwAlgId
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert the ASN.1 Object Identifier string to the CAPI AlgId.
//
// Returns 0 if there isn't an AlgId corresponding to the ObjId.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertOIDToAlgId(
IN LPCSTR pszObjId
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find an extension identified by its Object Identifier.
//
// If found, returns pointer to the extension. Otherwise, returns NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCERT_EXTENSION
WINAPI
CertFindExtension(
IN LPCSTR pszObjId,
IN DWORD cExtensions,
IN CERT_EXTENSION rgExtensions[]
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first attribute identified by its Object Identifier.
//
// If found, returns pointer to the attribute. Otherwise, returns NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE
WINAPI
CertFindAttribute(
IN LPCSTR pszObjId,
IN DWORD cAttr,
IN CRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAttr[]
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first CERT_RDN attribute identified by its Object Identifier in
// the name's list of Relative Distinguished Names.
//
// If found, returns pointer to the attribute. Otherwise, returns NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCERT_RDN_ATTR
WINAPI
CertFindRDNAttr(
IN LPCSTR pszObjId,
IN PCERT_NAME_INFO pName
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the intended key usage bytes from the certificate.
//
// If the certificate doesn't have any intended key usage bytes, returns FALSE
// and *pbKeyUsage is zeroed. Otherwise, returns TRUE and up through
// cbKeyUsage bytes are copied into *pbKeyUsage. Any remaining uncopied
// bytes are zeroed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetIntendedKeyUsage(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_INFO pCertInfo,
OUT BYTE *pbKeyUsage,
IN DWORD cbKeyUsage
);
typedef void *HCRYPTDEFAULTCONTEXT;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Install a previously CryptAcquiredContext'ed HCRYPTPROV to be used as
// a default context.
//
// dwDefaultType and pvDefaultPara specify where the default context is used.
// For example, install the HCRYPTPROV to be used to verify certificate's
// having szOID_OIWSEC_md5RSA signatures.
//
// By default, the installed HCRYPTPROV is only applicable to the current
// thread. Set CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_PROCESS_FLAG to allow the HCRYPTPROV
// to be used by all threads in the current process.
//
// For a successful install, TRUE is returned and *phDefaultContext is
// updated with the HANDLE to be passed to CryptUninstallDefaultContext.
//
// The installed HCRYPTPROVs are stack ordered (the last installed
// HCRYPTPROV is checked first). All thread installed HCRYPTPROVs are
// checked before any process HCRYPTPROVs.
//
// The installed HCRYPTPROV remains available for default usage until
// CryptUninstallDefaultContext is called or the thread or process exits.
//
// If CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_AUTO_RELEASE_FLAG is set, then, the HCRYPTPROV
// is CryptReleaseContext'ed at thread or process exit. However,
// not CryptReleaseContext'ed if CryptUninstallDefaultContext is
// called.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptInstallDefaultContext(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwDefaultType,
IN const void *pvDefaultPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved,
OUT HCRYPTDEFAULTCONTEXT *phDefaultContext
);
// dwFlags
#define CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_AUTO_RELEASE_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_PROCESS_FLAG 0x00000002
// List of dwDefaultType's
#define CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_CERT_SIGN_OID 1
#define CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_CERT_SIGN_OID 2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_CERT_SIGN_OID
//
// Install a default HCRYPTPROV used to verify a certificate
// signature. pvDefaultPara points to the szOID of the certificate
// signature algorithm, for example, szOID_OIWSEC_md5RSA. If
// pvDefaultPara is NULL, then, the HCRYPTPROV is used to verify all
// certificate signatures. Note, pvDefaultPara can't be NULL when
// CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_PROCESS_FLAG is set.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_CERT_SIGN_OID
//
// Same as CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_CERT_SIGN_OID. However, the default
// HCRYPTPROV is to be used for multiple signature szOIDs. pvDefaultPara
// points to a CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_OID_PARA structure containing
// an array of szOID pointers.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_OID_PARA {
DWORD cOID;
LPSTR *rgpszOID;
} CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_OID_PARA, *PCRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MULTI_OID_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Uninstall a default context previously installed by
// CryptInstallDefaultContext.
//
// For a default context installed with CRYPT_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_PROCESS_FLAG
// set, if any other threads are currently using this context,
// this function will block until they finish.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUninstallDefaultContext(
HCRYPTDEFAULTCONTEXT hDefaultContext,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Export the public key info associated with the provider's corresponding
// private key.
//
// Calls CryptExportPublicKeyInfo with pszPublicKeyObjId = szOID_RSA_RSA,
// dwFlags = 0 and pvAuxInfo = NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptExportPublicKeyInfo(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwKeySpec,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
OUT PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pInfo,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Export the public key info associated with the provider's corresponding
// private key.
//
// Uses the dwCertEncodingType and pszPublicKeyObjId to call the
// installable CRYPT_OID_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO_FUNC. The called function
// has the same signature as CryptExportPublicKeyInfoEx.
//
// If unable to find an installable OID function for the pszPublicKeyObjId,
// attempts to export as a RSA Public Key (szOID_RSA_RSA).
//
// The dwFlags and pvAuxInfo aren't used for szOID_RSA_RSA.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_OID_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO_FUNC "CryptDllExportPublicKeyInfoEx"
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptExportPublicKeyInfoEx(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwKeySpec,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPSTR pszPublicKeyObjId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvAuxInfo,
OUT PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pInfo,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbInfo
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert and import the public key info into the provider and return a
// handle to the public key.
//
// Calls CryptImportPublicKeyInfoEx with aiKeyAlg = 0, dwFlags = 0 and
// pvAuxInfo = NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptImportPublicKeyInfo(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pInfo,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phKey
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert and import the public key info into the provider and return a
// handle to the public key.
//
// Uses the dwCertEncodingType and pInfo->Algorithm.pszObjId to call the
// installable CRYPT_OID_IMPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO_FUNC. The called function
// has the same signature as CryptImportPublicKeyInfoEx.
//
// If unable to find an installable OID function for the pszObjId,
// attempts to import as a RSA Public Key (szOID_RSA_RSA).
//
// For szOID_RSA_RSA: aiKeyAlg may be set to CALG_RSA_SIGN or CALG_RSA_KEYX.
// Defaults to CALG_RSA_KEYX. The dwFlags and pvAuxInfo aren't used.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CRYPT_OID_IMPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO_FUNC "CryptDllImportPublicKeyInfoEx"
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptImportPublicKeyInfoEx(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pInfo,
IN ALG_ID aiKeyAlg,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvAuxInfo,
OUT HCRYPTKEY *phKey
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Acquire a HCRYPTPROV handle and dwKeySpec for the specified certificate
// context. Uses the certificate's CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property.
// The returned HCRYPTPROV handle may optionally be cached using the
// certificate's CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID property.
//
// If CRYPT_ACQUIRE_CACHE_FLAG is set, then, if an already acquired and
// cached HCRYPTPROV exists for the certificate, its returned. Otherwise,
// a HCRYPTPROV is acquired and then cached via the certificate's
// CERT_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID.
//
// The CRYPT_ACQUIRE_USE_PROV_INFO_FLAG can be set to use the dwFlags field of
// the certificate's CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property's CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO
// data structure to determine if the returned HCRYPTPROV should be cached.
// HCRYPTPROV caching is enabled if the CERT_SET_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID flag was
// set.
//
// If CRYPT_ACQUIRE_COMPARE_KEY_FLAG is set, then,
// the public key in the certificate is compared with the public
// key returned by the cryptographic provider. If the keys don't match, the
// acquire fails and LastError is set to NTE_BAD_PUBLIC_KEY. Note, if
// a cached HCRYPTPROV is returned, the comparison isn't done. We assume the
// comparison was done on the initial acquire.
//
// *pfCallerFreeProv is returned set to FALSE for:
// - Acquire or public key comparison fails.
// - CRYPT_ACQUIRE_CACHE_FLAG is set.
// - CRYPT_ACQUIRE_USE_PROV_INFO_FLAG is set AND
// CERT_SET_KEY_CONTEXT_PROP_ID flag is set in the dwFlags field of the
// certificate's CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property's
// CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO data structure.
// When *pfCallerFreeProv is FALSE, the caller must not release. The
// returned HCRYPTPROV will be released on the last free of the certificate
// context.
//
// Otherwise, *pfCallerFreeProv is TRUE and the returned HCRYPTPROV must
// be released by the caller by calling CryptReleaseContext.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptAcquireCertificatePrivateKey(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCert,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved,
OUT HCRYPTPROV *phCryptProv,
OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pdwKeySpec,
OUT OPTIONAL BOOL *pfCallerFreeProv
);
#define CRYPT_ACQUIRE_CACHE_FLAG 0x1
#define CRYPT_ACQUIRE_USE_PROV_INFO_FLAG 0x2
#define CRYPT_ACQUIRE_COMPARE_KEY_FLAG 0x4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerates the cryptographic providers and their containers to find the
// private key corresponding to the certificate's public key. For a match,
// the certificate's CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID property is updated.
//
// If the CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID is already set, then, its checked to
// see if it matches the provider's public key. For a match, the above
// enumeration is skipped.
//
// By default both the user and machine key containers are searched.
// The CRYPT_FIND_USER_KEYSET_FLAG or CRYPT_FIND_MACHINE_KEYSET_FLAG
// can be set in dwFlags to restrict the search to either of the containers.
//
// If a container isn't found, returns FALSE with LastError set to
// NTE_NO_KEY.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptFindCertificateKeyProvInfo(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCert,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved
);
#define CRYPT_FIND_USER_KEYSET_FLAG 0x1
#define CRYPT_FIND_MACHINE_KEYSET_FLAG 0x2
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is the prototype for the installable function which is called to
// actually import a key into a CSP. an installable of this type is called
// from CryptImportPKCS8. the algorithm OID of the private key is used
// to look up the proper installable function to call.
//
// hCryptProv - the provider to import the key to
// pPrivateKeyInfo - describes the key to be imported
// dwFlags - The available flags are:
// CRYPT_EXPORTABLE
// this flag is used when importing private keys, for a full
// explanation please see the documentation for CryptImportKey.
// pvAuxInfo - reserved for future, must be NULL
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_IMPORT_PRIV_KEY_FUNC) (
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv, // in
CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO *pPrivateKeyInfo, // in
DWORD dwFlags, // in, optional
void *pvAuxInfo // in, optional
);
#define CRYPT_OID_IMPORT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO_FUNC "CryptDllImportPrivateKeyInfoEx"
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert (from PKCS8 format) and import the private key into a provider
// and return a handle to the provider as well as the KeySpec used to import to.
//
// This function will call the PRESOLVE_HCRYPTPROV_FUNC in the
// privateKeyAndParams to obtain a handle of provider to import the key to.
// if the PRESOLVE_HCRYPTPROV_FUNC is NULL then the default provider will be used.
//
// privateKeyAndParams - private key blob and corresponding parameters
// dwFlags - The available flags are:
// CRYPT_EXPORTABLE
// this flag is used when importing private keys, for a full
// explanation please see the documentation for CryptImportKey.
// phCryptProv - filled in with the handle of the provider the key was
// imported to, the caller is responsible for freeing it
// pvAuxInfo - This parameter is reserved for future use and should be set
// to NULL in the interim.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptImportPKCS8(
CRYPT_PKCS8_IMPORT_PARAMS sImportParams, // in
DWORD dwFlags, // in, optional
HCRYPTPROV *phCryptProv, // out, optional
void *pvAuxInfo // in, optional
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this is the prototype for installable functions for exporting the private key
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_EXPORT_PRIV_KEY_FUNC) (
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv, // in
DWORD dwKeySpec, // in
LPSTR pszPrivateKeyObjId, // in
DWORD dwFlags, // in
void *pvAuxInfo, // in
CRYPT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO *pPrivateKeyInfo, // out
DWORD *pcbPrivateKeyBlob // in, out
);
#define CRYPT_OID_EXPORT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO_FUNC "CryptDllExportPrivateKeyInfoEx"
#define CRYPT_DELETE_KEYSET 0x0001
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CryptExportPKCS8 -- superseded by CryptExportPKCS8Ex
//
// Export the private key in PKCS8 format
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptExportPKCS8(
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv, // in
DWORD dwKeySpec, // in
LPSTR pszPrivateKeyObjId, // in
DWORD dwFlags, // in
void *pvAuxInfo, // in
BYTE *pbPrivateKeyBlob, // out
DWORD *pcbPrivateKeyBlob // in, out
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CryptExportPKCS8Ex
//
// Export the private key in PKCS8 format
//
//
// Uses the pszPrivateKeyObjId to call the
// installable CRYPT_OID_EXPORT_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO_FUNC. The called function
// has the signature defined by PFN_EXPORT_PRIV_KEY_FUNC.
//
// If unable to find an installable OID function for the pszPrivateKeyObjId,
// attempts to export as a RSA Private Key (szOID_RSA_RSA).
//
// psExportParams - specifies information about the key to export
// dwFlags - The flag values. None currently supported
// pvAuxInfo - This parameter is reserved for future use and should be set to
// NULL in the interim.
// pbPrivateKeyBlob - A pointer to the private key blob. It will be encoded
// as a PKCS8 PrivateKeyInfo.
// pcbPrivateKeyBlob - A pointer to a DWORD that contains the size, in bytes,
// of the private key blob being exported.
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptExportPKCS8Ex(
CRYPT_PKCS8_EXPORT_PARAMS* psExportParams, // in
DWORD dwFlags, // in
void *pvAuxInfo, // in
BYTE *pbPrivateKeyBlob, // out
DWORD *pcbPrivateKeyBlob // in, out
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compute the hash of the encoded public key info.
//
// The public key info is encoded and then hashed.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashPublicKeyInfo(
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv,
IN ALG_ID Algid,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pInfo,
OUT BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert a Name Value to a null terminated char string
//
// Returns the number of characters converted including the terminating null
// character. If psz is NULL or csz is 0, returns the required size of the
// destination string (including the terminating null char).
//
// If psz != NULL && csz != 0, returned psz is always NULL terminated.
//
// Note: csz includes the NULL char.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertRDNValueToStrA(
IN DWORD dwValueType,
IN PCERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB pValue,
OUT OPTIONAL LPSTR psz,
IN DWORD csz
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert a Name Value to a null terminated char string
//
// Returns the number of characters converted including the terminating null
// character. If psz is NULL or csz is 0, returns the required size of the
// destination string (including the terminating null char).
//
// If psz != NULL && csz != 0, returned psz is always NULL terminated.
//
// Note: csz includes the NULL char.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertRDNValueToStrW(
IN DWORD dwValueType,
IN PCERT_RDN_VALUE_BLOB pValue,
OUT OPTIONAL LPWSTR psz,
IN DWORD csz
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertRDNValueToStr CertRDNValueToStrW
#else
#define CertRDNValueToStr CertRDNValueToStrA
#endif // !UNICODE
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert the certificate name blob to a null terminated char string.
//
// Follows the string representation of distinguished names specified in
// RFC 1779. (Note, added double quoting "" for embedded quotes, quote
// empty strings and don't quote strings containing consecutive spaces).
// RDN values of type CERT_RDN_ENCODED_BLOB or CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING are
// formatted in hexadecimal (e.g. #0A56CF).
//
// The name string is formatted according to the dwStrType:
// CERT_SIMPLE_NAME_STR
// The object identifiers are discarded. CERT_RDN entries are separated
// by ", ". Multiple attributes per CERT_RDN are separated by " + ".
// For example:
// Microsoft, Joe Cool + Programmer
// CERT_OID_NAME_STR
// The object identifiers are included with a "=" separator from their
// attribute value. CERT_RDN entries are separated by ", ".
// Multiple attributes per CERT_RDN are separated by " + ". For example:
// 2.5.4.11=Microsoft, 2.5.4.3=Joe Cool + 2.5.4.12=Programmer
// CERT_X500_NAME_STR
// The object identifiers are converted to their X500 key name. Otherwise,
// same as CERT_OID_NAME_STR. If the object identifier doesn't have
// a corresponding X500 key name, then, the object identifier is used with
// a "OID." prefix. For example:
// OU=Microsoft, CN=Joe Cool + T=Programmer, OID.1.2.3.4.5.6=Unknown
//
// We quote the RDN value if it contains leading or trailing whitespace
// or one of the following characters: ",", "+", "=", """, "\n", "<", ">",
// "#" or ";". The quoting character is ". If the the RDN Value contains
// a " it is double quoted (""). For example:
// OU=" Microsoft", CN="Joe ""Cool""" + T="Programmer, Manager"
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_SEMICOLON_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to replace
// the ", " separator with a "; " separator.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_CRLF_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to replace
// the ", " separator with a "\r\n" separator.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_NO_PLUS_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to replace the
// " + " separator with a single space, " ".
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_NO_QUOTING_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to inhibit
// the above quoting.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_REVERSE_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to reverse the
// order of the RDNs before converting to the string.
//
// By default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING encoded values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// CERT_NAME_STR_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to
// skip the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
//
// Returns the number of characters converted including the terminating null
// character. If psz is NULL or csz is 0, returns the required size of the
// destination string (including the terminating null char).
//
// If psz != NULL && csz != 0, returned psz is always NULL terminated.
//
// Note: csz includes the NULL char.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertNameToStrA(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pName,
IN DWORD dwStrType,
OUT OPTIONAL LPSTR psz,
IN DWORD csz
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertNameToStrW(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pName,
IN DWORD dwStrType,
OUT OPTIONAL LPWSTR psz,
IN DWORD csz
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertNameToStr CertNameToStrW
#else
#define CertNameToStr CertNameToStrA
#endif // !UNICODE
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate name string types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_SIMPLE_NAME_STR 1
#define CERT_OID_NAME_STR 2
#define CERT_X500_NAME_STR 3
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate name string type flags OR'ed with the above types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_NAME_STR_SEMICOLON_FLAG 0x40000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_NO_PLUS_FLAG 0x20000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_NO_QUOTING_FLAG 0x10000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_CRLF_FLAG 0x08000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_COMMA_FLAG 0x04000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_REVERSE_FLAG 0x02000000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG 0x00010000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG 0x00020000
#define CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG 0x00040000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Convert the null terminated X500 string to an encoded certificate name.
//
// The input string is expected to be formatted the same as the output
// from the above CertNameToStr API.
//
// The CERT_SIMPLE_NAME_STR type isn't supported. Otherwise, when dwStrType
// is set to 0, CERT_OID_NAME_STR or CERT_X500_NAME_STR, allow either a
// case insensitive X500 key (CN=), case insensitive "OID." prefixed
// object identifier (OID.1.2.3.4.5.6=) or an object identifier (1.2.3.4=).
//
// If no flags are OR'ed into dwStrType, then, allow "," or ";" as RDN
// separators and "+" as the multiple RDN value separator. Quoting is
// supported. A quote may be included in a quoted value by double quoting,
// for example (CN="Joe ""Cool"""). A value starting with a "#" is treated
// as ascii hex and converted to a CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING. Embedded whitespace
// is skipped (1.2.3 = # AB CD 01 is the same as 1.2.3=#ABCD01).
//
// Whitespace surrounding the keys, object identifers and values is removed.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_COMMA_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to only allow the
// "," as the RDN separator.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_SEMICOLON_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to only allow the
// ";" as the RDN separator.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_CRLF_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to only allow
// "\r" or "\n" as the RDN separator.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_NO_PLUS_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to ignore "+"
// as a separator and not allow multiple values per RDN.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_NO_QUOTING_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to inhibit
// quoting.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_REVERSE_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to reverse the
// order of the RDNs after converting from the string and before encoding.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to
// to select the CERT_RDN_T61_STRING encoded value type instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING if all the UNICODE characters are <= 0xFF.
//
// CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG can be or'ed into dwStrType to
// to select the CERT_RDN_UTF8_STRING encoded value type instead of
// CERT_RDN_UNICODE_STRING.
//
// Support the following X500 Keys:
//
// Key Object Identifier RDN Value Type(s)
// --- ----------------- -----------------
// CN szOID_COMMON_NAME Printable, Unicode
// L szOID_LOCALITY_NAME Printable, Unicode
// O szOID_ORGANIZATION_NAME Printable, Unicode
// OU szOID_ORGANIZATIONAL_UNIT_NAME Printable, Unicode
// E szOID_RSA_emailAddr Only IA5
// Email szOID_RSA_emailAddr Only IA5
// C szOID_COUNTRY_NAME Only Printable
// S szOID_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_NAME Printable, Unicode
// ST szOID_STATE_OR_PROVINCE_NAME Printable, Unicode
// STREET szOID_STREET_ADDRESS Printable, Unicode
// T szOID_TITLE Printable, Unicode
// Title szOID_TITLE Printable, Unicode
// G szOID_GIVEN_NAME Printable, Unicode
// GivenName szOID_GIVEN_NAME Printable, Unicode
// I szOID_INITIALS Printable, Unicode
// Initials szOID_INITIALS Printable, Unicode
// SN szOID_SUR_NAME Printable, Unicode
// DC szOID_DOMAIN_COMPONENT IA5, UTF8
//
// Note, T61 is selected instead of Unicode if
// CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_T61_UNICODE_FLAG is set and all the unicode
// characters are <= 0xFF.
//
// Note, UTF8 is selected instead of Unicode if
// CERT_NAME_STR_ENABLE_UTF8_UNICODE_FLAG is set.
//
// Returns TRUE if successfully parsed the input string and encoded
// the name.
//
// If the input string is detected to be invalid, *ppszError is updated
// to point to the beginning of the invalid character sequence. Otherwise,
// *ppszError is set to NULL. *ppszError is updated with a non-NULL pointer
// for the following errors:
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_X500_STRING
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_NUMERIC_STRING
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_PRINTABLE_STRING
// CRYPT_E_INVALID_IA5_STRING
//
// ppszError can be set to NULL if not interested in getting a pointer
// to the invalid character sequence.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertStrToNameA(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCSTR pszX500,
IN DWORD dwStrType,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded,
OUT OPTIONAL LPCSTR *ppszError
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertStrToNameW(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN LPCWSTR pszX500,
IN DWORD dwStrType,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT BYTE *pbEncoded,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncoded,
OUT OPTIONAL LPCWSTR *ppszError
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertStrToName CertStrToNameW
#else
#define CertStrToName CertStrToNameA
#endif // !UNICODE
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the subject or issuer name from the certificate and
// according to the specified format type, convert to a null terminated
// character string.
//
// CERT_NAME_ISSUER_FLAG can be set to get the issuer's name. Otherwise,
// gets the subject's name.
//
// By default, CERT_RDN_T61_STRING encoded values are initially decoded
// as UTF8. If the UTF8 decoding fails, then, decoded as 8 bit characters.
// CERT_NAME_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG can be set in dwFlags to
// skip the initial attempt to decode as UTF8.
//
// The name string is formatted according to the dwType:
// CERT_NAME_EMAIL_TYPE
// If the certificate has a Subject Alternative Name extension (for
// issuer, Issuer Alternative Name), searches for first rfc822Name choice.
// If the rfc822Name choice isn't found in the extension, searches the
// Subject Name field for the Email OID, "1.2.840.113549.1.9.1".
// If the rfc822Name or Email OID is found, returns the string. Otherwise,
// returns an empty string (returned character count is 1).
// CERT_NAME_RDN_TYPE
// Converts the Subject Name blob by calling CertNameToStr. pvTypePara
// points to a DWORD containing the dwStrType passed to CertNameToStr.
// If the Subject Name field is empty and the certificate has a
// Subject Alternative Name extension, searches for and converts
// the first directoryName choice.
// CERT_NAME_ATTR_TYPE
// pvTypePara points to the Object Identifier specifying the name attribute
// to be returned. For example, to get the CN,
// pvTypePara = szOID_COMMON_NAME ("2.5.4.3"). Searches, the Subject Name
// field for the attribute.
// If the Subject Name field is empty and the certificate has a
// Subject Alternative Name extension, checks for
// the first directoryName choice and searches it.
//
// Note, searches the RDNs in reverse order.
//
// CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE
// Iterates through the following list of name attributes and searches
// the Subject Name and then the Subject Alternative Name extension
// for the first occurrence of:
// szOID_COMMON_NAME ("2.5.4.3")
// szOID_ORGANIZATIONAL_UNIT_NAME ("2.5.4.11")
// szOID_ORGANIZATION_NAME ("2.5.4.10")
// szOID_RSA_emailAddr ("1.2.840.113549.1.9.1")
//
// If none of the above attributes is found, then, searches the
// Subject Alternative Name extension for a rfc822Name choice.
//
// If still no match, then, returns the first attribute.
//
// Note, like CERT_NAME_ATTR_TYPE, searches the RDNs in reverse order.
//
// CERT_NAME_FRIENDLY_DISPLAY_TYPE
// First checks if the certificate has a CERT_FRIENDLY_NAME_PROP_ID
// property. If it does, then, this property is returned. Otherwise,
// returns the above CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE.
//
// Returns the number of characters converted including the terminating null
// character. If pwszNameString is NULL or cchNameString is 0, returns the
// required size of the destination string (including the terminating null
// char). If the specified name type isn't found. returns an empty string
// with a returned character count of 1.
//
// If pwszNameString != NULL && cwszNameString != 0, returned pwszNameString
// is always NULL terminated.
//
// Note: cchNameString includes the NULL char.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertGetNameStringA(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvTypePara,
OUT OPTIONAL LPSTR pszNameString,
IN DWORD cchNameString
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
DWORD
WINAPI
CertGetNameStringW(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN DWORD dwType,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvTypePara,
OUT OPTIONAL LPWSTR pszNameString,
IN DWORD cchNameString
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertGetNameString CertGetNameStringW
#else
#define CertGetNameString CertGetNameStringA
#endif // !UNICODE
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate name types
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_NAME_EMAIL_TYPE 1
#define CERT_NAME_RDN_TYPE 2
#define CERT_NAME_ATTR_TYPE 3
#define CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE 4
#define CERT_NAME_FRIENDLY_DISPLAY_TYPE 5
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Certificate name flags
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_NAME_ISSUER_FLAG 0x1
#define CERT_NAME_DISABLE_IE4_UTF8_FLAG 0x00010000
//+=========================================================================
// Simplified Cryptographic Message Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Conventions for the *pb and *pcb output parameters:
//
// Upon entry to the function:
// if pcb is OPTIONAL && pcb == NULL, then,
// No output is returned
// else if pb == NULL && pcb != NULL, then,
// Length only determination. No length error is
// returned.
// otherwise where (pb != NULL && pcb != NULL && *pcb != 0)
// Output is returned. If *pcb isn't big enough a
// length error is returned. In all cases *pcb is updated
// with the actual length needed/returned.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Type definitions of the parameters used for doing the cryptographic
// operations.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Callback to get and verify the signer's certificate.
//
// Passed the CertId of the signer (its Issuer and SerialNumber) and a
// handle to its cryptographic signed message's cert store.
//
// For CRYPT_E_NO_SIGNER, called with pSignerId == NULL.
//
// For a valid signer certificate, returns a pointer to a read only
// CERT_CONTEXT. The returned CERT_CONTEXT is either obtained from a
// cert store or was created via CertCreateCertificateContext. For either case,
// its freed via CertFreeCertificateContext.
//
// If a valid certificate isn't found, this callback returns NULL with
// LastError set via SetLastError().
//
// The NULL implementation tries to get the Signer certificate from the
// message cert store. It doesn't verify the certificate.
//
// Note, if the KEYID choice was selected for a CMS SignerId, then, the
// SerialNumber is 0 and the Issuer is encoded containing a single RDN with a
// single Attribute whose OID is szOID_KEYID_RDN, value type is
// CERT_RDN_OCTET_STRING and value is the KEYID. When the
// CertGetSubjectCertificateFromStore and
// CertFindCertificateInStore(CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT) APIs see this
// special KEYID Issuer and SerialNumber, they do a KEYID match.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef PCCERT_CONTEXT (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_GET_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE)(
IN void *pvGetArg,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN PCERT_INFO pSignerId, // Only the Issuer and SerialNumber
// fields have been updated
IN HCERTSTORE hMsgCertStore
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA are used for signing messages using the
// specified signing certificate context.
//
// Either the CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID must
// be set for each rgpSigningCert[]. Either one specifies the private
// signature key to use.
//
// If any certificates and/or CRLs are to be included in the signed message,
// then, the MsgCert and MsgCrl parameters need to be updated. If the
// rgpSigningCerts are to be included, then, they must also be in the
// rgpMsgCert array.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//
// pvHashAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//
// dwFlags normally is set to 0. However, if the encoded output
// is to be a CMSG_SIGNED inner content of an outer cryptographic message,
// such as a CMSG_ENVELOPED, then, the CRYPT_MESSAGE_BARE_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG
// should be set. If not set, then it would be encoded as an inner content
// type of CMSG_DATA.
//
// dwInnerContentType is normally set to 0. It needs to be set if the
// ToBeSigned input is the encoded output of another cryptographic
// message, such as, an CMSG_ENVELOPED. When set, it's one of the cryptographic
// message types, for example, CMSG_ENVELOPED.
//
// If the inner content of a nested cryptographic message is data (CMSG_DATA
// the default), then, neither dwFlags or dwInnerContentType need to be set.
//
// For CMS messages, CRYPT_MESSAGE_ENCAPSULATED_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG may be
// set to encapsulate nonData inner content within an OCTET STRING.
//
// For CMS messages, CRYPT_MESSAGE_KEYID_SIGNER_FLAG may be set to identify
// signers by their Key Identifier and not their Issuer and Serial Number.
//
// If HashEncryptionAlgorithm is present and not NULL its used instead of
// the SigningCert's PublicKeyInfo.Algorithm.
//
// Note, for RSA, the hash encryption algorithm is normally the same as
// the public key algorithm. For DSA, the hash encryption algorithm is
// normally a DSS signature algorithm.
//
// pvHashEncryptionAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL if
// present in the data structure.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgEncodingType;
PCCERT_CONTEXT pSigningCert;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
void *pvHashAuxInfo;
DWORD cMsgCert;
PCCERT_CONTEXT *rgpMsgCert;
DWORD cMsgCrl;
PCCRL_CONTEXT *rgpMsgCrl;
DWORD cAuthAttr;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgAuthAttr;
DWORD cUnauthAttr;
PCRYPT_ATTRIBUTE rgUnauthAttr;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwInnerContentType;
#ifdef CRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA_HAS_CMS_FIELDS
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvHashEncryptionAuxInfo;
#endif
} CRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA;
#define CRYPT_MESSAGE_BARE_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG 0x1
// When set, nonData type inner content is encapsulated within an
// OCTET STRING
#define CRYPT_MESSAGE_ENCAPSULATED_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG 0x2
// When set, signers are identified by their Key Identifier and not
// their Issuer and Serial Number.
#define CRYPT_MESSAGE_KEYID_SIGNER_FLAG 0x4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA are used to verify signed messages.
//
// hCryptProv is used to do hashing and signature verification.
//
// The dwCertEncodingType specifies the encoding type of the certificates
// and/or CRLs in the message.
//
// pfnGetSignerCertificate is called to get and verify the message signer's
// certificate.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
PFN_CRYPT_GET_SIGNER_CERTIFICATE pfnGetSignerCertificate;
void *pvGetArg;
} CRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA are used for encrypting messages.
//
// hCryptProv is used to do content encryption, recipient key
// encryption, and recipient key export. Its private key
// isn't used.
//
// Currently, pvEncryptionAuxInfo is only defined for RC2 or RC4 encryption
// algorithms. Otherwise, its not used and must be set to NULL.
// See CMSG_RC2_AUX_INFO for the RC2 encryption algorithms.
// See CMSG_RC4_AUX_INFO for the RC4 encryption algorithms.
//
// To enable SP3 compatible encryption, pvEncryptionAuxInfo should point to
// a CMSG_SP3_COMPATIBLE_AUX_INFO data structure.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//
// dwFlags normally is set to 0. However, if the encoded output
// is to be a CMSG_ENVELOPED inner content of an outer cryptographic message,
// such as a CMSG_SIGNED, then, the CRYPT_MESSAGE_BARE_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG
// should be set. If not set, then it would be encoded as an inner content
// type of CMSG_DATA.
//
// dwInnerContentType is normally set to 0. It needs to be set if the
// ToBeEncrypted input is the encoded output of another cryptographic
// message, such as, an CMSG_SIGNED. When set, it's one of the cryptographic
// message types, for example, CMSG_SIGNED.
//
// If the inner content of a nested cryptographic message is data (CMSG_DATA
// the default), then, neither dwFlags or dwInnerContentType need to be set.
//
// For CMS messages, CRYPT_MESSAGE_ENCAPSULATED_CONTENT_OUT_FLAG may be
// set to encapsulate nonData inner content within an OCTET STRING before
// encrypting.
//
// For CMS messages, CRYPT_MESSAGE_KEYID_RECIPIENT_FLAG may be set to identify
// recipients by their Key Identifier and not their Issuer and Serial Number.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgEncodingType;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER ContentEncryptionAlgorithm;
void *pvEncryptionAuxInfo;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwInnerContentType;
} CRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA;
// When set, recipients are identified by their Key Identifier and not
// their Issuer and Serial Number.
#define CRYPT_MESSAGE_KEYID_RECIPIENT_FLAG 0x4
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA are used for decrypting messages.
//
// The CertContext to use for decrypting a message is obtained from one
// of the specified cert stores. An encrypted message can have one or
// more recipients. The recipients are identified by their CertId (Issuer
// and SerialNumber). The cert stores are searched to find the CertContext
// corresponding to the CertId.
//
// For CMS, the recipients may also be identified by their KeyId.
// CMS also allows Key Agreement (Diffie Hellman) in addition to
// Key Transport (RSA) recipients.
//
// Only CertContexts in the store with either
// the CERT_KEY_PROV_HANDLE_PROP_ID or CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID set
// can be used. Either property specifies the private exchange key to use.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType;
DWORD cCertStore;
HCERTSTORE *rghCertStore;
} CRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA are used for hashing or unhashing
// messages.
//
// hCryptProv is used to compute the hash.
//
// pvHashAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgEncodingType;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
void *pvHashAuxInfo;
} CRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA are used for signing messages until a
// certificate has been created for the signature key.
//
// pvHashAuxInfo currently isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//
// If PubKeyAlgorithm isn't set, defaults to szOID_RSA_RSA.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
DWORD dwKeySpec;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER HashAlgorithm;
void *pvHashAuxInfo;
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER PubKeyAlgorithm;
} CRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The CRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA are used to verify signed messages without
// a certificate for the signer.
//
// Normally used until a certificate has been created for the key.
//
// hCryptProv is used to do hashing and signature verification.
//
// cbSize must be set to the sizeof(CRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA) or else
// LastError will be updated with E_INVALIDARG.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwMsgEncodingType;
HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv;
} CRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA, *PCRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sign the message.
//
// If fDetachedSignature is TRUE, the "to be signed" content isn't included
// in the encoded signed blob.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignMessage(
IN PCRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA pSignPara,
IN BOOL fDetachedSignature,
IN DWORD cToBeSigned,
IN const BYTE *rgpbToBeSigned[],
IN DWORD rgcbToBeSigned[],
OUT BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbSignedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a signed message.
//
// If pbDecoded == NULL, then, *pcbDecoded is implicitly set to 0 on input.
// For *pcbDecoded == 0 && ppSignerCert == NULL on input, the signer isn't
// verified.
//
// A message might have more than one signer. Set dwSignerIndex to iterate
// through all the signers. dwSignerIndex == 0 selects the first signer.
//
// pVerifyPara's pfnGetSignerCertificate is called to get the signer's
// certificate.
//
// For a verified signer and message, *ppSignerCert is updated
// with the CertContext of the signer. It must be freed by calling
// CertFreeCertificateContext. Otherwise, *ppSignerCert is set to NULL.
//
// ppSignerCert can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CertContext of the signer.
//
// pcbDecoded can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested in getting
// the decoded content. Furthermore, if the message doesn't contain any
// content or signers, then, pcbDecoded must be set to NULL, to allow the
// pVerifyPara->pfnGetCertificate to be called. Normally, this would be
// the case when the signed message contains only certficates and CRLs.
// If pcbDecoded is NULL and the message doesn't have the indicated signer,
// pfnGetCertificate is called with pSignerId set to NULL.
//
// If the message doesn't contain any signers || dwSignerIndex > message's
// SignerCount, then, an error is returned with LastError set to
// CRYPT_E_NO_SIGNER. Also, for CRYPT_E_NO_SIGNER, pfnGetSignerCertificate
// is still called with pSignerId set to NULL.
//
// Note, an alternative way to get the certificates and CRLs from a
// signed message is to call CryptGetMessageCertificates.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyMessageSignature(
IN PCRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA pVerifyPara,
IN DWORD dwSignerIndex,
IN const BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN DWORD cbSignedBlob,
OUT BYTE OPTIONAL *pbDecoded,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbDecoded,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSignerCert
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns the count of signers in the signed message. For no signers, returns
// 0. For an error returns -1 with LastError updated accordingly.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
LONG
WINAPI
CryptGetMessageSignerCount(
IN DWORD dwMsgEncodingType,
IN const BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN DWORD cbSignedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns the cert store containing the message's certs and CRLs.
// For an error, returns NULL with LastError updated.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCERTSTORE
WINAPI
CryptGetMessageCertificates(
IN DWORD dwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
IN HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv, // passed to CertOpenStore
IN DWORD dwFlags, // passed to CertOpenStore
IN const BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN DWORD cbSignedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a signed message containing detached signature(s).
// The "to be signed" content is passed in separately. No
// decoded output. Otherwise, identical to CryptVerifyMessageSignature.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyDetachedMessageSignature(
IN PCRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA pVerifyPara,
IN DWORD dwSignerIndex,
IN const BYTE *pbDetachedSignBlob,
IN DWORD cbDetachedSignBlob,
IN DWORD cToBeSigned,
IN const BYTE *rgpbToBeSigned[],
IN DWORD rgcbToBeSigned[],
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSignerCert
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Encrypts the message for the recipient(s).
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEncryptMessage(
IN PCRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA pEncryptPara,
IN DWORD cRecipientCert,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT rgpRecipientCert[],
IN const BYTE *pbToBeEncrypted,
IN DWORD cbToBeEncrypted,
OUT BYTE *pbEncryptedBlob,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbEncryptedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Decrypts the message.
//
// If pbDecrypted == NULL, then, *pcbDecrypted is implicitly set to 0 on input.
// For *pcbDecrypted == 0 && ppXchgCert == NULL on input, the message isn't
// decrypted.
//
// For a successfully decrypted message, *ppXchgCert is updated
// with the CertContext used to decrypt. It must be freed by calling
// CertStoreFreeCert. Otherwise, *ppXchgCert is set to NULL.
//
// ppXchgCert can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the CertContext used to decrypt.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecryptMessage(
IN PCRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA pDecryptPara,
IN const BYTE *pbEncryptedBlob,
IN DWORD cbEncryptedBlob,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbDecrypted,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbDecrypted,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppXchgCert
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sign the message and encrypt for the recipient(s). Does a CryptSignMessage
// followed with a CryptEncryptMessage.
//
// Note: this isn't the CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED. Its a CMSG_SIGNED
// inside of an CMSG_ENVELOPED.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignAndEncryptMessage(
IN PCRYPT_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA pSignPara,
IN PCRYPT_ENCRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA pEncryptPara,
IN DWORD cRecipientCert,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT rgpRecipientCert[],
IN const BYTE *pbToBeSignedAndEncrypted,
IN DWORD cbToBeSignedAndEncrypted,
OUT BYTE *pbSignedAndEncryptedBlob,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbSignedAndEncryptedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Decrypts the message and verifies the signer. Does a CryptDecryptMessage
// followed with a CryptVerifyMessageSignature.
//
// If pbDecrypted == NULL, then, *pcbDecrypted is implicitly set to 0 on input.
// For *pcbDecrypted == 0 && ppSignerCert == NULL on input, the signer isn't
// verified.
//
// A message might have more than one signer. Set dwSignerIndex to iterate
// through all the signers. dwSignerIndex == 0 selects the first signer.
//
// The pVerifyPara's VerifySignerPolicy is called to verify the signer's
// certificate.
//
// For a successfully decrypted and verified message, *ppXchgCert and
// *ppSignerCert are updated. They must be freed by calling
// CertStoreFreeCert. Otherwise, they are set to NULL.
//
// ppXchgCert and/or ppSignerCert can be NULL, indicating the
// caller isn't interested in getting the CertContext.
//
// Note: this isn't the CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED. Its a CMSG_SIGNED
// inside of an CMSG_ENVELOPED.
//
// The message always needs to be decrypted to allow access to the
// signed message. Therefore, if ppXchgCert != NULL, its always updated.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecryptAndVerifyMessageSignature(
IN PCRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA pDecryptPara,
IN PCRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA pVerifyPara,
IN DWORD dwSignerIndex,
IN const BYTE *pbEncryptedBlob,
IN DWORD cbEncryptedBlob,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbDecrypted,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbDecrypted,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppXchgCert,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSignerCert
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Decodes a cryptographic message which may be one of the following types:
// CMSG_DATA
// CMSG_SIGNED
// CMSG_ENVELOPED
// CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED
// CMSG_HASHED
//
// dwMsgTypeFlags specifies the set of allowable messages. For example, to
// decode either SIGNED or ENVELOPED messages, set dwMsgTypeFlags to:
// CMSG_SIGNED_FLAG | CMSG_ENVELOPED_FLAG.
//
// dwProvInnerContentType is only applicable when processing nested
// crytographic messages. When processing an outer crytographic message
// it must be set to 0. When decoding a nested cryptographic message
// its the dwInnerContentType returned by a previous CryptDecodeMessage
// of the outer message. The InnerContentType can be any of the CMSG types,
// for example, CMSG_DATA, CMSG_SIGNED, ...
//
// The optional *pdwMsgType is updated with the type of message.
//
// The optional *pdwInnerContentType is updated with the type of the inner
// message. Unless there is cryptographic message nesting, CMSG_DATA
// is returned.
//
// For CMSG_DATA: returns decoded content.
// For CMSG_SIGNED: same as CryptVerifyMessageSignature.
// For CMSG_ENVELOPED: same as CryptDecryptMessage.
// For CMSG_SIGNED_AND_ENVELOPED: same as CryptDecryptMessage plus
// CryptVerifyMessageSignature.
// For CMSG_HASHED: verifies the hash and returns decoded content.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptDecodeMessage(
IN DWORD dwMsgTypeFlags,
IN PCRYPT_DECRYPT_MESSAGE_PARA pDecryptPara,
IN PCRYPT_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA pVerifyPara,
IN DWORD dwSignerIndex,
IN const BYTE *pbEncodedBlob,
IN DWORD cbEncodedBlob,
IN DWORD dwPrevInnerContentType,
OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pdwMsgType,
OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pdwInnerContentType,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbDecoded,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbDecoded,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppXchgCert,
OUT OPTIONAL PCCERT_CONTEXT *ppSignerCert
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Hash the message.
//
// If fDetachedHash is TRUE, only the ComputedHash is encoded in the
// pbHashedBlob. Otherwise, both the ToBeHashed and ComputedHash
// are encoded.
//
// pcbHashedBlob or pcbComputedHash can be NULL, indicating the caller
// isn't interested in getting the output.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptHashMessage(
IN PCRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA pHashPara,
IN BOOL fDetachedHash,
IN DWORD cToBeHashed,
IN const BYTE *rgpbToBeHashed[],
IN DWORD rgcbToBeHashed[],
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbHashedBlob,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbHashedBlob,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a hashed message.
//
// pcbToBeHashed or pcbComputedHash can be NULL,
// indicating the caller isn't interested in getting the output.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyMessageHash(
IN PCRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA pHashPara,
IN BYTE *pbHashedBlob,
IN DWORD cbHashedBlob,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbToBeHashed,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbToBeHashed,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a hashed message containing a detached hash.
// The "to be hashed" content is passed in separately. No
// decoded output. Otherwise, identical to CryptVerifyMessageHash.
//
// pcbComputedHash can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the output.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyDetachedMessageHash(
IN PCRYPT_HASH_MESSAGE_PARA pHashPara,
IN BYTE *pbDetachedHashBlob,
IN DWORD cbDetachedHashBlob,
IN DWORD cToBeHashed,
IN const BYTE *rgpbToBeHashed[],
IN DWORD rgcbToBeHashed[],
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbComputedHash,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbComputedHash
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Sign the message using the provider's private key specified in the
// parameters. A dummy SignerId is created and stored in the message.
//
// Normally used until a certificate has been created for the key.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSignMessageWithKey(
IN PCRYPT_KEY_SIGN_MESSAGE_PARA pSignPara,
IN const BYTE *pbToBeSigned,
IN DWORD cbToBeSigned,
OUT BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbSignedBlob
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify a signed message using the specified public key info.
//
// Normally called by a CA until it has created a certificate for the
// key.
//
// pPublicKeyInfo contains the public key to use to verify the signed
// message. If NULL, the signature isn't verified (for instance, the decoded
// content may contain the PublicKeyInfo).
//
// pcbDecoded can be NULL, indicating the caller isn't interested
// in getting the decoded content.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptVerifyMessageSignatureWithKey(
IN PCRYPT_KEY_VERIFY_MESSAGE_PARA pVerifyPara,
IN OPTIONAL PCERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO pPublicKeyInfo,
IN const BYTE *pbSignedBlob,
IN DWORD cbSignedBlob,
OUT OPTIONAL BYTE *pbDecoded,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD *pcbDecoded
);
//+=========================================================================
// System Certificate Store Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get a system certificate store based on a subsystem protocol.
//
// Current examples of subsystems protocols are:
// "MY" Cert Store hold certs with associated Private Keys
// "CA" Certifying Authority certs
// "ROOT" Root Certs
// "SPC" Software publisher certs
//
//
// If hProv is NULL the default provider "1" is opened for you.
// When the store is closed the provider is release. Otherwise
// if hProv is not NULL, no provider is created or released.
//
// The returned Cert Store can be searched for an appropriate Cert
// using the Cert Store API's (see certstor.h)
//
// When done, the cert store should be closed using CertStoreClose
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
HCERTSTORE
WINAPI
CertOpenSystemStoreA(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
LPCSTR szSubsystemProtocol
);
WINCRYPT32API
HCERTSTORE
WINAPI
CertOpenSystemStoreW(
HCRYPTPROV hProv,
LPCWSTR szSubsystemProtocol
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertOpenSystemStore CertOpenSystemStoreW
#else
#define CertOpenSystemStore CertOpenSystemStoreA
#endif // !UNICODE
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStoreA(
LPCSTR szCertStoreName,
const BYTE * pbCertEncoded,
DWORD cbCertEncoded
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStoreW(
LPCWSTR szCertStoreName,
const BYTE * pbCertEncoded,
DWORD cbCertEncoded
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStore CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStoreW
#else
#define CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStore CertAddEncodedCertificateToSystemStoreA
#endif // !UNICODE
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find all certificate chains tying the given issuer name to any certificate
// that the current user has a private key for.
//
// If no certificate chain is found, FALSE is returned with LastError set
// to CRYPT_E_NOT_FOUND and the counts zeroed.
//
// IE 3.0 ASSUMPTION:
// The client certificates are in the "My" system store. The issuer
// cerificates may be in the "Root", "CA" or "My" system stores.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN {
DWORD cCerts; // number of certs in chain
PCERT_BLOB certs; // pointer to array of cert chain blobs
// representing the certs
CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO keyLocatorInfo; // key locator for cert
} CERT_CHAIN, *PCERT_CHAIN;
// WINCRYPT32API This is not exported by crypt32, it is exported by softpub
HRESULT
WINAPI
FindCertsByIssuer(
OUT PCERT_CHAIN pCertChains,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbCertChains,
OUT DWORD *pcCertChains, // count of certificates chains returned
IN BYTE* pbEncodedIssuerName, // DER encoded issuer name
IN DWORD cbEncodedIssuerName, // count in bytes of encoded issuer name
IN LPCWSTR pwszPurpose, // "ClientAuth" or "CodeSigning"
IN DWORD dwKeySpec // only return signers supporting this
// keyspec
);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// CryptQueryObject takes a CERT_BLOB or a file name and returns the
// information about the content in the blob or in the file.
//
// Parameters:
// INPUT dwObjectType:
// Indicate the type of the object. Should be one of the
// following:
// CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_FILE
// CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_BLOB
//
// INPUT pvObject:
// If dwObjectType == CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_FILE, it is a
// LPWSTR, that is, the pointer to a wchar file name
// if dwObjectType == CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_BLOB, it is a
// PCERT_BLOB, that is, a pointer to a CERT_BLOB
//
// INPUT dwExpectedContentTypeFlags:
// Indicate the expected contenet type.
// Can be one of the following:
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_ALL (the content can be any type)
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_STORE
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_UNSIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTNET_FLAG_PKCS10
// CERT_QUERY_CONTNET_FLAG_PFX
//
// INPUT dwExpectedFormatTypeFlags:
// Indicate the expected format type.
// Can be one of the following:
// CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_ALL (the content can be any format)
// CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BINARY
// CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BASE64_ENCODED
//
//
// INPUT dwFlags
// Reserved flag. Should always set to 0
//
// OUTPUT pdwMsgAndCertEncodingType
// Optional output. If NULL != pdwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
// it contains the encoding type of the content as any
// combination of the following:
// X509_ASN_ENCODING
// PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING
//
// OUTPUT pdwContentType
// Optional output. If NULL!=pdwContentType, it contains
// the content type as one of the the following:
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_STORE
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_UNSIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS10
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PFX
//
// OUTPUT pdwFormatType
// Optional output. If NULL !=pdwFormatType, it
// contains the format type of the content as one of the
// following:
// CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BINARY
// CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BASE64_ENCODED
//
//
// OUTPUT phCertStore
// Optional output. If NULL !=phStore,
// it contains a cert store that includes all of certificates,
// CRL, and CTL in the object if the object content type is
// one of the following:
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_STORE
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CERT
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CTL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CRL
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED
//
// Caller should free *phCertStore via CertCloseStore.
//
//
// OUTPUT phMsg Optional output. If NULL != phMsg,
// it contains a handle to a opened message if
// the content type is one of the following:
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_UNSIGNED
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED
//
// Caller should free *phMsg via CryptMsgClose.
//
// OUTPUT pContext Optional output. If NULL != pContext,
// it contains either a PCCERT_CONTEXT or PCCRL_CONTEXT,
// or PCCTL_CONTEXT based on the content type.
//
// If the content type is CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CERT or
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CERT, it is a PCCERT_CONTEXT;
// Caller should free the pContext via CertFreeCertificateContext.
//
// If the content type is CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CRL or
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CRL, it is a PCCRL_CONTEXT;
// Caller should free the pContext via CertFreeCRLContext.
//
// If the content type is CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CTL or
// CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CTL, it is a PCCTL_CONTEXT;
// Caller should free the pContext via CertFreeCTLContext.
//
// If the *pbObject is of type CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS10 or CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PFX, CryptQueryObject
// will not return anything in *phCertstore, *phMsg, or *ppvContext.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptQueryObject(
DWORD dwObjectType,
const void *pvObject,
DWORD dwExpectedContentTypeFlags,
DWORD dwExpectedFormatTypeFlags,
DWORD dwFlags,
DWORD *pdwMsgAndCertEncodingType,
DWORD *pdwContentType,
DWORD *pdwFormatType,
HCERTSTORE *phCertStore,
HCRYPTMSG *phMsg,
const void **ppvContext
);
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//dwObjectType for CryptQueryObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_FILE 0x00000001
#define CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_BLOB 0x00000002
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//dwConentType for CryptQueryObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//encoded single certificate
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CERT 1
//encoded single CTL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CTL 2
//encoded single CRL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CRL 3
//serialized store
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_STORE 4
//serialized single certificate
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CERT 5
//serialized single CTL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CTL 6
//serialized single CRL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CRL 7
//a PKCS#7 signed message
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED 8
//a PKCS#7 message, such as enveloped message. But it is not a signed message,
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_UNSIGNED 9
//a PKCS7 signed message embedded in a file
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED 10
//an encoded PKCS#10
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS10 11
//an encoded PKX BLOB
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PFX 12
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//dwExpectedConentTypeFlags for CryptQueryObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//encoded single certificate
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CERT \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CERT)
//encoded single CTL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CTL \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CTL)
//encoded single CRL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CRL \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_CRL)
//serialized store
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_STORE \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_STORE)
//serialized single certificate
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CERT \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CERT)
//serialized single CTL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CTL \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CTL)
//serialized single CRL
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CRL \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_SERIALIZED_CRL)
//an encoded PKCS#7 signed message
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED)
//an encoded PKCS#7 message. But it is not a signed message
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_UNSIGNED \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_UNSIGNED)
//the content includes an embedded PKCS7 signed message
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED)
//an encoded PKCS#10
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS10 \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PKCS10)
//an encoded PFX BLOB
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PFX \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_PFX)
//content can be any type
#define CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_ALL \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CERT | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CTL | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CRL | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_STORE | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CERT | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CTL | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_SERIALIZED_CRL | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_UNSIGNED | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS10 | \
CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PFX
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//dwFormatType for CryptQueryObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//the content is in binary format
#define CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BINARY 1
//the content is base64 encoded
#define CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BASE64_ENCODED 2
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//dwExpectedFormatTypeFlags for CryptQueryObject
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//the content is in binary format
#define CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BINARY \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BINARY)
//the content is base64 encoded
#define CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BASE64_ENCODED \
( 1 << CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_BASE64_ENCODED)
//the content can be of any format
#define CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_ALL \
CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BINARY | \
CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BASE64_ENCODED
//
// Crypt32 Memory Management Routines. All Crypt32 API which return allocated
// buffers will do so via CryptMemAlloc, CryptMemRealloc. Clients can free
// those buffers using CryptMemFree. Also included is CryptMemSize
//
WINCRYPT32API
LPVOID
WINAPI
CryptMemAlloc (
IN ULONG cbSize
);
WINCRYPT32API
LPVOID
WINAPI
CryptMemRealloc (
IN LPVOID pv,
IN ULONG cbSize
);
WINCRYPT32API
VOID
WINAPI
CryptMemFree (
IN LPVOID pv
);
//
// Crypt32 Asynchronous Parameter Management Routines. All Crypt32 API which
// expose asynchronous mode operation use a Crypt32 Async Handle to pass
// around information about the operation e.g. callback routines. The
// following API are used for manipulation of the async handle
//
typedef HANDLE HCRYPTASYNC, *PHCRYPTASYNC;
typedef VOID (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ASYNC_PARAM_FREE_FUNC) (
LPSTR pszParamOid,
LPVOID pvParam
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptCreateAsyncHandle (
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT PHCRYPTASYNC phAsync
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetAsyncParam (
IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsync,
IN LPSTR pszParamOid,
IN LPVOID pvParam,
IN OPTIONAL PFN_CRYPT_ASYNC_PARAM_FREE_FUNC pfnFree
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetAsyncParam (
IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsync,
IN LPSTR pszParamOid,
OUT LPVOID* ppvParam,
OUT OPTIONAL PFN_CRYPT_ASYNC_PARAM_FREE_FUNC* ppfnFree
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptCloseAsyncHandle (
IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsync
);
//
// Crypt32 Remote Object Retrieval Routines. This API allows retrieval of
// remote PKI objects where the location is given by an URL. The remote
// object retrieval manager exposes two provider models. One is the "Scheme
// Provider" model which allows for installable protocol providers as defined
// by the URL scheme e.g. ldap, http, ftp. The scheme provider entry point is
// the same as the CryptRetrieveObjectByUrl however the *ppvObject returned
// is ALWAYS a counted array of encoded bits (one per object retrieved). The
// second provider model is the "Context Provider" model which allows for
// installable creators of CAPI2 context handles (objects) based on the
// retrieved encoded bits. These are dispatched based on the object OID given
// in the call to CryptRetrieveObjectByUrl.
//
typedef struct _CRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY {
DWORD cBlob;
PCRYPT_DATA_BLOB rgBlob;
} CRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY, *PCRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY;
typedef struct _CRYPT_CREDENTIALS {
DWORD cbSize;
LPCSTR pszCredentialsOid;
LPVOID pvCredentials;
} CRYPT_CREDENTIALS, *PCRYPT_CREDENTIALS;
#define CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS_A ((LPCSTR)1)
#define CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS_W ((LPCSTR)2)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS_W
#else
#define CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS CREDENTIAL_OID_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS_A
#endif //UNICODE
typedef struct _CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSA {
DWORD cbSize;
LPSTR pszUsername;
LPSTR pszPassword;
} CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSA, *PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSA;
typedef struct _CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSW {
DWORD cbSize;
LPWSTR pszUsername;
LPWSTR pszPassword;
} CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSW, *PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSW;
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSW CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS;
typedef PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSW PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS;
#else
typedef CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSA CRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS;
typedef PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALSA PCRYPT_PASSWORD_CREDENTIALS;
#endif // UNICODE
//
// Scheme Provider Signatures
//
#define SCHEME_OID_RETRIEVE_ENCODED_OBJECT_FUNC "SchemeDllRetrieveEncodedObject"
typedef VOID (WINAPI *PFN_FREE_ENCODED_OBJECT_FUNC) (
LPCSTR pszObjectOid,
PCRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY pObject,
LPVOID pvFreeContext
);
//
// SchemeDllRetrieveEncodedObject has the following signature:
//
// BOOL WINAPI SchemeDllRetrieveEncodedObject (
// IN LPCSTR pszUrl,
// IN LPCSTR pszObjectOid,
// IN DWORD dwRetrievalFlags,
// IN DWORD dwTimeout,
// OUT PCRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY pObject,
// OUT PFN_FREE_ENCODED_OBJECT_FUNC* ppfnFreeObject,
// OUT LPVOID* ppvFreeContext,
// IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsyncRetrieve,
// IN PCRYPT_CREDENTIALS pCredentials,
// IN LPVOID pvReserved
// )
//
//
// Context Provider Signatures
//
#define CONTEXT_OID_CREATE_OBJECT_CONTEXT_FUNC "ContextDllCreateObjectContext"
#define CONTEXT_OID_CERTIFICATE ((LPCSTR)1)
#define CONTEXT_OID_CRL ((LPCSTR)2)
#define CONTEXT_OID_CTL ((LPCSTR)3)
#define CONTEXT_OID_PKCS7 ((LPCSTR)4)
#define CONTEXT_OID_CAPI2_ANY ((LPCSTR)5)
//
// ContextDllCreateObjectContext has the following signature:
//
// BOOL WINAPI ContextDllCreateObjectContext (
// IN LPCSTR pszObjectOid,
// IN DWORD dwRetrievalFlags,
// IN PCRYPT_BLOB_ARRAY pObject,
// OUT LPVOID* ppvContext
// )
//
//
// Remote Object Retrieval API
//
//
// Retrieval flags
//
#define CRYPT_RETRIEVE_MULTIPLE_OBJECTS 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_CACHE_ONLY_RETRIEVAL 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_WIRE_ONLY_RETRIEVAL 0x00000004
#define CRYPT_DONT_CACHE_RESULT 0x00000008
#define CRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL 0x00000010
//
// Data verification retrieval flags
//
// CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE is used to get signature verification
// on the context created. In this case pszObjectOid must be non-NULL and
// pvVerify points to the signer certificate context
//
// CRYPT_VERIFY_DATA_HASH is used to get verification of the blob data
// retrieved by the protocol. The pvVerify points to an URL_DATA_HASH
// structure (TBD)
//
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_CONTEXT_SIGNATURE 0x00000020
#define CRYPT_VERIFY_DATA_HASH 0x00000040
//
// Time Valid Object flags
//
#define CRYPT_KEEP_TIME_VALID 0x00000080
#define CRYPT_DONT_VERIFY_SIGNATURE 0x00000100
#define CRYPT_DONT_CHECK_TIME_VALIDITY 0x00000200
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptRetrieveObjectByUrlA (
IN LPCSTR pszUrl,
IN LPCSTR pszObjectOid,
IN DWORD dwRetrievalFlags,
IN DWORD dwTimeout,
OUT LPVOID* ppvObject,
IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsyncRetrieve,
IN OPTIONAL PCRYPT_CREDENTIALS pCredentials,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvVerify,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvReserved
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptRetrieveObjectByUrlW (
IN LPCWSTR pszUrl,
IN LPCSTR pszObjectOid,
IN DWORD dwRetrievalFlags,
IN DWORD dwTimeout,
OUT LPVOID* ppvObject,
IN HCRYPTASYNC hAsyncRetrieve,
IN OPTIONAL PCRYPT_CREDENTIALS pCredentials,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvVerify,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvReserved
);
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CryptRetrieveObjectByUrl CryptRetrieveObjectByUrlW
#else
#define CryptRetrieveObjectByUrl CryptRetrieveObjectByUrlA
#endif // !UNICODE
//
// Call back function to cancel object retrieval
//
// The function can be installed on a per thread basis.
// If CryptInstallCancelRetrieval is called for multiple times, only the most recent
// installation will be kept.
//
// This is only effective for http, https, gopher, and ftp protocol.
// It is ignored by the rest of the protocols.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_CANCEL_RETRIEVAL)(
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvArg
);
//
// PFN_CRYPT_CANCEL_RETRIEVAL
//
// This function should return FALSE when the object retrieval should be continued
// and return TRUE when the object retrieval should be cancelled.
//
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptInstallCancelRetrieval(
IN PFN_CRYPT_CANCEL_RETRIEVAL pfnCancel,
IN const void *pvArg,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUninstallCancelRetrieval(
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptCancelAsyncRetrieval (
HCRYPTASYNC hAsyncRetrieval
);
//
// Remote Object Async Retrieval parameters
//
//
// A client that wants to be notified of asynchronous object retrieval
// completion sets this parameter on the async handle
//
#define CRYPT_PARAM_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION ((LPCSTR)1)
typedef VOID (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION_FUNC) (
IN LPVOID pvCompletion,
IN DWORD dwCompletionCode,
IN LPCSTR pszUrl,
IN LPSTR pszObjectOid,
IN LPVOID pvObject
);
typedef struct _CRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION {
PFN_CRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION_FUNC pfnCompletion;
LPVOID pvCompletion;
} CRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION, *PCRYPT_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_COMPLETION;
//
// This function is set on the async handle by a scheme provider that
// supports asynchronous retrieval
//
#define CRYPT_PARAM_CANCEL_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL ((LPCSTR)2)
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CANCEL_ASYNC_RETRIEVAL_FUNC) (
HCRYPTASYNC hAsyncRetrieve
);
//
// Get the locator for a CAPI object
//
#define CRYPT_GET_URL_FROM_PROPERTY 0x00000001
#define CRYPT_GET_URL_FROM_EXTENSION 0x00000002
#define CRYPT_GET_URL_FROM_UNAUTH_ATTRIBUTE 0x00000004
#define CRYPT_GET_URL_FROM_AUTH_ATTRIBUTE 0x00000008
typedef struct _CRYPT_URL_ARRAY {
DWORD cUrl;
LPWSTR* rgwszUrl;
} CRYPT_URL_ARRAY, *PCRYPT_URL_ARRAY;
typedef struct _CRYPT_URL_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
} CRYPT_URL_INFO, *PCRYPT_URL_INFO;
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetObjectUrl (
IN LPCSTR pszUrlOid,
IN LPVOID pvPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT OPTIONAL PCRYPT_URL_ARRAY pUrlArray,
IN OUT DWORD* pcbUrlArray,
OUT OPTIONAL PCRYPT_URL_INFO pUrlInfo,
IN OUT OPTIONAL DWORD* pcbUrlInfo,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvReserved
);
#define URL_OID_GET_OBJECT_URL_FUNC "UrlDllGetObjectUrl"
//
// UrlDllGetObjectUrl has the same signature as CryptGetObjectUrl
//
//
// URL_OID_CERTIFICATE_ISSUER
//
// pvPara == PCCERT_CONTEXT, certificate whose issuer's URL is being requested
//
// This will be retrieved from the authority info access extension or property
// on the certificate
//
// URL_OID_CERTIFICATE_CRL_DIST_POINT
//
// pvPara == PCCERT_CONTEXT, certificate whose CRL distribution point is being
// requested
//
// This will be retrieved from the CRL distribution point extension or property
// on the certificate
//
// URL_OID_CTL_ISSUER
//
// pvPara == PCCTL_CONTEXT, Signer Index, CTL whose issuer's URL (identified
// by the signer index) is being requested
//
// This will be retrieved from an authority info access attribute method encoded
// in each signer info in the PKCS7 (CTL)
//
// URL_OID_CTL_NEXT_UPDATE
//
// pvPara == PCCTL_CONTEXT, Signer Index, CTL whose next update URL is being
// requested and an optional signer index in case we need to check signer
// info attributes
//
// This will be retrieved from an authority info access CTL extension, property,
// or signer info attribute method
//
// URL_OID_CRL_ISSUER
//
// pvPara == PCCRL_CONTEXT, CRL whose issuer's URL is being requested
//
// This will be retrieved from a property on the CRL which has been inherited
// from the subject cert (either from the subject cert issuer or the subject
// cert distribution point extension). It will be encoded as an authority
// info access extension method.
//
#define URL_OID_CERTIFICATE_ISSUER ((LPCSTR)1)
#define URL_OID_CERTIFICATE_CRL_DIST_POINT ((LPCSTR)2)
#define URL_OID_CTL_ISSUER ((LPCSTR)3)
#define URL_OID_CTL_NEXT_UPDATE ((LPCSTR)4)
#define URL_OID_CRL_ISSUER ((LPCSTR)5)
//
// Get a time valid CAPI2 object
//
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetTimeValidObject (
IN LPCSTR pszTimeValidOid,
IN LPVOID pvPara,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pIssuer,
IN OPTIONAL LPFILETIME pftValidFor,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN DWORD dwTimeout,
OUT OPTIONAL LPVOID* ppvObject,
IN OPTIONAL PCRYPT_CREDENTIALS pCredentials,
IN OPTIONAL LPVOID pvReserved
);
#define TIME_VALID_OID_GET_OBJECT_FUNC "TimeValidDllGetObject"
//
// TimeValidDllGetObject has the same signature as CryptGetTimeValidObject
//
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CTL
//
// pvPara == PCCTL_CONTEXT, the current CTL
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CRL
//
// pvPara == PCCRL_CONTEXT, the current CRL
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CRL_FROM_CERT
//
// pvPara == PCCERT_CONTEXT, the subject cert
//
#define TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CTL ((LPCSTR)1)
#define TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CRL ((LPCSTR)2)
#define TIME_VALID_OID_GET_CRL_FROM_CERT ((LPCSTR)3)
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptFlushTimeValidObject (
IN LPCSTR pszFlushTimeValidOid,
IN LPVOID pvPara,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pIssuer,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN LPVOID pvReserved
);
#define TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_OBJECT_FUNC "TimeValidDllFlushObject"
//
// TimeValidDllFlushObject has the same signature as CryptFlushTimeValidObject
//
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CTL
//
// pvPara == PCCTL_CONTEXT, the CTL to flush
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CRL
//
// pvPara == PCCRL_CONTEXT, the CRL to flush
//
// TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CRL_FROM_CERT
//
#define TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CTL ((LPCSTR)1)
#define TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CRL ((LPCSTR)2)
#define TIME_VALID_OID_FLUSH_CRL_FROM_CERT ((LPCSTR)3)
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Data Protection APIs
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Data protection APIs enable applications to easily secure data.
//
// The base provider provides protection based on the users' logon
// credentials. The data secured with these APIs follow the same
// roaming characteristics as HKCU -- if HKCU roams, the data
// protected by the base provider may roam as well. This makes
// the API ideal for the munging of data stored in the registry.
//
//
// Prompt struct -- what to tell users about the access
//
typedef struct _CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT
{
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwPromptFlags;
HWND hwndApp;
LPCWSTR szPrompt;
} CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT, *PCRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT;
//
// base provider action
//
#define CRYPTPROTECT_DEFAULT_PROVIDER { 0xdf9d8cd0, 0x1501, 0x11d1, {0x8c, 0x7a, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x4f, 0xc2, 0x97, 0xeb} }
//
// CryptProtect PromptStruct dwPromtFlags
//
//
// prompt on unprotect
#define CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPT_ON_UNPROTECT 0x1 // 1<<0
//
// prompt on protect
#define CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPT_ON_PROTECT 0x2 // 1<<1
#define CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPT_RESERVED 0x04 // reserved, do not use.
//
// only allow strong variant UI protection (user supplied password currently).
#define CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPT_STRONG 0x08 // 1<<3
//
// CryptProtectData and CryptUnprotectData dwFlags
//
// for remote-access situations where ui is not an option
// if UI was specified on protect or unprotect operation, the call
// will fail and GetLastError() will indicate ERROR_PASSWORD_RESTRICTION
#define CRYPTPROTECT_UI_FORBIDDEN 0x1
//
// per machine protected data -- any user on machine where CryptProtectData
// took place may CryptUnprotectData
#define CRYPTPROTECT_LOCAL_MACHINE 0x4
//
// force credential synchronize during CryptProtectData()
// Synchronize is only operation that occurs during this operation
#define CRYPTPROTECT_CRED_SYNC 0x8
// flags reserved for system use
#define CRYPTPROTECT_FIRST_RESERVED_FLAGVAL 0x0FFFFFFF
#define CRYPTPROTECT_LAST_RESERVED_FLAGVAL 0xFFFFFFFF
//
// flags specific to base provider
//
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptProtectData(
IN DATA_BLOB* pDataIn,
IN LPCWSTR szDataDescr,
IN OPTIONAL DATA_BLOB* pOptionalEntropy,
IN PVOID pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT* pPromptStruct,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT DATA_BLOB* pDataOut // out encr blob
);
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptUnprotectData(
IN DATA_BLOB* pDataIn, // in encr blob
OUT OPTIONAL LPWSTR* ppszDataDescr, // out
IN OPTIONAL DATA_BLOB* pOptionalEntropy,
IN PVOID pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT* pPromptStruct,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OUT DATA_BLOB* pDataOut
);
//+=========================================================================
// Helper functions to build certificates
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
//
// Builds a self-signed certificate and returns a PCCERT_CONTEXT representing
// the certificate. A hProv must be specified to build the cert context.
//
// pSubjectIssuerBlob is the DN for the certifcate. If an alternate subject
// name is desired it must be specified as an extension in the pExtensions
// parameter. pSubjectIssuerBlob can NOT be NULL, so minimually an empty DN
// must be specified.
//
// By default:
// pKeyProvInfo - The CSP is queried for the KeyProvInfo parameters. Only the Provider,
// Provider Type and Container is queried. Many CSPs don't support these
// queries and will cause a failure. In such cases the pKeyProvInfo
// must be specified (RSA BASE works fine).
//
// pSignatureAlgorithm - will default to SHA1RSA
// pStartTime will default to the current time
// pEndTime will default to 1 year
// pEntensions will be empty.
//
// The returned PCCERT_CONTEXT will reference the private keys by setting the
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID. However, if this property is not desired specify the
// CERT_CREATE_SELFSIGN_NO_KEY_INFO in dwFlags.
//
// If the cert being built is only a dummy placeholder cert for speed it may not
// need to be signed. Signing of the cert is skipped if CERT_CREATE_SELFSIGN_NO_SIGN
// is specified in dwFlags.
//
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertCreateSelfSignCertificate(
IN HCRYPTPROV hProv,
IN PCERT_NAME_BLOB pSubjectIssuerBlob,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
OPTIONAL PCRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO pKeyProvInfo,
OPTIONAL PCRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER pSignatureAlgorithm,
OPTIONAL PSYSTEMTIME pStartTime,
OPTIONAL PSYSTEMTIME pEndTime,
OPTIONAL PCERT_EXTENSIONS pExtensions
);
#define CERT_CREATE_SELFSIGN_NO_SIGN 1
#define CERT_CREATE_SELFSIGN_NO_KEY_INFO 2
//+=========================================================================
// Key Identifier Property Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get the property for the specified Key Identifier.
//
// The Key Identifier is the SHA1 hash of the encoded CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO.
// The Key Identifier for a certificate can be obtained by getting the
// certificate's CERT_KEY_IDENTIFIER_PROP_ID. The
// CryptCreateKeyIdentifierFromCSP API can be called to create the Key
// Identifier from a CSP Public Key Blob.
//
// A Key Identifier can have the same properties as a certificate context.
// CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID is the property of most interest.
// For CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID, pvData points to a CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO
// structure. Elements pointed to by fields in the pvData structure follow the
// structure. Therefore, *pcbData will exceed the size of the structure.
//
// If CRYPT_KEYID_ALLOC_FLAG is set, then, *pvData is updated with a
// pointer to allocated memory. LocalFree() must be called to free the
// allocated memory.
//
// By default, searches the CurrentUser's list of Key Identifiers.
// CRYPT_KEYID_MACHINE_FLAG can be set to search the LocalMachine's list
// of Key Identifiers. When CRYPT_KEYID_MACHINE_FLAG is set, pwszComputerName
// can also be set to specify the name of a remote computer to be searched
// instead of the local machine.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptGetKeyIdentifierProperty(
IN const CRYPT_HASH_BLOB *pKeyIdentifier,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL LPCWSTR pwszComputerName,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT void *pvData,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbData
);
// When the following flag is set, searches the LocalMachine instead of the
// CurrentUser. This flag is applicable to all the KeyIdentifierProperty APIs.
#define CRYPT_KEYID_MACHINE_FLAG 0x00000020
// When the following flag is set, *pvData is updated with a pointer to
// allocated memory. LocalFree() must be called to free the allocated memory.
#define CRYPT_KEYID_ALLOC_FLAG 0x00008000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Set the property for the specified Key Identifier.
//
// For CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID pvData points to the
// CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO data structure. For all other properties, pvData
// points to a CRYPT_DATA_BLOB.
//
// Setting pvData == NULL, deletes the property.
//
// Set CRYPT_KEYID_MACHINE_FLAG to set the property for a LocalMachine
// Key Identifier. Set pwszComputerName, to select a remote computer.
//
// If CRYPT_KEYID_DELETE_FLAG is set, the Key Identifier and all its
// properties is deleted.
//
// If CRYPT_KEYID_SET_NEW_FLAG is set, the set fails if the property already
// exists. For an existing property, FALSE is returned with LastError set to
// CRYPT_E_EXISTS.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptSetKeyIdentifierProperty(
IN const CRYPT_HASH_BLOB *pKeyIdentifier,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL LPCWSTR pwszComputerName,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
IN const void *pvData
);
// When the following flag is set, the Key Identifier and all its properties
// are deleted.
#define CRYPT_KEYID_DELETE_FLAG 0x00000010
// When the following flag is set, the set fails if the property already
// exists.
#define CRYPT_KEYID_SET_NEW_FLAG 0x00002000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// For CERT_KEY_PROV_INFO_PROP_ID, rgppvData[] points to a
// CRYPT_KEY_PROV_INFO.
//
// Return FALSE to stop the enumeration.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_KEYID_PROP)(
IN const CRYPT_HASH_BLOB *pKeyIdentifier,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN void *pvReserved,
IN void *pvArg,
IN DWORD cProp,
IN DWORD *rgdwPropId,
IN void **rgpvData,
IN DWORD *rgcbData
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Enumerate the Key Identifiers.
//
// If pKeyIdentifier is NULL, enumerates all Key Identifers. Otherwise,
// calls the callback for the specified KeyIdentifier. If dwPropId is
// 0, calls the callback with all the properties. Otherwise, only calls
// the callback with the specified property (cProp = 1).
// Furthermore, when dwPropId is specified, skips KeyIdentifiers not
// having the property.
//
// Set CRYPT_KEYID_MACHINE_FLAG to enumerate the LocalMachine
// Key Identifiers. Set pwszComputerName, to enumerate Key Identifiers on
// a remote computer.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptEnumKeyIdentifierProperties(
IN OPTIONAL const CRYPT_HASH_BLOB *pKeyIdentifier,
IN DWORD dwPropId,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL LPCWSTR pwszComputerName,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvArg,
IN PFN_CRYPT_ENUM_KEYID_PROP pfnEnum
);
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Create a KeyIdentifier from the CSP Public Key Blob.
//
// Converts the CSP PUBLICKEYSTRUC into a X.509 CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO and
// encodes. The encoded CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO is SHA1 hashed to obtain
// the Key Identifier.
//
// By default, the pPubKeyStruc->aiKeyAlg is used to find the appropriate
// public key Object Identifier. pszPubKeyOID can be set to override
// the default OID obtained from the aiKeyAlg.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CryptCreateKeyIdentifierFromCSP(
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN OPTIONAL LPCSTR pszPubKeyOID,
IN const PUBLICKEYSTRUC *pPubKeyStruc,
IN DWORD cbPubKeyStruc,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN OPTIONAL void *pvReserved,
OUT BYTE *pbHash,
IN OUT DWORD *pcbHash
);
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Chaining Infrastructure
//==========================================================================
//
// The chain engine defines the store namespace and cache partitioning for
// the Certificate Chaining infrastructure. A default chain engine
// is defined for the process which uses all default system stores e.g.
// Root, CA, Trust, for chain building and caching. If an application
// wishes to define its own store namespace or have its own partitioned
// cache then it can create its own chain engine. It is advisable to create
// a chain engine at application startup and use it throughout the lifetime
// of the application in order to get optimal caching behavior
//
typedef HANDLE HCERTCHAINENGINE;
#define HCCE_CURRENT_USER ((HCERTCHAINENGINE)NULL)
#define HCCE_LOCAL_MACHINE ((HCERTCHAINENGINE)0x1)
//
// Create a certificate chain engine.
//
//
// Configuration parameters for the certificate chain engine
//
// hRestrictedRoot - restrict the root store (must be a subset of "Root")
//
// hRestrictedTrust - restrict the store for CTLs
//
// hRestrictedOther - restrict the store for certs and CRLs
//
// cAdditionalStore, rghAdditionalStore - additional stores
//
// NOTE: The algorithm used to define the stores for the engine is as
// follows:
//
// hRoot = hRestrictedRoot or System Store "Root"
//
// hTrust = hRestrictedTrust or hWorld (defined later)
//
// hOther = hRestrictedOther or (hRestrictedTrust == NULL) ? hWorld :
// hRestrictedTrust + hWorld
//
// hWorld = hRoot + "CA" + "My" + "Trust" + rghAdditionalStore
//
// dwFlags - flags
//
// CERT_CHAIN_CACHE_END_CERT - information will be cached on
// the end cert as well as the other
// certs in the chain
//
// CERT_CHAIN_THREAD_STORE_SYNC - use separate thread for store syncs
// and related cache updates
//
// CERT_CHAIN_CACHE_ONLY_URL_RETRIEVAL - don't hit the wire to get
// URL based objects
//
// dwUrlRetrievalTimeout - timeout for wire based URL object retrievals
//
#define CERT_CHAIN_CACHE_END_CERT 0x00000001
#define CERT_CHAIN_THREAD_STORE_SYNC 0x00000002
#define CERT_CHAIN_CACHE_ONLY_URL_RETRIEVAL 0x00000004
#define CERT_CHAIN_USE_LOCAL_MACHINE_STORE 0x00000008
#define CERT_CHAIN_ENABLE_CACHE_AUTO_UPDATE 0x00000010
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_ENGINE_CONFIG {
DWORD cbSize;
HCERTSTORE hRestrictedRoot;
HCERTSTORE hRestrictedTrust;
HCERTSTORE hRestrictedOther;
DWORD cAdditionalStore;
HCERTSTORE* rghAdditionalStore;
DWORD dwFlags;
DWORD dwUrlRetrievalTimeout;
DWORD MaximumCachedCertificates;
DWORD CycleDetectionModulus;
} CERT_CHAIN_ENGINE_CONFIG, *PCERT_CHAIN_ENGINE_CONFIG;
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertCreateCertificateChainEngine (
IN PCERT_CHAIN_ENGINE_CONFIG pConfig,
OUT HCERTCHAINENGINE* phChainEngine
);
//
// Free a certificate trust engine
//
WINCRYPT32API
VOID
WINAPI
CertFreeCertificateChainEngine (
IN HCERTCHAINENGINE hChainEngine
);
//
// Resync the certificate chain engine. This resync's the stores backing
// the engine and updates the engine caches.
//
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertResyncCertificateChainEngine (
IN HCERTCHAINENGINE hChainEngine
);
//
// When an application requests a certificate chain, the data structure
// returned is in the form of a CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT. This contains
// an array of CERT_SIMPLE_CHAIN where each simple chain goes from
// an end cert to a self signed cert and the chain context connects simple
// chains via trust lists. Each simple chain contains the chain of
// certificates, summary trust information about the chain and trust information
// about each certificate element in the chain.
//
//
// Trust status bits
//
typedef struct _CERT_TRUST_STATUS {
DWORD dwErrorStatus;
DWORD dwInfoStatus;
} CERT_TRUST_STATUS, *PCERT_TRUST_STATUS;
//
// The following are error status bits
//
// These can be applied to certificates and chains
#define CERT_TRUST_NO_ERROR 0x00000000
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_NOT_TIME_VALID 0x00000001
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_NOT_TIME_NESTED 0x00000002
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_REVOKED 0x00000004
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_NOT_SIGNATURE_VALID 0x00000008
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_NOT_VALID_FOR_USAGE 0x00000010
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_UNTRUSTED_ROOT 0x00000020
#define CERT_TRUST_REVOCATION_STATUS_UNKNOWN 0x00000040
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_CYCLIC 0x00000080
// These can be applied to chains only
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_PARTIAL_CHAIN 0x00010000
#define CERT_TRUST_CTL_IS_NOT_TIME_VALID 0x00020000
#define CERT_TRUST_CTL_IS_NOT_SIGNATURE_VALID 0x00040000
#define CERT_TRUST_CTL_IS_NOT_VALID_FOR_USAGE 0x00080000
//
// The following are info status bits
//
// These can be applied to certificates only
#define CERT_TRUST_HAS_EXACT_MATCH_ISSUER 0x00000001
#define CERT_TRUST_HAS_KEY_MATCH_ISSUER 0x00000002
#define CERT_TRUST_HAS_NAME_MATCH_ISSUER 0x00000004
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_SELF_SIGNED 0x00000008
// These can be applied to chains only
#define CERT_TRUST_IS_COMPLEX_CHAIN 0x00010000
//
// Each certificate context in a simple chain has a corresponding chain element
// in the simple chain context
//
// dwErrorStatus has CERT_TRUST_IS_REVOKED, pRevocationInfo set
// dwErrorStatus has CERT_TRUST_REVOCATION_STATUS_UNKNOWN, pRevocationInfo set
//
// BUGBUG: Note that the post processing revocation supported in the first
// version only sets cbSize and dwRevocationResult. Everything else
// is NULL
//
//
// Revocation Information
//
typedef struct _CERT_REVOCATION_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRevocationResult;
LPCSTR pszRevocationOid;
LPVOID pvOidSpecificInfo;
} CERT_REVOCATION_INFO, *PCERT_REVOCATION_INFO;
//
// Trust List Information
//
typedef struct _CERT_TRUST_LIST_INFO {
DWORD cbSize;
PCTL_ENTRY pCtlEntry;
PCCTL_CONTEXT pCtlContext;
} CERT_TRUST_LIST_INFO, *PCERT_TRUST_LIST_INFO;
//
// Chain Element
//
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_ELEMENT {
DWORD cbSize;
PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext;
CERT_TRUST_STATUS TrustStatus;
PCERT_REVOCATION_INFO pRevocationInfo;
} CERT_CHAIN_ELEMENT, *PCERT_CHAIN_ELEMENT;
//
// The simple chain is an array of chain elements and a summary trust status
// for the chain
//
// rgpElements[0] is the end certificate chain element
//
// rgpElements[cElement-1] is the self-signed "root" certificate chain element
//
typedef struct _CERT_SIMPLE_CHAIN {
DWORD cbSize;
CERT_TRUST_STATUS TrustStatus;
DWORD cElement;
PCERT_CHAIN_ELEMENT* rgpElement;
PCERT_TRUST_LIST_INFO pTrustListInfo;
} CERT_SIMPLE_CHAIN, *PCERT_SIMPLE_CHAIN;
//
// And the chain context contains an array of simple chains and summary trust
// status for all the connected simple chains
//
// rgpChains[0] is the end certificate simple chain
//
// rgpChains[cChain-1] is the final (possibly trust list signer) chain which
// ends in a certificate which is contained in the root store
//
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT {
DWORD cbSize;
CERT_TRUST_STATUS TrustStatus;
DWORD cChain;
PCERT_SIMPLE_CHAIN* rgpChain;
} CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT, *PCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT;
typedef const CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT *PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT;
//
// When building a chain, the there are various parameters used for finding
// issuing certificates and trust lists. They are identified in the
// following structure
//
// Default usage match type is AND with value zero
#define USAGE_MATCH_TYPE_AND 0x00000000
#define USAGE_MATCH_TYPE_OR 0x00000001
typedef struct _CERT_USAGE_MATCH {
DWORD dwType;
CERT_ENHKEY_USAGE Usage;
} CERT_USAGE_MATCH, *PCERT_USAGE_MATCH;
typedef struct _CTL_USAGE_MATCH {
DWORD dwType;
CTL_USAGE Usage;
} CTL_USAGE_MATCH, *PCTL_USAGE_MATCH;
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
CERT_USAGE_MATCH RequestedUsage;
} CERT_CHAIN_PARA, *PCERT_CHAIN_PARA;
//
// The following API is used for retrieving certificate chains
//
// Parameters:
//
// hChainEngine - the chain engine (namespace and cache) to use, NULL
// mean use the default chain engine
//
// pCertContext - the context we are retrieving the chain for, it
// will be the zero index element in the chain
//
// pTime - the point in time that we want the chain validated
// for. Note that the time does not affect trust list,
// revocation, or root store checking. NULL means use
// the current system time
//
// hAdditionalStore - additional store to use when looking up objects
//
// pChainPara - parameters for chain building
//
// dwFlags - flags such as should revocation checking be done
// on the chain?
//
// pvReserved - reserved parameter, must be NULL
//
// ppChainContext - chain context returned
//
// CERT_CHAIN_CACHE_END_CERT can be used here as well
// Revocation flags are in the high nibble
#define CERT_CHAIN_REVOCATION_CHECK_END_CERT 0x10000000
#define CERT_CHAIN_REVOCATION_CHECK_CHAIN 0x20000000
#define CERT_CHAIN_REVOCATION_CHECK_CHAIN_EXCLUDE_ROOT 0x40000000
#define CERT_CHAIN_REVOCATION_CHECK_CACHE_ONLY 0x80000000
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertGetCertificateChain (
IN OPTIONAL HCERTCHAINENGINE hChainEngine,
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
IN OPTIONAL LPFILETIME pTime,
IN OPTIONAL HCERTSTORE hAdditionalStore,
IN PCERT_CHAIN_PARA pChainPara,
IN DWORD dwFlags,
IN LPVOID pvReserved,
OUT PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT* ppChainContext
);
//
// Free a certificate chain
//
WINCRYPT32API
VOID
WINAPI
CertFreeCertificateChain (
IN PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT pChainContext
);
//
// Duplicate (add a reference to) a certificate chain
//
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertDuplicateCertificateChain (
IN PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT pChainContext
);
//
// Specific Revocation Type OID and structure definitions
//
//
// CRL Revocation OID
//
#define REVOCATION_OID_CRL_REVOCATION ((LPCSTR)1)
//
// For the CRL revocation OID the pvRevocationPara is NULL
//
//
// CRL Revocation Info
//
typedef struct _CRL_REVOCATION_INFO {
PCRL_ENTRY pCrlEntry;
PCCRL_CONTEXT pCrlContext;
PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT pCrlIssuerChain;
} CRL_REVOCATION_INFO, *PCRL_REVOCATION_INFO;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Find the first or next certificate chain context in the store.
//
// The chain context is found according to the dwFindFlags, dwFindType and
// its pvFindPara. See below for a list of the find types and its parameters.
//
// If the first or next chain context isn't found, NULL is returned.
// Otherwise, a pointer to a read only CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT is returned.
// CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateChain
// or is freed when passed as the
// pPrevChainContext on a subsequent call. CertDuplicateCertificateChain
// can be called to make a duplicate.
//
// pPrevChainContext MUST BE NULL on the first
// call to find the chain context. To find the next chain context, the
// pPrevChainContext is set to the CERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT returned by a previous
// call.
//
// NOTE: a NON-NULL pPrevChainContext is always CertFreeCertificateChain'ed by
// this function, even for an error.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT
WINAPI
CertFindChainInStore(
IN HCERTSTORE hCertStore,
IN DWORD dwCertEncodingType,
IN DWORD dwFindFlags,
IN DWORD dwFindType,
IN const void *pvFindPara,
IN PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT pPrevChainContext
);
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER 1
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER
//
// Find a certificate chain having a private key for the end certificate and
// matching one of the given issuer names. A matching dwKeySpec and
// enhanced key usage can also be specified. Additionally a callback can
// be provided for even more caller provided filtering before building the
// chain.
//
// By default, only the issuers in the first simple chain are compared
// for a name match. CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_COMPLEX_CHAIN_FLAG can
// be set in dwFindFlags to match issuers in all the simple chains.
//
// CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_NO_KEY_FLAG can be set in dwFindFlags to
// not check if the end certificate has a private key.
//
// CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_COMPARE_KEY_FLAG can be set in dwFindFlags
// to compare the public key in the end certificate with the crypto
// provider's public key. The dwAcquirePrivateKeyFlags can be set
// in CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_PARA to enable caching of the private key's
// HKEY returned by the CSP.
//
// If dwCertEncodingType == 0, defaults to X509_ASN_ENCODING for the
// array of encoded issuer names.
//
// By default, the hCertStore passed to CertFindChainInStore, is passed
// as an additional store to CertGetCertificateChain.
// CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CACHE_ONLY_FLAG can be set in dwFindFlags
// to improve performance by only searching the cached system stores
// (root, my, ca, trust) to find the issuer certificates. If you are doing
// a find in the "my" system store, than, this flag should be set to
// improve performance.
//
// Setting CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_LOCAL_MACHINE_FLAG in dwFindFlags
// restricts CertGetCertificateChain to search the Local Machine
// cached system stores instead of the Current User's.
//
// Setting CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CACHE_ONLY_URL_FLAG in dwFindFlags
// restricts CertGetCertificateChain to only search the URL cache
// and not hit the wire.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Returns FALSE to skip this certificate. Otherwise, returns TRUE to
// build a chain for this certificate.
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *PFN_CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CALLBACK)(
IN PCCERT_CONTEXT pCert,
IN void *pvFindArg
);
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
// If pszUsageIdentifier == NULL, matches any usage.
LPCSTR pszUsageIdentifier;
// If dwKeySpec == 0, matches any KeySpec
DWORD dwKeySpec;
// When CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_COMPARE_KEY_FLAG is set in dwFindFlags,
// CryptAcquireCertificatePrivateKey is called to do the public key
// comparison. The following flags can be set to enable caching
// of the acquired private key. See the API for more details on these
// flags.
DWORD dwAcquirePrivateKeyFlags;
// Pointer to an array of X509, ASN.1 encoded issuer name blobs. If
// cIssuer == 0, matches any issuer
DWORD cIssuer;
CERT_NAME_BLOB *rgIssuer;
// If NULL or Callback returns TRUE, builds the chain for the end
// certificate having a private key with the specified KeySpec and
// enhanced key usage.
PFN_CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CALLBACK pfnFindCallback;
void *pvFindArg;
} CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_PARA, *PCERT_CHAIN_FIND_ISSUER_PARA;
// The following dwFindFlags can be set for CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER
// If set, compares the public key in the end certificate with the crypto
// provider's public key. This comparison is the last check made on the
// build chain.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_COMPARE_KEY_FLAG 0x0001
// If not set, only checks the first simple chain for an issuer name match.
// When set, also checks second and subsequent simple chains.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_COMPLEX_CHAIN_FLAG 0x0002
// If set, CertGetCertificateChain only searches the URL cache and
// doesn't hit the wire.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CACHE_ONLY_URL_FLAG 0x0004
// If set, CertGetCertificateChain only opens the Local Machine
// certificate stores instead of the Current User's.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_LOCAL_MACHINE_FLAG 0x0008
// If set, no check is made to see if the end certificate has a private
// key associated with it.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_NO_KEY_FLAG 0x4000
// By default, the hCertStore passed to CertFindChainInStore, is passed
// as the additional store to CertGetCertificateChain. This flag can be
// set to improve performance by only searching the cached system stores
// (root, my, ca, trust) to find the issuer certificates. If not set, then,
// the hCertStore is always searched in addition to the cached system
// stores.
#define CERT_CHAIN_FIND_BY_ISSUER_CACHE_ONLY_FLAG 0x8000
//+=========================================================================
// Certificate Chain Policy Data Structures and APIs
//==========================================================================
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
void *pvExtraPolicyPara; // pszPolicyOID specific
} CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA, *PCERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA;
// If both lChainIndex and lElementIndex are set to -1, the dwError applies
// to the whole chain context. If only lElementIndex is set to -1, the
// dwError applies to the lChainIndex'ed chain. Otherwise, the dwError applies
// to the certificate element at
// pChainContext->rgpChain[lChainIndex]->rgpElement[lElementIndex].
typedef struct _CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwError;
LONG lChainIndex;
LONG lElementIndex;
void *pvExtraPolicyStatus; // pszPolicyOID specific
} CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS, *PCERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS;
// Common chain policy flags
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_NOT_TIME_VALID_FLAG 0x00000001
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CTL_NOT_TIME_VALID_FLAG 0x00000002
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_NOT_TIME_NESTED_FLAG 0x00000004
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_ALL_NOT_TIME_VALID_FLAGS ( \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_NOT_TIME_VALID_FLAG | \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CTL_NOT_TIME_VALID_FLAG | \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_NOT_TIME_NESTED_FLAG \
)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_ALLOW_UNKNOWN_CA_FLAG 0x00000010
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_WRONG_USAGE_FLAG 0x00000020
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_END_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG 0x00000100
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CTL_SIGNER_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG 0x00000200
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CA_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG 0x00000400
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_ROOT_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG 0x00000800
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_ALL_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAGS ( \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_END_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG | \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CTL_SIGNER_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG | \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_CA_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG | \
CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_IGNORE_ROOT_REV_UNKNOWN_FLAG \
)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_ALLOW_TESTROOT_FLAG 0x00008000
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_TRUST_TESTROOT_FLAG 0x00004000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Verify that the certificate chain satisfies the specified policy
// requirements. If we were able to verify the chain policy, TRUE is returned
// and the dwError field of the pPolicyStatus is updated. A dwError of 0
// (ERROR_SUCCESS, S_OK) indicates the chain satisfies the specified policy.
//
// If dwError applies to the entire chain context, both lChainIndex and
// lElementIndex are set to -1. If dwError applies to a simple chain,
// lElementIndex is set to -1 and lChainIndex is set to the index of the
// first offending chain having the error. If dwError applies to a
// certificate element, lChainIndex and lElementIndex are updated to
// index the first offending certificate having the error, where, the
// the certificate element is at:
// pChainContext->rgpChain[lChainIndex]->rgpElement[lElementIndex].
//
// The dwFlags in pPolicyPara can be set to change the default policy checking
// behaviour. In addition, policy specific parameters can be passed in
// the pvExtraPolicyPara field of pPolicyPara.
//
// In addition to returning dwError, in pPolicyStatus, policy OID specific
// extra status may be returned via pvExtraPolicyStatus.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
WINCRYPT32API
BOOL
WINAPI
CertVerifyCertificateChainPolicy(
IN LPCSTR pszPolicyOID,
IN PCCERT_CHAIN_CONTEXT pChainContext,
IN PCERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA pPolicyPara,
IN OUT PCERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS pPolicyStatus
);
// Predefined OID Function Names
#define CRYPT_OID_VERIFY_CERTIFICATE_CHAIN_POLICY_FUNC \
"CertDllVerifyCertificateChainPolicy"
// CertDllVerifyCertificateChainPolicy has same function signature as
// CertVerifyCertificateChainPolicy.
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Predefined verify chain policies
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASE ((LPCSTR) 1)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_AUTHENTICODE ((LPCSTR) 2)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_AUTHENTICODE_TS ((LPCSTR) 3)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_SSL ((LPCSTR) 4)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS ((LPCSTR) 5)
#define CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_NT_AUTH ((LPCSTR) 6)
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASE
//
// Implements the base chain policy verification checks. dwFlags can
// be set in pPolicyPara to alter the default policy checking behaviour.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_AUTHENTICODE
//
// Implements the Authenticode chain policy verification checks.
//
// pvExtraPolicyPara may optionally be set to point to the following
// AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA.
//
// pvExtraPolicyStatus may optionally be set to point to the following
// AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// dwRegPolicySettings are defined in wintrust.h
typedef struct _AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRegPolicySettings;
PCMSG_SIGNER_INFO pSignerInfo; // optional
} AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA,
*PAUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA;
typedef struct _AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS {
DWORD cbSize;
BOOL fCommercial; // obtained from signer statement
} AUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS,
*PAUTHENTICODE_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_STATUS;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_AUTHENTICODE_TS
//
// Implements the Authenticode Time Stamp chain policy verification checks.
//
// pvExtraPolicyPara may optionally be set to point to the following
// AUTHENTICODE_TS_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA.
//
// pvExtraPolicyStatus isn't used and must be set to NULL.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// dwRegPolicySettings are defined in wintrust.h
typedef struct _AUTHENTICODE_TS_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwRegPolicySettings;
BOOL fCommercial;
} AUTHENTICODE_TS_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA,
*PAUTHENTICODE_TS_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_SSL
//
// Implements the SSL client/server chain policy verification checks.
//
// pvExtraPolicyPara may optionally be set to point to the following
// SSL_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA data structure
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
// fdwChecks flags are defined in wininet.h
typedef struct _HTTPSPolicyCallbackData
{
union {
DWORD cbStruct; // sizeof(HTTPSPolicyCallbackData);
DWORD cbSize; // sizeof(HTTPSPolicyCallbackData);
};
DWORD dwAuthType;
# define AUTHTYPE_CLIENT 1
# define AUTHTYPE_SERVER 2
DWORD fdwChecks;
WCHAR *pwszServerName; // used to check against CN=xxxx
} HTTPSPolicyCallbackData, *PHTTPSPolicyCallbackData,
SSL_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA, *PSSL_EXTRA_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_PARA;
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS
//
// Implements the basic constraints chain policy.
//
// Iterates through all the certificates in the chain checking for either
// a szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS or a szOID_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS2 extension. If
// neither extension is present, the certificate is assumed to have
// valid policy. Otherwise, for the first certificate element, checks if
// it matches the expected CA_FLAG or END_ENTITY_FLAG specified in
// pPolicyPara->dwFlags. If neither or both flags are set, then, the first
// element can be either a CA or END_ENTITY. All other elements must be
// a CA. If the PathLenConstraint is present in the extension, its
// checked.
//
// The first elements in the remaining simple chains (ie, the certificate
// used to sign the CTL) are checked to be an END_ENTITY.
//
// If this verification fails, dwError will be set to
// TRUST_E_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_CA_FLAG 0x80000000
#define BASIC_CONSTRAINTS_CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_END_ENTITY_FLAG 0x40000000
//+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_NT_AUTH
//
// Implements the NT Authentication chain policy.
//
// The NT Authentication chain policy consists of 3 distinct chain
// verifications in the following order:
// [1] CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASE - Implements the base chain policy
// verification checks. The LOWORD of dwFlags can be set in
// pPolicyPara to alter the default policy checking behaviour. See
// CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASE for more details.
//
// [2] CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS - Implements the basic
// constraints chain policy. The HIWORD of dwFlags can be set
// to specify if the first element must be either a CA or END_ENTITY.
// See CERT_CHAIN_POLICY_BASIC_CONSTRAINTS for more details.
//
// [3] Checks if the second element in the chain, the CA that issued
// the end certificate, is a trusted CA for NT
// Authentication. A CA is considered to be trusted if it exists in
// the "NTAuth" system registry store found in the
// CERT_SYSTEM_STORE_LOCAL_MACHINE_ENTERPRISE store location.
// If this verification fails, whereby the CA isn't trusted,
// dwError is set to CERT_E_UNTRUSTEDCA.
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef __cplusplus
} // Balance extern "C" above
#endif
#if defined (_MSC_VER)
#if ( _MSC_VER >= 800 )
#if _MSC_VER >= 1200
#pragma warning(pop)
#else
#pragma warning(default:4201)
#endif
#endif
#endif
#pragma option pop /*P_O_Pop*/
#endif // __WINCRYPT_H__
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink